Professional Documents
Culture Documents
VWMG Show Commands
VWMG Show Commands
Manual Page
Disclaimer
The contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due to
continued progress in methodology, design and manufacturing. Ericsson shall
have no liability for any error or damage of any kind resulting from the use of this
document.
Trademark List
Contents
2 Show Commands 3
2.1 show access-group debug 3
2.2 show access-group forward 6
2.3 show access-group ip-filter (circuits) 14
2.4 show access-group ip-filter (context, interface) 16
2.5 show access-group ipv6 filter 19
2.6 show access-group qos 21
2.7 show access-group rpf 24
2.8 show access-line 26
2.9 show administrators 30
2.10 show arp-cache 32
2.11 show arp-cache all 34
2.12 show arp-cache all-context 36
2.13 show arp-cache interface 37
2.14 show arp-cache interworking 39
2.15 show arp-cache kernel 41
2.16 show arp-cache statistics 43
2.17 show arp-cache summary 45
2.18 show asp 46
2.19 show asp pool 47
2.20 show as-path-list 48
2.21 show bfd session 50
2.22 show bgp attribute 53
2.23 show bgp attribute extended-community 57
2.24 show bgp malform 58
2.25 show bgp neighbor 60
2.26 show bgp notification 64
2.27 show bgp peer-group 65
2.28 show bgp reset-log 67
The show commands are used to view information about the system. Some show
commands retrieve runtime state and statistical information of the router not
defined in the YANG data model. Some commands retrieve the configuration
defined by YANG data model.
— Use ? to display the available syntax for the second keyword of show
commands. The carriage-return <CR> and output modifier | always follow
the available keywords or arguments as the possible completions.
— Structured interface name cannot be used to specify the interface for the
show commands. Only the <interface-name> portion of the structured
interface name is used.
Table 1
Convention Example Description
Mandatory input commit Mandatory input is shown
exactly as its written in the
commit
document.
[Optional input] copy-file [mate] Optional input is shown in
square brackets [ ].
copy-file [mate]
Choice of autowizard {true | Choices of the mandatory input
mandatory input false} items are shown in braces { },
and separated by the vertical
line | .
2 Show Commands
Syntax
show access-group debug
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group debug command to display debug information of
access groups.
Examples
The following example displays debug information of access groups.
CFG
Event name Circuit type ACL type Binds Unbinds
---------------------------------------------------------------------
cfg message static IP 0 0
cfg message subscriber IP 0 0
cfg message static policy 0 0
cfg message subscriber policy 0 0
IPV4 IPV6 L2
CFG Bind empty cct: 0 0 0
CFG Bind empty dir: 0 0 0
WO
Event name Circuit type ACL type Binds Unbinds
---------------------------------------------------------------------
WO all IP 0 0
WO all policy 0 0
PPA message all all 0
PPA servcct msg 0
BO allocated:
WO PPA reg 0 WO PPA dying 0
WO PPA ACL Free 0 WO PPA ACL Fail 0
WO IP ACL updated 0 WO policy ACL updated 0
WO CM updated 0 WO image force free 0
WO IP bind 0 WO IP unbind 0
WO policy bind 0 WO policy unbind 0
WO ADF unbind 0 WO DPF unbind 0
WO IP updated 0 WO policy updated 0
WO sub eof 0 WO serv acct 0
WO ACL Fail Process'd 0 WO Release Msg sent 0
wo_msg_release_dropped 0
wo_image_free_internal 0
wo_image_free_wait_fabl_up_on_rp 0
wo_image_free_ep_lc_down 0
hw_free 0 image_dequeue 0
image_pend_free_stale 0
BO queued 0, BO already in queue 0, BO in progress 0
Extra debug for bind/unbind WO:
unbind no BP 0 unbind no CLS 0
unbind no dyn CLS 0 unbind no attr mask 0
unbind check adf mask 0 adf mask updated 0
Image collapsing results:
new delete reuse rebuild other
0 0 0 0 0
BO:
Event name IP IPv6 L2
---------------------------------------------------------------------
CFG Bind empty cct: 0 0 0
CFG Bind empty dir: 0 0 0
CFG Unbind empty cct: 0 0 0
BO acl fail on lc: 0 0 0
BO acl fail hw not ready: 0 0 0
BO fail image build: 0 0 0
BO fail image download: 0 0 0
BO ignore 0, ppa not ready 0, count ignore 0, delete ignored 0
BO Failed: bind 0, dnld 0, build 0
BO TCAM-MRFC switch: attempt 0 requeued 0
BO stale cleanup: global 1 pfe 1
BO resource full: 0, unsupported param: 0
bo_fail_rsc_full_try_second: 0
bo_fail_acl_not_supported: 0
bo_fail_invalid_ep: 0 bo_fail_acl_not_ready: 0
bo_fail_pfe_not_found: 0 bo_fail_get_hw: 0
bo_cleanup_all: 0 bo_cleanup_pfe: 0
EOF: cfg-rcm cfg-sub wo-rcm wo-sub wo-rpm bo
1 1 1 1 1 1
Mmap info:
0 alloc 0 4K pages, 0 free 0 4K pages
ISM:
enable disable pfe-upd-in pfe-upd-out
0 0 0 0
WO-upd WO-ism-eof mbe-eof clnt-eof
0 1 1 1
ism-req-drop Errors
0 0
RPM:
compl_tx compl_rx sync_tx sync_rx
1 1 0 0
compl_state sync_state
3 0
AAA events:
aaa_nak: 0, aaa_nak_conf_fail: 0
aaa_nak_bo_fail: 0, aaa_nak_ignore_card_type: 0
aaa_nak_ignore_not_ready: 0, aaa_nak_invalid_aaa_ep: 0
aaa_nak_invalid_aaa_idx: 0, aaa_nak_no_buffer: 0
aaa_nak_invalid_proto: 0
Auto Rebuilder:
start_counter bo_counter yield_exit wq_interrupt bq_interrupt
0 0 0 0 0
Admin ACL:
Event name IP IPv6 L2
---------------------------------------------------------------------
CFG bind 0 0 0
CFG unbind 0 0 0
CFG cnt/log 0 0 0
WO bind 0 0 0
WO unbind 0 0 0
WO cnt/log 0 0 0
BO kern bind 0 0 0
BO kern unbind 0 0 0
BO kern cnt/log 0 0 0
BO mgmt kern bind 0 0 0
BO mgmt kern unbind 0 0 0
BO mgmt kern cnt/log 0 0 0
BO lc bind 0 0 0
BO lc unbind 0 0 0
BO lc cnt/log 0 0 0
Syntax
show access-group [ipv6] forward {<slot>/<port>:<ch>:<sub>[:<subsub>]
[[clips <clips-id> | vlan-id <vlan-id> [ipv6oe] | pppoe <session-id> ]] | bvi
<bvi-name> | mp <mp-id> | gre <gre-id >} {in | out} [all | conditions |
counters | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
vlan <vlan-id>
Virtual LAN (VLAN) tag value for an 802.1Q tunnel or
PVC. The <vlan-id> argument is one of the following
constructs:
— <tunl-vlan-id>—VLAN tag value of a tunnel.
mp <mp-id>
Optional. Merge Point (MP) circuit identifier. Limits the
output to the specified MP circuit.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group forwardOptional. Displays detailed information.
Use the command to display information about ACLs applied to forward policies.
This command displays information for both static and dynamic IP, policy ACLs,
and configured access groups.
Note: Run this command only if the traffic pattern is known and performance
impact is not an issue.
The following table describes the fields displayed when you enter the show
access-group command without the detail keyword; for example, show
access-group forward 3/7 in.
Field Description
Circuit Traffic card slot number, port number, and circuit identifier to which the
ACL is applied.
ACL Name ACL name. Up to 10 names can exist.
Type Policy ACL (forward or QoS) or IP ACL (regular, administrative, or RPF).
Interface Name Name of the interface to which the ACL is applied.
Dir Direction of traffic on the interface to which the ACL is applied.
Info Flags:
— C—Counters are enabled for per-rule accounting.
— L—Logging is enabled.
The following table describes the fields displayed when you enter the show
access-group with the detail keyword; for example, show access-group
forward 3/7 in detail.
Field Description
ACL type Policy ACL (forward or QoS) or IP ACL (regular, administrative, or RPF).
ACL context Context in which the ACL is created.
Field Description
Circuit Traffic card slot number, port number, and circuit identifier to which the
ACL is applied.
When an IP ACL has been applied to a Layer 2 circuit through the ip
access-group command, the circuit identifier field name is Circuit [L2].
In all other cases, the circuit identifier field name is simply Circuit.
Interface Interface identifier to which the ACL is applied.
Dir Direction of traffic on the interface to which the ACL is applied.
ACL status The following entries indicate the ACL status:
— Applied—ACL is applied successfully.
For dynamic policy ACLs that use the vendor-specific attribute (VSA) 164
(Dynamic-Policy-Filter) provided by Ericsson AB, the show access-group
command output displays the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) or Type
of Service (ToS) setting in the rules, depending on the rule specified in the VSA
164 instance. For DSCP, see Table 4 and Table 5. For ToS, see Table 6, Table 7,
and Table 8.
— Table 6 lists the definitions for the groups of bits in the IP ToS byte and the
value for the ToS mask argument for each group. ToS values must
correspond to the ToS mask so that the value does not have any bits outside
the range of the mask.
Table 7 lists the identifiers that are displayed for the ToS values.
Table 8 lists the identifiers that are displayed for the ToS precedence values.
Table 6 lists the definitions for the groups of bits in the IP ToS byte and the value
for the ToS mask argument for each group.
Table 7 lists the identifiers that are displayed for the ToS values.
Table 8 lists the identifiers that are displayed for the ToS precedence values.
Note: Hit counter and log information is displayed only if you have enabled
these options using the ip access-group command in interface
configuration mode or using the admin-access-group command in
context configuration mode.
Note: Channels, subchannels (SONET, T1, E1, DS3 and so on), vpi, vci (ATM
PVCs), DLCI (Frame Relay) are not supported on the router
Examples
The following example displays detailed information about an ACL when per-rule
accounting is enabled.
The following example displays detailed information about an ACL when service
accounting is enabled.
The following example displays information about a policy ACL and ACL
conditions applied to the forward policy attached to incoming traffic on port 1 of
the traffic card installed in slot 3.
The following example displays policy ACL information for the specified GRE
tunnel circuit to which a forward policy is attached.
Syntax
show access-group ip-filter {mp <mp-id> | [<slot>/
<port>:<ch>:<sub>[:<subsub>] [<circuit-id>] { in | out}} [all | conditions |
counters | detail | log]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group ip-filter (circuits) command to display IPv4
filtering ACL information for one or more circuits. This command displays
information for both static and dynamic IP, policy ACLs, and configured access
groups.
Note: Run this command only if the traffic pattern is known and performance
impact is not an issue.
Note: Hit counter and log information is displayed only if you have enabled
these options using the ip access-group command in interface
configuration mode or using the admin-access-group command in
context configuration mode.
Note: Channels, subchannels (SONET, T1, E1, DS3 and so on), vpi, vci (ATM
PVCs), DLCI (Frame Relay) are not supported on the router
Example 1
Syntax
show access-group ip-filter {admin | interface <if-name> | [<slot>/
<port>:<ch>:<sub>] [<circuit-id>] } {in | out} [all | counters | detail | log]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group ip-filter (context, interface) command to
display administrative IPv4 ACLs or access groups that are applied to the current
context or an interface.
Note: Run this command only if the traffic pattern is known and performance
impact is not an issue.
Note: Hit counter and log information is displayed only if you have enabled
these options using the ip access-group command in interface
configuration mode or using the admin-access-group command in
context configuration mode.
Note: Channels, subchannels (SONET, T1, E1, DS3 and so on), vpi, vci (ATM
PVCs), DLCI (Frame Relay) are not supported on the router
Examples
The following example displays counts for one IPv4 filtering ACL rule processing
incoming traffic on interface if1.
Syntax
show access-group ipv6 filter {admin] | interface <if-name>} {in | out}
[all | counters | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
The name of the interface for which information is to be
displayed.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group ipv6 filter command to display information
about administrative IPv6 ACLs or access groups that are applied to the current
context or an interface. This command displays information for both static and
dynamic IP, policy ACLs, and configured access groups.
Examples
The following example displays output for IPv6 admin ACLs.
The following example displays IPv6 ACL hit counts for outgoing traffic on the C6
interface.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group qos command to display policy ACLs applied to
QoS policies. This command displays information for both static and dynamic IP,
policy ACLs, and configured access groups.
Note: Run this command only if the traffic pattern is known and performance
impact is not an issue.
For information on displayed fields and values, refer to the show access-group
forward command.
Note: Hit counter and log information is displayed only if you have enabled
these options using the ip access-group command in interface
configuration mode or using the admin-access-group command in
context configuration mode.
Note: Channels, subchannels (SONET, T1, E1, DS3 and so on), vpi, vci (ATM
PVCs), DLCI (Frame Relay) are not supported on the router
Examples
The following example displays ACL information on port 4 of the traffic card
installed in slot 1.
Examples
The following example displays ACL information on port 4 of the traffic card
installed in slot 1.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
The name of the interface for which information is to be
displayed.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-group rpf command to display information about IPv4
ACLs applied to one or more RPF enabled interfaces.
Note: Run this command only if the traffic pattern is known and performance
impact is not an issue.
Note: Hit counter and log information is displayed only if you have enabled
these options using the ip access-group command in interface
configuration mode or using the admin-access-group command in
context configuration mode.
Note: Channels, subchannels (SONET, T1, E1, DS3 and so on), vpi, vci (ATM
PVCs), DLCI (Frame Relay) are not supported on the router
Example 2
The following example displays RPF ACL hit counts for incoming traffic on the e1
interface.
Syntax
show access-line [{neighbor <ip-addr> [: <remote-port>] | agent-circuit-
id <string>}]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<ip-addr> IP address for the ANCP neighbor peer for one or more
DSL lines.
agent-circuit-id Optional. Displays DSL information for the DSL with this
circuit agent ID only. This includes the current maximum
session-limit, the number of sessions that are in up state,
and the total number of sessions in progress
(authenticating).
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show access-line command to display DSL information for one or
more DSLs. This information includes the parameters learned from the DSL
attribute extension Type, Length, Value (TLV) in the General Switch Management
Protocol (GSMP) Port Up message for the DSL. The following fields are displayed
for the ANCP neighbor peer (the DSL access multiplexer [DSLAM]) attached to
the DSL:
When entered without any optional syntax, the show access-line command
displays DSL information for all ANCP neighbor peers.
The following table lists the types of DSL data and the values that are displayed;
fields that are not transmitted to the router are not displayed.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 3
The following example displays DSL information for ANCP neighbor peer
abc-2.1.
"abc-2.1"
Neighbor ID 30.100.1.20:3871
ANCP Access-Loop-Encapsulation
Encps 1 = NA
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
ssh-telnet-session
Optional. For Telnet and SSH sessions, displays the IP
address and session type.
Default
Displays all administrator sessions.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show administrators command to display all administrator sessions on
a system. Use the user-role keyword to display the user roles for the user in
each of the sessions. This will display the user roles which were provisioned for
the session at the time of login.
In the display, the asterisk (*) character denotes the administrator session in
which this command was entered.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 4
The following example displays output from the show administrators
command when used without optional constructs.
[local]Ericsson#show administrators
----------------------------------------------------------------------- →
---------
ttyS0 Mon Aug 13 09:15:04 2018 (null) test@local
* pts/4 Mon Aug 13 08:17:39 2018 132.196.90.23:ssh test@local
pts/7 Mon Aug 13 09:13:27 2018 132.196.102.13:tel test2@local →
Note: In case of login via console, the remote host field will be empty.
----------------------------------------------------------------------- →
---------
ttyS0 Mon Aug 13 09:15:04 2018 (null):tel test@local
* pts/4 Mon Aug 13 08:17:39 2018 132.196.90.23:ssh test@local
Syntax
show arp-cache [<ip-addr>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache command to display ARP information for the current
context.
Use the <ip-addr> argument to display ARP information for the specified IP
address.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 5
The following example displays ARP table for current context.
[local]Ericsson#show arp-cache
Total number of arp entries in cache: 4
Resolved entry : 4
Incomplete entry : 0
Host Hardware address Ttl Type Circuit
3.2.13.3 00:30:88:00:12:86 - ARPA 13/3
4.2.13.4 00:30:88:00:12:87 - ARPA 13/4
192.168.11.1 00:30:88:00:12:8e - ARPA 13/11
Syntax
show arp-cache all
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache all command to display both the ARP table for the
current context and the RPSW kernel.
The output of this command has two parts. The first part output displays the ARP
cache for the current context. In the example below the current context is the
local context.
The second part of the output displays the ARP entries assigned to internal
process. In the second part of the output, “Cross-connect RP” is the RPSW or RP
controller, and the “RP OS kernel” is the RPSW or RP operating system kernel
that manages these entries.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 6
The following example displays first the ARP table for the local context. Then,
after the line Showing ARP entries on Cross-connect RP:, the example
shows the ARP table on the controller card.
Syntax
show arp-cache all-context
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache all-context command to display the ARP tables for
all contexts.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 7
The following example displays all ARP information for all contexts.
Syntax
show arp-cache interface [brief | <if-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays ARP information for interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache interface command to display ARP information for
interfaces.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 8
The following example displays output of the show arp-cache interface
command applied to the arp-sync-if which is configured for ICR arp-sync
operation. The name of the ICR peer interface is also arp-sync-if.
------------------------------------------------------------
Display ARP information for interface arp-sync-if:
ifgrid : 0x10000000 ARP enabled : Yes →
State: : Up Stale: : No →
Last interface events received from ISM: I/F state -> I/F up
Last interface events attributes from ISM: 0x22a
Syntax
show arp-cache interworking <slot> / <port> [vlan-id <vlan-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
vlan-id <vlan-id> Optional. Virtual LAN (VLAN) tag value for the 802.1Q
PVC. The range of values is 1 to 4,095. If omitted,
displays the ARP cache for the entire circuit.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache interworking command to display ARP information
for cross-connections between 802.1Q PVCs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct, preceding the show
command, to view output for the specified context without entering that
context. For more information about using the context <ctx-name>
construct, see context.
Examples
The following example displays ARP information for cross-connections between
802.1Q PVCs.
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
Syntax
show arp-cache kernel [<ip-addr>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays the ARP entries on the RPSW kernel for all hosts.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache kernel command to display the ARP table for the RP
OS kernel.
The output of this command displays the ARP entries assigned to internal
process, each of which is provided a host IP address. In the output, “Cross-
connect RP” is the controller card, and the “RP OS kernel” is the controller
operating system kernel that manages these entries.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 9
The following example displays the ARP table for the RP OS kernel.
Syntax
show arp-cache statistics [all | kernel | lg {<lg-name> | <id lg-
id>}| <slot>/<port>:<ch>:<sub>:[<subsub>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache statistics command to display ARP traffic statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays ARP statistics.
Syntax
show arp-cache summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show arp-cache summary command to display summary information
about the ARP table for the current context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 10
The following example displays summary information about the ARP table for
the local context.
Syntax
show asp <slot-id>/<asp-id>
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show asp command to show the administrative and operational state of
configured ASPs.
Examples
[local]Ericsson#show asp
vRP1/1 IS IS p1 →
app_sim
vRP2/1 IS IS p1 →
app_sim
Syntax
show asp pool [<pool-name> ]
Syntax Description
configured ASPs
Optional. Displays Configured ASP info.
Default
Shows the administrative and operational states of the configured ASP pool.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show asp pool command to show the administrative and operational
state of the configured ASP pool.
Examples
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information about BGP AS path lists.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show as-path-list command to display information about configured
BGP AS path lists.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 11
The following example displays all AS path lists configured for the local context.
[local]Ericsson#show as-path-list
as-path-list AS2686:
as-path-list AS7777:
as-path-list deny_AS-5619$:
The following example displays summary information for AS path lists configured
in the local context.
as-path-list AS2686:
as-path-list AS7777:
as-path-list deny_AS-5619$:
Syntax
show bfd session [<ipv4-addr> | [ipv6] <ipv6-addr>] [detail] [all-context]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<ipv4-addr> <A>.<B>.<C>.<D>.
Default
Displays active BFD session information for all neighbors and micro BFD
sessions, if configured.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bfd session command to display active BFD session information
for neighbors in the current context.Optional. BFD neighbor IPv4 address in the
format
If the optional neighbor IP address is specified, only the session to that neighbor
is displayed.
Use the show bfd session command to display active micro BFD session
information in the local context, if a micro BFD session is configured.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following examples show sample output from the show bfd session
command.
Micro-BFD session
LAG-Name Minimum Multiplier State slot/
Tx/Rx intvl port
abc 1000/1000 3 Up 4/1
abc 1000/1000 3 Up 5/1
cde 1000/1000 3 Up 6/1
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
nexthop [detail]
Displays next hop information. Optionally displays
detailed information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp attribute command to display BGP attribute information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Table 10 describes the output fields for the show bgp attribute nexthop
command.
Table 10 Field Descriptions for the show bgp attribute nexthop Command
Field Description
Next Hop IP address of the next hop neighbor.
Metric Metric value used.
Ref-count Number of routes that use the next hop attribute.
Context-Id Context ID number.
Interface-id Interface ID number.
Adj-ID Adjacency of the next hop.
Table 11 describes the output fields for the show bgp attribute summary
command.
Table 11 Field Descriptions for the show bgp attribute summary Command
Field Description
Entry Type Attribute type.
Count Number of times the attribute has been applied.
Memory Amount, in bytes, of memory used to process the
application of attribute for the specified count.
Policy Cache Type Type of routing policy.
Count Number times the policy has been applied.
Field Description
Memory Amount, in bytes, of memory used to process the
application of the routing policy for the specified count.
Example 12
The following example displays output from the show bgp attribute as-path
command.
The following example displays output from the show bgp attribute
community command.
RefCount Aspath
2 14207 3944 2548 3549 20012
2 64513 2828 5511 4000 3662 4528
1 14207 3944 2548 6461 7086
1 14207 3944 2548 3561 5378 6779
1 64513 2828 209 4766 9754
2 64513 2828 6453 8657 1930 1930 3251
1 64513 2828 1239 2516 2521
1 14207 3944 2548 701 814
The RefCount field indicates how many attributes use the corresponding
community.
RefCount Community
14181 11:102
2 11:121
2 no-export
The following example displays detailed BGP next hop attributes, including
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) counts and status, Event Tracking
Infrastructure (ETI) count, and whether double-barrel next hops are used.
The following example displays output from the show bgp attribute rrinfo
command.
The following example displays output from the show bgp attribute summary
command.
Community 4 116
Ext Community 0 0
Route Reflection 8 228
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp attribute extended-community command to display BGP
attribute information for extended communities.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 13
The following example displays BGP attribute information for extended
communities.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp malform command to display malformed BGP messages for
troubleshooting purposes.
The syslog messages dumped by the show BGP malform updatecommand have
the following structure:
4. In the final line of the output, the actual received malformed message is
provided.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 14
The following example enables the display of malformed BGP update messages.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
ipv6 unicast Optional. Displays IPv6 unicast address family status and
statistics for a peer.
received prefix-filter
Optional. Displays all received prefix-filtered or ORF
routes from the specified BGP neighbor.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp neighbor command to display BGP status and statistics for
BGP neighbors.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 15
The following example displays status and statistics for the peer session with the
192.0.2.6 BGP neighbor.
— Enhanced refresh capable shows that the BGP peer session (specified by
the neighbor address and AS) is enabled for the ERR mode of operation. It
signals to the peer that the router has ERR capability. If the peer router is not
ERR capable, the route refresh mode is negotiated and RR is run.
— Enhanced refresh in: BoRR shows that incoming route refresh updates
are currently being examined for the Beginning of Route Refresh (BoRR)
BGP ERR demarcation.
— Enhanced refresh out: EoRR shows that the router has completed
sending all its refresh updates and has sent the End of Route Refresh (EoRR)
BGP ERR demarcation.
ose
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp notification command to display BGP notification
messages for troubleshooting purposes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 16
The following example displays BGP notification messages.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp peer-group command to display information about
configured BGP peer groups.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 17
The following example displays information about peer group NHS.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp reset-log command to display information about BGP
neighbor resets for troubleshooting purposes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 18
The following example displays BGP neighbor reset information.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
When entered without any keywords or arguments, this command displays
information for all BGP routes.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route command to display BGP route information from the
BGP routing table. You can also use the output to determine which routes were
filtered by the suppress-route-download command and therefore not
downloaded to the Routing Information Base (RIB). Routes marked with an x are
filtered best paths that were not downloaded.
Use the show bgp route <prefix> [detail] command to determine whether
the next-hop reachability check is on for a network or why a network best path
was not downloaded to the RIB. If multiple reasons apply, only one reason is
given.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 19
The following example displays output from the show bgp route command.
The following example displays BGP routes for the IPv4 network address
100.100.100.100/32.
200
Nexthop 12.12.12.12 (2), peer 12.12.12.12 (12.12.12.12), AS 100
Origin IGP, localpref 100, med 0, weight 100, internal, best
200
Nexthop 21.21.21.21 (0), peer 21.21.21.21 (100.100.100.100), AS 200
Origin IGP, localpref 100, med 300, weight 100, external, best exter →
nal, diverse path
The following example displays BGP routes for the IPv4 network address
6.6.6.6/32 and shows that the next-hop reachability check is disabled for the
BGP route. The route is not downloaded to the RIB because the network is
filtered with the suppress-route-download command.
Local
Nexthop 20.0.0.2 (inaccessible), peer 2.7.1.8 (10.11.9.12), AS →
1
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 100, internal, →
best
Local
Nexthop 20.0.0.2 (inaccessible), peer 2.7.2.8 (10.11.9.12), AS →
1
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 100, internal
The following example displays BGP routes for the IPv4 address 105.1.1.0/24.
Fast Reroute (FRR) is enabled for the BGP, and the output shows the alternate
path.
Local
Nexthop 4.4.4.4 (2), peer 4.4.4.4 (4.4.4.4), AS 100
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 100, internal, best
Extended community: RT:100:101
Received label: 786431, allocated label: nolabel
The following example displays BGP routes which show the capability of that
neighbor with respect to LS
The following example displays BGP route for the IPv4 address 4.4.4.4/32.
Accumulated Interior Gateway Protocol (AIGP) is enabled for the BGP route and
the output shows the AIGP metric.
100
Nexthop 3.3.3.3 (2), peer 3.3.3.3 (3.3.3.3), AS 100
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 100, aigp 302, total aigp 304, external, b →
est
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
When entered without any keywords or arguments, this command displays all
route community information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route community command to display BGP route community
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 20
The following example displays routes matching the BGP community 2914:420.
The following example displays routes matching the BGP community 7777:7777.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route ext-community route-target command to display
BGP routes for a specific route target extended community.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 21
The following example displays the BGP routes for the route target extended
community 2:2.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route flap-statistics command to display BGP route-
flap statistics accounting information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 22
The following example displays output from the show bgp route flap-
statistics command.
The following example displays output from the show bgp route flap-
statistics dampened-path command.
The following example displays output from the show bgp route flap-
statistics external command.
The following example displays output from the show bgp route flap-
statistics internal command. The flap-statistics command, in BGP
address family configuration mode, must be enabled to see flap statistics for
iBGP peers.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route inconsistent-as command to display BGP routes
sourced from more than one AS.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 23
The following example displays output from the show bgp route
inconsistent-as command.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route ipv4 command to display information for BGP
multicast or unicast IPv4 address prefix-based routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 24
The following example displays output from the show bgp route ipv4
command.
show bgp route ipv4 vpn [as-path longer <count>] [rd <route-
distinguisher>] [labels]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
rd <route-distinguisher>
Optional. Route information for only a specific VPN
context with a route distinguisher that matches the route-
distinguisher value, which can be expressed in either of
the following formats:
— <asn> : <nnnn>, where <asn> is the autonomous
system number and <nnnn> is a 32-bit integer.
Default
This command displays all VPN-IPv4 routes in all VPN contexts.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route ipv4 vpn command to display information for BGP
VPN-IPv4 address prefix-based routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 25
The following example displays output from the show bgp route ipv4 vpn
command.
The following example displays only VPN-IPv4 routes with a route distinguisher
of 1.2.3.4:100.
Context: local
VPN RD: 1.2.3.4:100
Context: vpn1
VPN RD: 64001:200
The following example displays only VPN-IPv4 routes with a route distinguisher
of 2.2.2.2:1 for network address 101.1.1.0/30. In this example, the router has
the best external route feature enabled, and the best external route is the next-
hop router 20.1.1.1 in AS 200. When the best path is an internal route, this best
external route is advertised to internal peers.
The following example displays only VPN-IPv4 routes with a route distinguisher
of 64001:200 for network address 20.0.0.0/8. In this example, the “Source
context” line shows that the route is copied from vpn2 into the local context.
Context: local
VPN RD: 1.2.3.4:100
The following example displays MPLS label information for VPN-IPv4 routes.
The following example displays MPLS label information only for VPN-IPv4
routes with a route distinguisher of 2:2.
Context: vpn3
BGP ipv4 vpn routing table entry: 101.1.1.0/30, version 13
Paths: total 2, best path count 1, best peer 13.13.13.13
Not advertised to any peer in this context
100
Nexthop 13.13.13.13 (2), peer 13.13.13.13 (13.13.13.13), AS 200
Origin IGP, localpref 150, med 0, weight 100, internal, best
Extended community: RT:100:1
Received label: 589825, allocated label: nolabel
100
Nexthop 20.1.1.1 (0), peer 20.1.1.1 (11.11.11.11), AS 100
Origin IGP, localpref 100, med 300, weight 100, external, best external
Received label: nolabel, allocated label: 589825
Context: local
BGP ipv4 vpn routing table entry: 20.0.0.0/8, version 6
Paths: total 1, best path count 1, best peer 0.0.0.0
Not downloaded to RIB (vpn path in local)
Nexthop reachability check off
Advertised to non-peer-group peers in this context: 2
3.3.3.3 10.10.10.1
Local
Source context RD: 64001:200 (vpn2)
Nexthop 0.0.0.0 (0), peer 0.0.0.0 (12.12.12.12)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 32768, sourced (redis →
t), best
Received label: nolabel, allocated label: 786433
Not installed - (vpn path in local context)
Context: vpn2
BGP ipv4 vpn routing table entry: 20.0.0.0/8, version 5
Paths: total 1, best path count 1, best peer 0.0.0.0
Local
Nexthop 0.0.0.0 (0), peer 0.0.0.0 (12.12.12.12)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 32768, sourced (redis →
t), best
Received label: nolabel, allocated label: 786433
Context: local
VPN RD: 2:2
Context: vpn1
VPN RD: 10.11.12.13:100
Context: vpn2
VPN RD: 20.21.22.23:200
Context: local
VPN RD: 2:2
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route ipv4 vpn summary command to display a summary
report of BGP VPN-IPv4 routes in the BGP routing tables for all contexts.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 26
The following example displays output from the show bgp route ipv4 vpn
summary command.
Dampening: Disabled
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route ipv6 unicast command to display information for
BGP unicast IPv6 routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 27
The following example displays output from the show bgp route ipv6 unicast
command.
100 200 i
The following example shows BGP routes for the IPv6 unicast address
1001:1001:100::100/128 where the best external route feature is enabled.
200
Nexthop 1212::1 (1), peer 1212::1 (12.12.12.12), AS 100
Origin IGP, localpref 100, med 0, weight 100, internal, best
200
Nexthop 2121::1 (0), peer 2121::1 (21.21.21.21), AS 200
Origin IGP, localpref 100, med 300, weight 100, external, best exter →
nal
Syntax
show bgp route ipv6 vpn [as-path | community | ext-community | flap-
statistics | inconsistent-as | labels | neighbor | rd | regexp | sourced |
summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
ext-community Optional. Displays BGP IPv6 routes for IPv6 VPN route
target extended communities.
Default
When entered without any optional arguments, the show bgp route ipv6 vpn
command displays information about all BGP IPv6 VPN routes currently
configured on the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route ipv6 vpn command to display information for BGP
IPv6 VPN routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show bgp route ipv6 vpn
command:
Context: local
VPN RD: 10:2222
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
>i 7::/20 22.22.22.22 0 100 100 ?
> 8::/124 :: 0 100 32768 ?
Context: vpn1
VPN RD: 10:3333
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
>i 7::/20 22.22.22.22 0 100 100 ?
> 8::/124 :: 0 100 32768 ?
Context: vpn2
VPN RD: 100:101
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
>i 1000::/64 1.1.1.1 0 100 100 ?
> 2000::/64 :: 0 100 32768 ?
Context: vpn3
VPN RD: 200:1
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
> 1600::1:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::2:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::3:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::4:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::5:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::6:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::7:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::8:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::9:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::10:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::11:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::12:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::13:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::14:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::15:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::16:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::17:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::18:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
> 1600::19:1:0/120 :: 0 100 32768 ?
The following example displays only VPN-IPv6 routes with a route distinguisher
of 10:3333 for network address 8::/124. In this example, the “Source context”
line shows that the route is copied from vpn2 into the local context.
Context: local
BGP ipv6 vpn routing table entry: 8::/124, version 2
Paths: total 1, best path count 1, best peer ::
Not downloaded to RIB (vpn path in local)
Advertised to non-peer-group peers in this context: 1
3.3.3.3
Local
Source context RD: 10:3333 (vpn2)
context vpn2
Nexthop :: (0), peer :: (12.12.12.12)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 32768, sourced (redist), best
Received label: nolabel, allocated label: 786432
Not installed - (vpn path in local context)
Context: vpn2
BGP ipv6 vpn routing table entry: 8::/124, version 1
Paths: total 1, best path count 1, best peer ::
Not downloaded to RIB (sourced)
Not advertised to any peer in this context
Local
Nexthop :: (0), peer :: (12.12.12.12)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, med 0, weight 32768, sourced (redist), best
Received label: nolabel, allocated label: 786432
Syntax
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a summary of the LS NLRI.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route link-state command to display LS NLRI associated
with BGP.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 28
The following example displays LS NLRI associated with BGP routes in the local
context.
> x [L][i1][I:100][[C(c:1)(b:1.1.1.1)(r:215539900002)][R(c:1)(b:1.1.1.1 →
)(r:21553990000101)][LD(i4:192.168.10.2)(t:0x0)]]/
688
0.0.0.0 0 →
100 32769 i
> x [P4][i1][I:100][[C(c:1)(b:1.1.1.1)(r:215539900001)][PD(t:0x0)(p4:24 →
,192.168.10.0)]]/440
0.0.0.0 0 →
100 32769 i
> x [P4][i1][I:100][[C(c:1)(b:1.1.1.1)(r:215539900001)][PD(t:0x0)]]/448
0.0.0.0 0 →
100 32769 i
> x [P4][i1][I:100][[C(c:1)(b:1.1.1.1)(r:215539900002)][PD(t:0x0)(p4:24 →
,192.168.10.0)]]/440
0.0.0.0 0 →
100 32769 i
> x [P4][i1][I:100][[C(c:1)(b:1.1.1.1)(r:215539900002)][PD(t:0x0)(p4:32 →
,2.2.2.2)]]/448
0.0.0.0 0 →
100 32769 i
The following example displays the BGP routes associated with the LS NLRI in
the local context.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route labels command to display MPLS labels associated
with BGP routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 29
The following example displays the MPLS labels associated with BGP routes in
the local context.
The following example displays the MPLS labels associated with BGP routes in a
Virtual Private Network (VPN) context.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route neighbor command to display information about
routes to or from BGP neighbors.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 30
The following example displays output from the show bgp route neighbor
<ip-addr> active command.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<as-path-string...>
One or more AS path strings.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route regex command to display BGP routes that contain
the specified AS path string.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 31
The following example displays output from the show bgp route regex
command. Only routes that contain the AS paths 64173 and 14207 are
displayed.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route sourced command to display BGP routes sourced
from the local autonomous system.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 32
The following snapshot from a configuration file enables the output for the show
bgp route sourced command example.
redistribute static
t Path
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp route summary command to display a summary report of
BGP routes in the BGP routing table.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 33
The following example displays output from the show bgp route summary
command.
3582 103070
The following example displays output from the show bgp route summary
detail command. The detail keyword adds the following field information to
the command output: Triggered NEXT_HOP scan enabled:. The field
information shows the configured values and Time since last triggered
NEXT_HOP scan: 00:00:41, which displays how long ago a triggered scan was
run.
Syntax
show bgp summary [all-contexts]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a summary of the BGP status and statistical information for the current
context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bgp summary command to display a summary of the BGP status
and statistical information for the current context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 34
The following example displays output from the show bgp summary command.
Neighbors Configured: 2
Neighbors Configured: 2
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ R →
st Err Up/Down PfxRcvd/Sent RstNeeded
3:10::1 200 100 100 0 0 0 →
1 0 01:38:26 0 0 No
400::2 600 0 0 0 0 0 →
0 0 02:48:55 Idle No
Example 35
The following example displays output from the show bgp summary all-
context command.
Neighbors Configured: 2
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Rst Err →
Up/Down PfxRcvd/Sent RstNeeded
Neighbors Configured: 2
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Rst Err →
Up/Down PfxRcvd/Sent RstNeeded
2a00:11:1:1::254 3401 454 496 814 0 0 0 0 →
01:21:48 205 2 No
2a00:11:1:26::254 3401 455 496 814 0 0 0 →
0 01:21:53 205 2 No
Context :signaling Context id : 0x40080003
------------------------------------------------------------------
Global information:
Neighbors Configured: 68, Established: 62
------------------
BGP router identifier: 38.3.2.0, local AS number: 3502
Neighbors Configured: 4, Established: 4, Down_times: 0, Up_times: 0
Sourced paths: redistributed: 11, networked: 0, injected: 0, aggregated →
: 0
Dampening: Disabled
Flap-statistics: Disabled
5559 prefix (all inclusive)
------------------
Address Family: ipv4 unicast
BGP route table version: 367, RIB table version: 367, deleted vers: 280
Neighbors Configured: 2
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Rst Err →
Up/Down PfxRcvd/Sent RstNeeded
11.1.2.254 3402 451 505 367 0 0 0 0 →
01:21:49 89 11 No
11.1.27.254 3402 451 505 367 0 0 0 0 →
01:21:55 89 11 No
------------------
Address Family: ipv6 unicast
BGP route table version: 330, RIB table version: 330, deleted vers: 248
Neighbors Configured: 2
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Rst Err →
Up/Down PfxRcvd/Sent RstNeeded
2a00:11:1:2::254 3402 451 496 330 0 0 0 0 →
01:21:48 84 2 No
2a00:11:1:27::254 3402 452 496 330 0 0 0 →
0 01:21:53 84 2 No
To show bindings information for a specific type of circuit, the syntax is:
To show the bindings information for a circuit connected to a specific slot and
port and, optionally, the circuit type, the syntax is:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<cross-connect-prof-id>
The cross-connection L2VPN profile ID
<slot/port> Chassis slot and port number of a traffic card for which
bindings information is displayed. The <port> argument is
required if you enter the <slot> argument.
Default
Displays bindings information for all ports or circuits that are bound within the
current context.
Usage Guidelines
If you specify the VLAN tag value for an 802.1Q tunnel, the output includes
bindings information for all the PVCs within the tunnel.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
mpls [lsp <lsp-id>] Specifies Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) circuits, where <lsp-id>
is the label-switched path (LSP) identifier. The range of values is 1 to
65,535.
vpls [<vpls-id>] Specifies Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) circuits. The range of
values is 1 to 65,535. Not supported.
Note: The keywords bvi, ipv6oe, ipv6-auto, ipv6-auto, and ipv6-man are not
supported in this command.
Examples
The following example displays all bindings in the current context (local).
[local]Ericsson#show bindings
Circuit State Encaps Bind Type Bind Na →
me
4/1 Up ethernet
4/2 Down ethernet
4/4 Down ethernet
4/11 Up ethernet
4/12 Up ethernet
7/1 Up ethernet interface mgmt@lo →
cal
10/1 Down ethernet
lg id 25 lag Down ethernet
lg id 25 vlan-id 100 Down dot1q
lg id 25 vlan-id 101 Down dot1q
GRE 1 Down gre interface link-gr →
e@myISP-Ctx
blue-lg Down ethernet interface etherx@ →
local
Link share ethernet Down ethernet
Summary:
total: 13
up: 4 down: 9
bound: 3 unbound: 10
auth: 0 interface: 3 subscriber: 0 bypass: →
0
no-bind: 10 atm: 0 chdlc: 0 dot1q: →
2
ether: 10 fr: 0 gre: 1
mpls: 0 ppp: 0 pppoe: 2
clips: 0 vpls: 0 ipip: 0
ipsec: 0 ipv6v4-man: 0 ipv6v4-auto: 0
Syntax
show bridge [<bridge-name> [cct [<circuit-handle>] | port {lg <lg-name> |
<slot>/<port>} service-instance <si-id> | table {cct <table-cct-handle> |
drop | static | vlan {<table-vlan-id> | default}} | vlan [<vlan-id> | default]
| vpls] | global | loop-detection | profile [<prof-name>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot>/ <port> Optional. Chassis slot and port number of a traffic card
for which bridge information is displayed. The port
argument is required if the slot argument is entered.
service-instance <si-id>
SI identifier. The range of values is 1–262143. Mandatory
with the <slot>/<port> keyword.
table drop Optional. Displays the list of MAC addresses for which all
packets are dropped on this bridge.
profile <prof-name>
Optional. Name of the bridge profile for which
information is displayed.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bridge command to display information about bridges on the
router.
Table 15 describes the output fields for the show bridge command.
Table 16 describes the output fields for the show bridge table vlan command.
Field Description
MAC Shows a MAC address in the bridge forwarding
database.
Circuit Shows a circuit ID associated with the bridge.
Examples
The following example displays information about all bridges on the router.
[local]Ericsson#show bridge
Type can be: (L)earning,(Q)ualified,(Ld)loop-detect,(Md)MacMove Drop
Bridge Type Aging Mac Static-Mac Drop-Mac Ccts PW-Ccts Description
isp LQ--Md 18000 0 4 2 10 0
The following example displays information about bridge isp on the router.
The following example displays the bridge table, including the MAC address and
corresponding circuit IDs associated with VLAN 10 for bridge isp1.
The following example displays the local mode and number of hub-and-spoke
pseudowires associated with bridge isp2.
Syntax
show bridge global
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bridge global command to display global information about
bridges on the router.
Field Description
Total Bridges Total number of bridges on the router.
Total Bridge Instances Total number of bridge instances on the router.
Total CCT's Total number of circuits on the router.
Total SI CCT's Total number of service instance circuits on the
router.
Total LAG CCT's Total number of LAG circuits on the router.
Total PW CCT's Total number of pseudowire circuits on the
router.
Total Drop BFE's Total number of MAC address filtering rules.
Controlled by the command mac-entry drop.
Total Static BFE's Total number of static MAC address and VLAN
ID database entries for service instances.
Controlled by the command mac-entry
static.
Total dynamic BFE Total number of learned MAC address and
VLAN ID database entries for service instances.
Examples
This example displays global information about bridges on the router.
Syntax
show bridge profile [<profile-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information about all bridge profiles on the router.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bridge profile command to display information about bridge
profiles on the router.
Field Description
Profile Name of the bridge profile.
Flag
1: - or R Shows if the service instances associated with
the bridge profile are only allowed to accept
frames matching static MAC address and VLAN
ID database entries. Controlled by restricted.
2: t or T Shows if the bridge profile is a tributary or
trunk.This functionality is not supported in this
release.The field always shows T.
6: D, O, or A Shows if BPDU is denied, restricted to, or
allowed.This functionality is not supported in
this release.The field always shows A.
MacLimit Shows the maximum number of MAC address
and VLAN ID database entries for service
instances associated with the bridge profile.
The field shows 1048576 or the <max-number>
configured for mac-limit.
Bpdu Pri Bridge Protocol Data Unit Priority. This
functionality is not supported in this release.
The field always shows 0.
S-Ccts Spanning Tree Circuits. This functionality is not
supported in this release. The field always
shows 0.
Mcr Shows the multicast traffic rate limit for service
instances associated with the bridge profile.
The field shows 0 or the <kbps> configured for
multicast rate-limit.
Mcb Shows the multicast traffic tolerated burst
service instances associated with the bridge
profile. The field shows 0 or the <bytes>
configured for multicast rate-limit.
Bcr Shows the rate limit for broadcast traffic for
service instances associated with the bridge
profile. The field shows 0 or the <kbps>
configured for element broadcast-rate-limit
with path /bridge/profile/broadcast-
rate-limit indicated in YANG Data Model.
Examples
This example displays information about all bridge profiles on the router.
This example displays information about bridge profile limited on the router.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
all Displays the bridge forwarding table for all bridges in all
contexts.
<slot> Chassis slot number of the traffic card with the bridged
port or PVC.
<port> Port number of the bridged port or the port with the
bridged PVC.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show bridge table command to display the bridge forwarding table for
one or more bridges or for a bridged PVC.
Field Description
vlan <vlan-id> A filter that limits the command to a specified virtual LAN (VLAN)
802.1Q tunnel or PVC. The <vlan-id> argument is one of the following
constructs:
— <pvc-vlan-id>—VLAN tag value of a PVC that is not within an
802.1Q tunnel.
Use the all keyword to display the bridge forwarding tables for all bridges in all
contexts.
Table 18 lists the fields that are displayed for each bridge; some fields are
displayed only when the detail keyword is specified.
Field Description
Context Context in which the bridge is configured.
Field Description
Bridge Group Name of the bridge.
MAC MAC address of any type, as indicated by the Flag field.
Circuit Slot, port, circuit identifier (VLAN tag value) on which the MAC address
appears.
Slot Displayed with the detail keyword only.
Flag Displayed with the detail keyword only. Describes the MAC address or
circuit, according to one or more of the following conditions:
— D—Dropped MAC address
— T—Trunk circuit
— t—Tributary circuit
— U—Unbound circuit
Static MAC Displayed with the detail keyword only. Number of static MAC
addresses configured (using the bridge mac-entry command in dot1q
PVC or port configuration mode) for each bridged 802.1Q PVC or
Ethernet port for all bridges that are displayed.
Drop MAC Displayed with the detail keyword only. Number of MAC addresses
specified as dropped (using the mac-entry command (in bridge
configuration mode) for all bridges that are displayed.
Dynamic MAC Displayed with the detail keyword only. Number of MAC addresses
learned by the bridges that are displayed.
MCAST Displayed with the detail keyword only. Number of multicast or
broadcast MAC addresses for all bridges that are displayed.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 36
The following example displays the bridge forwarding table for a specific bridge:
The following example displays the detailed output with the summary data for
the same bridge:
Flags:(U)nbound,(D)rop,(S)tatic,(d)uplicate,(T)runk,(t)rib,(I)gn →
ore,(i)nvalid
Syntax
show brm backup-manager [<configuration-system|log-system>] [<backup|
backup-domain | backup-type | label-store | progress-report>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
configuration-system
Represents the system and application configuration
data being backed up.
<backup-domain>
Optional. Indicates the backup domain, for example
System.
<label-store>
Optional. Indicates a set of labels that help distinguish
certain backups such as the last restored backup, primary
restore candidate, and so on.
<progress-report>
Optional. Represents the progress report and final result
of the ongoing (asynchronous) action, for example
create-backup.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
— While restoring a backup, a reload operation must be performed immediately
for the restored configurations to take effect.
— While executing the command, the result '0' indicates that the command
syntax is correct and command is successfully executed. However, it does not
indicate that the command action was successful.
The status of the command action can be verified using the 'progress-report'
option appropriately.
Example
Example
Example 37
The following example displays the supported options for configuration-system.
backup Represents one backup of the type and domain specified by the backup-manag →
er in which it is contained.
backup-domain Backup domain, for example System.
backup-type Type of backup, for example System Data or User Data.
label-store A set of labels that help distinguish certain backups such as the last res →
tored backup, primary restore candidate, and so on.
progress-report Represents the progress report and final result of the ongoing (asynchrono →
us) action, for example create-backup.
| Output modifiers
<cr>
Example 38
The following example displays the backup domain.
Example 39
The following example displays the progress of the ongoing task.
progress-report 0
action-name CREATE
additional-info [ "Create backup" ]
Example 40
The following example displays the list of all options available for backup.
Example 41
The following examples displays the backup creation time and status based on
backup ID.
Syntax
show card <slot> [console-log | detail | errors | vsfo {info | port-
stats}]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card command to display information about vSRVC, vSFO and
vFRWD cards.
If a chassis and slot number are not specified, information about all the
components installed in the chassis is displayed.
Examples
The following example displays information of all components installed in the
chassis.
[local]Ericsson#show card
The following example displays detailed information of the installed card in slot
1. The number of vCPUs displayed in the following output only counts the
number of the online vCPUs.
--------------------------------------------------
Slot number : 1
Configured Type : vsfo
Inserted Type : vsfo
QoS Card Family : 3
Configured Mode : n/a
Card Admin State : In Service
Card Operational State : IS
Number of Fabric Ports : 1
Fabric Port (1) Type : Paravirt
Number of Front Ports : 6
Front Panel Port (1) Type : Paravirt
Front Panel Port (2) Type : Paravirt
Front Panel Port (3) Type : Paravirt
Front Panel Port (4) Type : Paravirt
Front Panel Port (5) Type : Paravirt
Front Panel Port (6) Type : Paravirt
Number of Pseudo Ports : 0
Total number of VCPUs : 8
Payload Status : OK
Active Alarms : NONE
Configured ASPs : 1
The following example displays detailed information of the vSFO card. The
number of vCPUs displayed in the following output refers to the total number of
vCPUs orchestrated for the VM.
vCPUs: 16 TEUs: 10
Front panel port 1: device type: mlx5vf-dpdk vlan limit: 128
Front panel port 2: device type: mlx5vf-dpdk vlan limit: 128
Front panel port 3: device type: mlx5vf-dpdk vlan limit: 128
Pakio port: device type: pakio-dpdk
Comm port: device type: pakio-dpdk
iFab port 1: device type: ifab
The following example displays the port statistics of the vSFO card.
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> acl {circuit <circuit-handle> |
<image>}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
circuit <circuit-handle>
Displays ACL circuit information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> acl command to display
Access Control List (ACL) information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example
The following example displays ACL image information at EPP level.
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> adjacency [<adjacency-id>
[hidden]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> adjacency command to
display adjacency information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example
The following example displays adjacency information at EPP level.
Info from LP
=====================
Adjacency-id 0x300000
Adjancency Enabled yes
Adjacency inserted in PSE yes
Adjacency inserted in TEU yes
Type TYPE_SIMPLE
Filter FILTER_L2
Static Adjacency 0
Preferred Type TURBO
Message-id 30
Is last adjacency no
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> bfd {bg | lp} {all | entry <bfd-
descriminator-id>} {detail | summary}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
entry <bfd-descriminator-id>
Displays BFD entry information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> bfd command to display
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) information at Enhanced Parallel Port
(EPP) level.
Example
The following example displays LP information of a BFD entry at EPP level.
FLAPS = 0
WAITING_FOR_LOCK = 0
UPDATE_FINAL = 1
UPDATE_FINAL_MAYBE_DROPED = 0
UPDATE_POLL = 1
UPDATE_POLL_MAYBE_DROPED = 0
UPDATE_SYNC_INFO = 0
FLAP = 0
RX_DROP = 0
TX_PKTS = 0
RX_PKTS = 0
TX_RETRY = 0
TX_PKTS_RED_DROP = 0
LOOPBACK2HOME_ERR_RX_DROP = 0
LOOPBACK_RX_DROP = 0
USER_COUNTER_1 = 0
USER_COUNTER_2 = 0
USER_COUNTER_3 = 0
USER_COUNTER_4 = 0
USER_COUNTER_5 = 0
XDU_ALLOC = 0
TX_TIMER_START = 0
TX_TIMER_REFRESH = 0
TX_TIMER_REFRESH_SKIP = 0
TX_TIMER_STOP = 0
TX_TIMER_HDLR_DELETE_KILL = 0
TX_TIMER_HDLR_DELETE_ARG_FREE = 0
RX_TIMER_START = 0
RX_TIMER_REFRESH = 0
RX_TIMER_REFRESH_SKIP = 0
RX_TIMER_STOP = 0
RX_TIMER_HDLR_DELETE_KILL = 0
RX_TIMER_HDLR_TIMEOUT_KILL = 0
RX_TIMER_HDLR_DELETE_ARG_FREE = 0
DEFER_TIMER_HDLR_RX_TIMER_DELETE_ARG_FREE = 0
DEFER_TIMER_HDLR_TX_TIMER_DELETE_ARG_FREE = 0
DEFER_TIMER_HDLR_SESS_DELETE_FREE = 0
"
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> cccod {counters | pseudo-cct
<circuit-handle> [counters]} [clear]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
pseudo-cct <circuit-handle>
CCOD circuit.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> cccod command to display
Circuit Creation on Demand (CCoD) information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP)
level.
Example
The following example displays CCoD global/pseudo circuit counter information
at EEP level.
=========================================================================
CCOD Genric Failure | CCOD Genric Packet Drops
======================================|==================================
Pseudo Circuit Create Dup 0 | RPC Fail Drop 0
Pseudo Circuit Create Fail 0 | PFE Fail Drop 0
Pseudo Circuit Find Fail 0 | Error Drop 0
FBlock MemAlloc Fail 0 | No Circuit Drop 0
RPC FBlock Create Fail 0 | No Feature Block Drop 0
FBlock Bind Fail 0 | Drop Max Threshold 0
| Fabl IPC Fail Drop 0
| Loopback DOT1Q Drop 0
| Loopback QinQ Drop 0
| Loopback Circuit Drop 0
| Invalid Operation Drop 0
| Invalid Encap Drop 0
======================================|==================================
=========================================================================
CCOD Feature Block Failure | CCOD Genric Packet Counters
======================================|===================================
RPC FBlock Alloc Fail 0 | Packet Pointer Store 0
RPC FBlock Sopscan Fail 0 | Packet Punt RP 0
RPC FBlock Delete Fail 0 | Packet Drop Encap 0
| Packet Drop Fabl Req 0 "
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> circuit [<circuit-handle> [generic
| [all | ipv4 | ipv6] counters [detail]] | drop-reason [cct-down | no-cct |
no-fblk | unknown]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> circuit command to display
circuit information and counters at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example
The following example displays drop-reason circuit and counters information at
EPP level.
CCT_ING_DROP_UNKNOWN_ENCAP
Packets Bytes
255/13:1:5/0/0/1 0 0
255/13:1:7/0/0/0 0 0
CCT_ING_DROP_NO_CCT
Packets Bytes
255/13:1:5/0/0/1 0 0
255/13:1:7/0/0/0 0 0
CCT_ING_DROP_CCT_DOWN
Packets Bytes
255/13:1:5/0/0/1 0 0
255/13:1:7/0/0/0 0 0
UNKNOWN
Packets Bytes
255/13:1:5/0/0/1 0 0
255/13:1:7/0/0/0 0 0
CCT_ING_DROP_NO_FBLK
Packets Bytes
255/13:1:5/0/0/1 0 0 "
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> counters [config-errors [all |
brief] [clear] | debug [clear | delta] | drop [brief]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> counters command to
display global counter information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example
The following example displays global debug counter information at EPP level.
BRIDGE_BFE_REMOTE_LRN_ERR_FLOW 0
BRIDGE_BFE_LOCAL_LRN_ERR_FLOW 0
IPFIX_FLOW_PROC_PKTS 0
IPFIX_FLOW_PROC_IE_NOT_SUPPORTED 0
FLOWCACHE_INSTALL_SUCCESS 19469
FLOWCACHE_INSTALL_FAILED_SUCCESSFULLY_OVERWRITTEN 0
FLOWCACHE_INSTALL_FAILED_OVERWRITE_ABORTED_BY_APP 0
FLOWCACHE_INSTALL_FAILED_MAX_FLOW_REACHED 0
FLOWCACHE_INSTALL_FAILED_OVERWRITE_MAX_UPDATES 0
FLOWCACHE_INSTALL_FAILED_INTERNAL_ERR 0
FLOWCACHE_UNINSTALL_SUCCESS 4436
FLOWCACHE_UNINSTALL_FAILED_FLOW_NOT_FOUND 0
FLOWCACHE_UNINSTALL_FAILED_FLOW_ALREADY_DELETED 0
FLOWCACHE_UNINSTALL_FAILED_INTERNAL_ERR 0
FLOWCACHE_STATS_RES_SUCCESS 72575692
FLOWCACHE_STATS_TSFT_ENTRY_FAIL 0
FLOWCACHE_STATS_RES_FLOW_LOOKUP_FAIL 10970
FLOWCACHE_STATS_RES_LEAF_MISMATCH 0 "
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> debug [gwt_show_statistics |
htm_pakio_ratelimit_dump | vspider_hal_clear_stats |
vspider_hal_mem_print_stats <memory type> |
vspider_hal_mem_free_stats | vspider_hal_print_acl_size <ID> |
vspider_hal_print_attribute_tree | vspider_hal_print_config |
vspider_hal_print_dpdk_info | vspider_hal_print_iothread_stats |
vspider_hal_print_iothread_stats_d | vspider_hal_print_link_mon |
vspider_hal_print_service_info | vspider_hal_print_stats |
vspider_hal_print_stats_d | vspider_hal_print_swq_stats |
vspider_hal_teu_stats | vspider_print_tx_drops |
vspider_hal_port_stats_summary | vspider_hal_pktio_histogram_1ms
| vspider_hal_io_stats]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
gwt_show_statistics
Optional. Displays generic worker thread statistics.
htm_pakio_ratelimit_dump
Optional. Displays packet input and output daemon rate-
limiter statistics.
vspider_hal_clear_stats
Optional. Clears vSpider statistics.
vspider_hal_mem_free_stats
Optional. Displays vSpider statistics for free memory.
vspider_hal_print_acl_size <ID>
Optional. Displays vSpider ACL image memory usage
based on the identity.
vspider_hal_print_attribute_tree
Optional. Displays vSpider attribute tree statistics.
vspider_hal_print_config
Optional. Displays vSpider configuration statistics.
vspider_hal_print_dpdk_info
Optional. Displays vSpider DPDK information.
vspider_hal_print_iothread_stats
Optional. Displays vSpider input and output thread
information.
vspider_hal_print_iothread_stats_d
vspider_hal_print_link_mon
Optional. Displays vSpider link monitor state.
vspider_hal_print_service_info
Optional. Displays vSpider service information.
vspider_hal_print_stats
Optional. Displays vSpider statistics.
vspider_hal_print_stats_d
Optional. Displays further debug information such as
network related statistics counters using the
vspider_hal_print_stats function on the vSpider.
vspider_hal_print_swq_stats
Optional. Displays vSpider software queue statistics.
vspider_hal_teu_stats
Optional. Switches on or switches off the TEU statistics.
The statistics shows how the traffic streams balance
between the TEUs. By default, the TEU statistics function
is off.
vspider_print_tx_drops
Optional. Displays vSpider transaction transmit drop
statistics.
vspider_hal_port_stats_summary
Optional. Displays vSpider statistics of each port for the
latest four periods of five-minute summaries.
vspider_hal_pktio_histogram_1ms
Optional. Collects packet input and output information
and generates a .txt file that is stored in the VSFO card.
vspider_hal_io_stats
Optional. Turns on or turns off counting and printing of
the input and output statistics.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe debug command to collect data on EPP debug
information, such as generic worker thread statistics, vSpider statistics and so on.
Examples
The following example displays generic worker thread statistics using the
gwt_show_statistics function.
The following example displays vSpider generic packet input and output counters
with single-queue configuration using the vspider_hal_print_stats_d
function.
The following example displays vSpider generic packet input and output counters
with multi-queue configuration using the vspider_hal_print_stats_d
function.
The following example switches off the TEU statistics using the
vspider_hal_teu_stats function and displays vSpider generic packet input and
output counters using the vspider_hal_print_stats_d function.
The following example displays vSpider statistics of each port for the latest four
periods of five-minute summaries using the vspider_hal_port_stats_summary
function.
Port_name: FPP_10
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_11
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_12
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: IFAB
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: PAKIO
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
*****************************Time phase dividing-line*******************************
Time Stamp: 2020-08-04T09:51:06
Port_name: FAB_1
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_1
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_2
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_3
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_4
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_5
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_6
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_9
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_10
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_11
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: FPP_12
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: IFAB
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
Port_name: PAKIO
rx_pps_high: 0.00 rx_pps_low: 0.00 rx_pps_avg: 0.00
tx_pps_high: 0.00 tx_pps_low: 0.00 tx_pps_avg: 0.00
The following example displays input and output thread information on the
vSpider using the vspider_hal_print_iothread_stats function.
The following example displays detailed input and output thread information on
the vSpider using the vspider_hal_print_iothread_stats_d function.
The following example collects packet input and output information and
generates a .txt file using the vspider_hal_pktio_histogram_1ms function.
The following example displays how to turn off and turn on counting and printing
of the input and output statistics using the vspider_hal_io_stats function.
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> drops {all brief| history {all
| reason | summary} | sub brief}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> drops command to display
packet drop counters in the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE) at Enhanced
Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example
The following example displays the drop counters in brief for sub reasons,
without zero counters.
The following example displays all drop counters in brief, without zero counters.
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> fib {counters [all | ipv4 |
ipv6 | ppp | tsm] | sle [ efs | ipv4 | ipv6 | linklocal | mcastv4
| mcast6 | mpls] | state}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-number> fib command to display
Forwarding Information Base (FIB) counters.
Example 42
The following example displays FIB counters:
IPV4 counters
IPv4 dest unreachable 0
IPV6 counters
IPv6 dest unreachable 0
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> flowcache [keys <lookup>
[ <pgwdl | pgwul | sgwdl | sgwul>] <teid ><TEID_in_hex >context
<context_id >[ <ipv4 | ipv6>] dip <dest_ip>sip <source_ip> proto
<protocol_no> | table-entries {clear | list } [ssc <ssc_slot> | tsft
<tsft_id> | tsid <tsid> | count | detail]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
context <context_id>
Optional. Subscriber context. The range of values is
0x40080001-0x4008ffff.
proto <protocol_no>
Optional. IP Protocol number.
ssc <ssc_slot> Optional. SSC slot number. The range of values is 0-31.
tsft <tsft_id> Optional. TSFT table ID. The range of values is 0-65535.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe flowcache command to display flowcache
information.
Example 43
The following example displays flowcache information:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> gwt <statistics>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-number> gwt <statistics>
command to display GWT statistic details.
Example 44
The following example displays GWT statistics:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> ip [adjacency <adjacency_id> |
fib [ all | entry <ipv4_address>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
adjacency <adjacency_id>
Optional. Displays IPv4 addresses adjacency information.
The range of values for adjacency ID is 0-65535.
entry <ipv4_address>
Optional. Displays single FIB entry information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-number> ip command to display
information related to IPv4 routes at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level..
Example 45
The following example displays FIB entry information:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> ipv6 fib [ all | entry
<ipv6_address>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
entry <ipv6_address>
Optional. Displays FIB entry information for single IPv6
address.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe ipv6 command to display information related to
IPv6 routes.
Example 46
The following example displays all FIB entries:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> link-group [<lg_id> [ ch2cid-
table | detail | hash-table] | spg-entry <spg_id >]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
spg-entry <spg_id>
Optional. Displays Subprotection Group (SPG) entry
details for the corresponding ID. The range of supported
values is 0-266240.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe link-group command to display link-group
information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 47
The following example displays link-group information for spg-entry:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> lookup { pse | teu } port
<port_id >{ dot1ad | dot1q | fallback | qinq | untagged} [* |
<vlan_id >-< end_vlan_id> | default | range-db]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
port <port_id> Optional. Displays Port ID. The range of values is 1-41.
<vlan_id> <end_vlan_id>
Optional. Lookup for specific VLAN ID. The range of
values is 0-4096.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe lookup command to display Space Link Extension
(SLE) table entries for Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE)/Thread Execution Unit
(TEU)
Example 48
The following example displays link-group information for spg-entry:
[local] Ericsson# show card 1 epp pfe 0 lookup pse port 1 dot1q default
Type (Protocol Count) Msg id Protocol Handler →
Endpt PPI index User Data
Direct(0) WORKQ_MSGID_NO_MATCH raw circuit_lookup_no_match 0 →
x0x2aaab5e7d2b0 0x2000084 0x0
[local]vipp-0178#show card 1 epp pfe 0 lookup teu port 1 dot1q default
Type (Protocol Count) Msg id Protocol Handler →
Endpt PPI index User Data
Direct(0) WORKQ_MSGID_NO_MATCH raw circuit_lookup_no_match 0 →
x0x2aaab5e7d2b0 0x2000084 0x0
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> mcast {error | fre <mra_id> |
ipv4 {circuit <circuit_id> | fib {all | entry <source_ip>
<group_ip> }} | ipv6 {circuit <circuit_id> | mra <mra_id> | rpc}}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe mcast command to display multicast information
at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 49
The following example displays multicast error counts:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> mpls {adjacency <adj_id> |
circuit <circuit_id> | l3vpn <counter> | lfib [<label_id> | <FRR> |
<all>] | link-group [ adjacency <adj_id> | circuit <circuit_id>}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe mpls command to display MPLS information at
Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 50
The following example displays MPLS L3VPN counters:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> nexthop {frr | label
[<label_id>] | local | mpath | native | ts | tunnel} [<nexthop_id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
ts Displays TS information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-number> nexthop command to
display next hop information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 51
The following example displays next hop information for local and native:
Info from LP
=====================
ID Type Ref_cnt Pfe_id Idspace Native_Type
0x30500001 24 2 0 0
0x30500002 24 2 0 0
0x30500006 24 1 0 0
0x31400001 24 1 0 0
0x31400002 24 1 0 0
0x35700001 24 2 0 0
0x35700002 24 3 0 0
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> packet-capture {drop [circuit
<circuit_id> | sed] [ num-pkts <no_of_pkts_to_show>] {ingress |
egress} [detail | parsed | save-to-file]}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
num-pkts <no-of-pkts-to-show>
Displays the number of packets that are dropped. The
range of supported values for number of packets to show
is 1-1024.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-number> packet-capture command
to display the following information:
— Details of dropped packets, for a given drop code, to the controller card CLI
(RP).
Example 52
The following example displays details of dropped packets.
[local] Ericsson#
debug card 1 epp pfe 0 packet-capture drop reason 191 ingress
[local]Ericsson#
show card 1 epp pfe 0 packet-capture drop all br
Index: 1
============= PKT HEADER =============
Circuit handle: Cct invalid
Reason/SED: 191
Packet Offset: 0
Header Start: 0x25f56f00
Protocol Start: 0x25f56f00
Dirty Offset: 0x0
Log Length: 124
Header Fetched: 124
Proto length: 124
Total Length: 124
Packet Qos: 0
0000 0100 0001 0010 9400 0002 0800 4500
006e 2996 0000 fffd 66f8 1401 0102 1401
0101 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 4452 3802 e340 52b3
07f8 c428 9ae8 69b3 c4b2 b847
***************************************************
***************************************************
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-value> packet-trace rule-id <rule-id>
[display_rules | count | capture [save-to-file]]
Scope
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe packet-trace rule-id command to display the
information of the packet-trace feature for a specific card.
Examples
Example 53
The following example displays the information related to packet-trace rules to
capture for a specific card.
Example 54
The following example displays the information related to packets received at
count points for a specific card.
Example 55
The following example displays the information related to packet-trace rules
configuration for a specific card.
Example 56
The following example displays the saved path information of the captured
packets for a specific card.
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> pakio {counters {inject
<detail> | punt [code <punt_code> | port <port_id> <proto-group>
[<detail> | protocol <protocol>] | debug_counters | debug_pkt_info
| {pkt_size_hist | psi_buf_dump} <engine> | pktdmp <parsed> |
state }
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
code <punt_code> Optional. Displays pakio per punt code ald counters. The
range of supported values is 1-64.
proto-group <group_id>
Optional. Displays pakio proto-group information. The
following proto-group can be used:
group_default CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_DEFAULT
Protocol: app_unused
group_l2 CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_L2
group_v4_raw CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_IPV4_RAW
group_v4_tcp CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_IPV4_TCP
group_v4_udp CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_IPV4_UDP
group_v6_raw CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_IPV6_RAW
group_v6_tcp CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_IPV6_TCP
group_v6_udp CARD_RATELIMIT_PROTO_GROUP_IPV6_UDP
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe-number> pakio command to display
pakio injected and punted packet count and dumps at Enhanced Parallel Port
(EPP) level.
Example 57
The following example displays detailed pakio information:
[local] Ericsson# show card 1 epp pfe 0 pakio counters inject detail
------------------------------------------------------------------
Type Packets Bytes
------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjacency 2094961 174790316
Circuit 0 0
Next Hop 2185 414322
LFIB 0 0
FIB 236330 23571500
Health Monitor 5911 70932
0 0
Max Len Exceeded(Drop)0 0
Min Len Violation(Drop)0 0
Sync Packet Inject4318 751332
Invalid CID(Drop)1836 0
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> pse { access <channel-ID>
{ <encap_code_1> [ <encap_code_2> | all ]} | adjacency | all |
dot1ad | dot1q | egress | ingress | channel {<channel_index> |
group <channel_group_index|>list} | root {<start_index end_index|
>all }| table< table_index >| list }
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
access <channel-ID>
Displays PSE hardware circuit configuration table entry.
The range of values for <channel-ID> is 0- 255.
<encap_code_1>, <encap_code_2>
The range of supported values is 0-15.
channel <channel_index>
Displays PSE channel. The range of supported values for
<channel_index> is 0-256.
group <gchannel_roup_index>
Displays PSE channel group. The range of supported
values for <group_index> is 0-4294967295.
table <table_index>
Displays PSE table information. The range of supported
values for <table_index> is 0-4294967295.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe pse command to display PSE information at
Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 58
The following example displays PSE table list:
ID : 9 Handle : 0x7d1df0
ID : 10 Handle : 0x7d2940
ID : 11 Handle : 0x7d0260
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> qos { circuit <circuit_id> {lp |
pcl | pfe} | hpm {ald-debug <enable(1)/disable(0)> | classdefn
<class_def_map_id> | marking <marking_prof_id>| meter <meter_id>| pfe-
debug <enable(1)/disable(0)> | policer <policer_id> | profile
<profile_id>| ref {ald | pfe} <circuit_id> <enable(1)/disable(0)> |
table {amt <amt_id> | mct <mct_id> <meter_idx_0> <meter_idx_1>
<meter_idx_2> <meter_idx_3> | oat <oat_id> | refresh <profile_id>}} |
htm {lag {default <lg_id> | provisioned <circuit_id>} | queue <queue_id>
start <hierarchical_level> stop <hierarchical_level> {bg | cli} |
status <clear>}| table <table_id>} [lp | pcl | pfe] }
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
lp Displays lp information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe 0 qos command to display Quality of
Service (QoS) information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Examples
The following example displays pfe QoS information for hpm table 0.
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> sle { hash { clients | table
<table_id> [ detail | dump ]} | lpm {clients | node { WORD |
pfe_memory <region_id ><memory_offset> <node_size>} | table <table_id
> { control WORD< prefix-length> | detail | image <sle_image_id> { pfe
{ lookup | root_and_command }} stats { aggregate | level
<level_no> } | util lookup WORD <prefix-lenght>} | logger |
display }}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
node WORD Displays SLE raw node in String format. (For example:
01234567:89abcdef:01)
root_and_command
Displays root and command.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe sle command to display SLE longest match/table
information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 59
The following example displays SLE hash client information:
[local] Ericsson# show card 5 epp pfe 0 sle lpm table 4 logger display
Sle event log is disabled.
28
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> ts {gtpu-cache All | papt
{<pap_entry_start_id> | <pap_entry_end_id>} | svcmap
{<svcmap_entry_start_id> | <svcmap_entry_end_id>} | tsft {<table_id> |
<tsft_entry_start_id> | <tsft_entry_end_id>} | tsmtdt {<source_IP> |
<dest_ip> | <fibid> | < tunnel_type>}}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> epp pfe 0 ts command to display traffic steering
information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Examples
The following example displays tsft table information at Enhanced Parallel Port
(EPP) level
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> vrrp [circuit <circuit_id> [ipv4
| ipv6 ] {vrid <vrid_no>}]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
circuit <circuit_id>
Optional. Displays circuit with VRRP enabled.
vrid <vrid_no> Displays specific VRRP circuit vrid information. The range
of values is 1-255.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe vrrp command to display Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) information at Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) level.
Example 60
The following example displays VRRP details:
RX errors : 0
TX errors : 0
Invalid LAG type : 0
Advt Start : 0
Advt Stop : 0
Advt Update : 0
Mdown Start : 0
Mdown Stop : 0
Mdown Update : 0
VMAC Enable : 0
VMAC Disable : 0
Session Add : 0
Session Delete : 0
Session Update : 0
Rx-packet Update : 0
Mdown Notify : 0
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl circuit <circuit-handle> [detail [hidden]
| hidden | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl circuit command to display circuit information
stored in the ACL module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays ACL information for the circuit
10/7:511:63:31/1/2/16469.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl context <context-name> [detail [hidden] |
hidden | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1, and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl context command to display context information
stored in the ACL module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays ACL information for the context abc.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl global
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1, and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl global command to display global information
stored in the ACL module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays global ACL information.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl image [<acl-rule-set-id> pfe <pfe-value>]
[all] [detail [hidden] | hidden | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl image command to display image information
stored in the ACL module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays detailed information for all ACL images.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl log [clear] [last [<last-log-entry-
number>]] [resize <log-array-size>] [detail [hidden] | hidden |
summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-30 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
<last-log-entry-number>
Optional. The number of last log entries.
resize <log-array-size>
Optional. The size of log array. The value is in decimal
format.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl log command to display ACL log information in
FABL.
Examples
The following example displays detailed ACL log information.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl memlog {clear | dump | size <mempry-size>
| turn-off}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
size <memory-size>
The maximum size of memory to store debug events. The
value is in megabytes format.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl memlog command to log debug events in the
memory.
Examples
The following example clears debug events in the memory.
The following example dumps debug events from the memory to a file.
The following example turns off logging debug events in the memory.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl acl statistics
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1, and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl acl statistics command to display ACL statistics
information in FABL.
Examples
The following example displays ACL statistics information.
acl_db_not_found: 0 acl_pdb_not_found : 0
PDB-Rules handle invalid: 0 pdb_rules_nv_invalid: 0
PDB-Ruleset handle invalid: 0 PDB-Ruleset nv invalid: 0
PDB-Ruleset null error: 0 pdb_rule_set_nv_upd_start_fail: 0
pdb_rule_set_nv_upd_commit_fail: 0 Temp PDB-Rules handle invalid: 0
Temp Acl key invalid: 0 Temp Acl key changed: 0
Temp Rules commit failed: 0 Temp Ruleset commit failed: 0
temp_pdb_ruleset_handle_invalid: 0 temp_pdb_new_rules_nv_invalid: 0
temp_rule_set_invalid: 0
temp_rule_set_nv_invalid: 0: temp_old_rules_nv_invalid:0
temp_rules_version_mismatch: 0 temp_rules_replace_commit_failed: 0
temp_results_replace_commit_failed: 0 temp_rule_set_upd_start_fail: 0
temp_rule_set_upd_commit_fail: 0 temp_incr_upd_full_rules_replaced: 0
temp_rules_ignored: 0 nv update abort : 0
nv Rules update abort: 0 nv Rules update commit failed: 0
nv Ruleset update commit failed: 0 PDB-Ruleset iterate failed: 0
PDB-Rules iterate failed: 0 pdb_rules_dup_deleted: 0
PDB-Partition restore failed: 0 PDB-Rules restore failed: 0
IFACE events :
iface_up : 1 iface_down : 0
iface_alloc_failed: 0 iface_cct_config : 0
iface_cct_config_alloc_failed: 0 iface_cct_config_no_aaa: 0
iface_cct_create: 0 iface_cct_delete : 0
iface_cct_generic_alloc_failed: 0 iface_cct_register: 0
iface_cct_register_not_exist: 0 iface_cct_deregister: 0
iface_cct_deregister_failed: 0 iface_cct_being_deleted: 0
iface_intf_bind : 0 iface_invalid_pfe_value: 0
iface_invalid_pfe_mask: 0 iface_cct_create_invalid_pfe: 0
iface_cct_del_invalid_pfe: 0 iface_invalid_pfe_mask_no_fblk: 0
iface_cct_ignore: 0
serv_sync : 0 serv_sync_no_aaa : 0
serv_sync_skip_clear: 0 serv_sync_skip_sync: 0
serv_sync_no_config: 0 serv_sync_clear : 0
serv_sync_set : 0 serv_sync_failed : 0
serv_sync_update_failed: 0
Messages to CLS :
cls_acl_free : 0 cls_acl_free_failed: 0
cls_acl_fail : 0 cls_acl_fail_send_failed: 0
cls_ppa_reg : 1 cls_ppa_reg_failed: 0
WO events :
cct_create : 0 cct_delete : 0
cct_aaa_change : 0 cct_stop : 0
acl_summary : 0 acl_chunk : 0
acl_done : 0 acl_update : 0
acl_update_pd : 0 acl_bind : 0
acl_unbind : 0 acl_admin_bind : 0
acl_admin_unbind: 0 acl_delete : 0
acl_summary_fail: 0 ald_add_ack : 0
ald_delete_ack : 0 ald_acl_fail : 0
ald_restart : 1 iface_restart : 1
cls_restart_up : 1 cls_restart_down : 0
cls_eof : 1 part_init : 0
sync_init : 1
ipc_cls_notify_birth: 1 ipc_cls_notify_death: 0
ipc_cls_birth_ignored: 0 ipc_cls_death_ignored: 0
ipc_cls_notify_name_ignored: 0
CLS restart WO :
cls_restart_ignored: 1 cls_bring_up_unset_wo: 0
cls_bring_up_unset_eof: 1 cls_bring_up_unset_ipc: 0
cls_bring_up_set_wo_cls: 0 cls_bring_up_set_wo_ald: 1
acl_bind_no_cct_pfe: 0 acl_bind_cct_create_failed: 0
acl_bind_cct_unmark: 0 acl_bind_identical: 0
acl_bind_modified_set_state_up: 0 acl_bind_identical_pending: 0
acl_bind_state_check_update: 0 acl_bind_update_new_commit: 0
acl_bind_no_ruleset: 0 acl_bind_failed_filter: 0
acl_bind_failed_policy: 0 acl_bind_illegal_state: 0
acl_bind_adding : 0 acl_bind_added : 0
acl_bind_deleting: 0 acl_bind_skip : 0
acl_bind_add_ref_failed: 0 acl_bind_commit_failed: 0
acl_bind_rollback: 0 acl_bind_rollback_unbind_failed: 0
acl_bind_rollback_unbind: 0 acl_bind_rollback_no_pending_acls: 0
acl_bind_rollback_deregister: 0 acl_bind_admin_ctx_nv_invalid: 0
acl_bind_admin_acl_not_found: 0
acl_bind_admin_send_previous_pend_acl_not_found: 0
acl_bind_admin_send_previous_bind_acl_not_found: 0
acl_bind_admin_pend_previous_pend_acl_not_found: 0
acl_bind_admin_ald_send_failed: 0 acl_bind_admin_send: 0
acl_bind_admin_send_ctx_ref_add_fail: 0 acl_bind_admin_pend: 0
acl_bind_admin_pend_ctx_ref_add_fail: 0 acl_bind_admin_processed: 0
acl_bind_admin_fail: 0 acl_bind_admin_defer_processed: 0
acl_bind_admin_send_duplicate: 0 acl_bind_admin_pend_duplicate: 0
acl_bind_admin_illegal_state: 0 acl_unbind_admin_dropped: 0
acl_unbind_admin_invalid_acl: 0 acl_unbind_admin : 0
acl_unbind_admin_previous_other_acl_not_found: 0
acl_unbind_admin_ctx_nv_invalid: 0 acl_unbind_admin_acl_not_found: 0
acl_unbind_admin_ctx_update: 0 acl_unbind_admin_processed: 0
acl_unbind_admin_send_failed: 0 acl_unbind_admin_force: 0
acl_unbind_admin_force_update: 0
acl_unbind_admin_ignoring_illegal_state: 0
acl_eval_pend_del: 0 acl_eval_pend_del_release: 0
acl_release_commit: 0 acl_release_commit_alloc_failed: 0
acl_release_commit_ruleset_del_ack: 0 acl_release_commit_unbind_failed: 0
acl_release_commit_remove_failed: 0 acl_release_commit_release_failed: 0
acl_release_commit_set_err: 0 acl_release_commit_unbind_ctx_failed: 0
acl_release_admin_deferred: 0 acl_release_acl_not_found: 0
acl_admin_can_release_ctx_not_found: 0 acl_add_ack_not_found: 0
acl_add_ack_added: 0 acl_add_ack_deleting: 0
acl_add_ack_cct_not_committed: 0 acl_add_ack_commit_failed: 0
acl_add_ack_cct_error: 0 acl_add_ack_bind_send: 0
acl_add_ack_cct_deny : 0
acl_add_ack_admin_previous_bind_acl_not_found: 0
acl_add_ack_admin_ald_send_failed: 0 acl_defer_release_admin_found: 0
acl_defer_release_admin_acl_pdb_invalid: 0
acl_defer_release_admin_processed: 0 acl_eof_admin_stale_ctx: 0
acl_eof_admin_acl_not_found: 0 acl_eof_admin_unbind: 0
acl_eof_admin_released: 0 acl_eof_admin_release_deferred: 0
acl_eof_admin_set_deleting_failed: 0 acl_eof_acl_released: 0
acl_eof_acl_release_failed: 0
cct_bind_commit_enter: 0 cct_bind_commit_nv_error: 0
cct_bind_commit_acl_not_ready: 0 cct_bind_commit_deleting: 0
cct_bind_commit_ald_down: 0 cct_bind_commit_bind_ruleset: 0
cct_bind_commit_bind_ruleset_failed: 0 cct_bind_commit_unbind_ruleset: 0
cct_bind_commit_unbind_ruleset_failed: 0
cct_bind_commit_cct_down: 0 cct_bind_commit_cct_up: 0
cct_bind_commit_deny_failed: 0 cct_bind_commit_unset_error: 0
cct_bind_commit_eval_pend: 0 cct_bind_commit_eval_pend_error: 0
cct_bind_commit_db: 0 cct_bind_commit_cct_deregister: 0
cct_state_change: 0 cct_up_not_found : 0
cct_no_fblk : 0
cct_found_fblk : 0 cct_pfe_null:0 cct_del_no_fblk:0
cct_up_no_fblk : 0 cct_del_marked_del:0
cct_del_rollback: 0 cct_up_change_from_down: 0
cct_up_change_state_failed: 0 state_change_bind_commit: 0
cct_up_pend_commit_failed: 0 cct_up_bind : 0
cct_up_bind_failed: 0
bind_sent : 0 bind_alloc_failed : 0
bind_admin_sent : 0 bind_admin_acl_not_found: 0
bind_admin_acl_pdb_not_found: 0 bind_admin_alloc_failed: 0
unbind_alloc_failed: 0 unbind_cct_iface_not_found: 0
unbind_sent : 0 unbind_admin_sent : 0
unbind_admin_alloc_failed: 0 unbind_admin_eof_send_failed: 0
unbind_admin_send_force_failed: 0 unbind_cct_acl_already_unbound: 0
unbind_cct_acl_add_to_unbind: 0 ruleset_create_rule_not_found: 0
ruleset_create_alloc_failed: 0 ruleset_create_sent: 0
ruleset_del_alloc_failed: 0 ruleset_del_sent : 0
add_rule_alloc_failed: 0 add_rule : 0
ruleset_insert_extra_sent: 0 ruleset_insert_pd_sent: 0
ruleset_insert_sent: 0 ruleset_remove_pd_sent: 0
ruleset_remove_sent: 0 ruleset_remove_alloc_failed: 0
result_update_alloc_failed: 0 result_update_sent: 0
result_update_pd_alloc_failed: 0 result_update_pd_sent: 0
cct_deny_alloc_failed: 0 cct_deny_sent : 0
create_part_alloc_failed: 0 create_part_sent : 0
invalid_pfe_id : 0 eof_sent_on_ald_restart: 0
ALD restart :
ald_state_ch_no_state_changed: 0 ald_state_ch_to_down: 0
ald_state_ch_to_restart: 0 ald_state_ch_to_up_ret: 0
ald_state_ch_restart_send_eof: 0 ald_state_ch_restart_unacked_n_empty: 0
acl_fabl_work_cls_eof: 1 acl_eof_walk_cb : 0
acl_eof_walk_cb_pfe_mask_null: 0 acl_eof_walk_cb_cct_nv_null: 0
acl_eof_walk_cb_rp_version: 0
iface_walk_cb : 0 iface_walk_cb_cfsm_set_error: 0
iface_walk_cb_call_state_change: 0
iface_cct_del_invalid_pfe_recover: 0
cfsm_rollback_unset_not_exist: 0 cfsm_rollback_unset_find_not_ok: 0
cfsm_rollback_unset_ftr_blk_null: 0 cfsm_rollback_dyn_dereg: 0
CFSM : unset
cfsm_unset_not_exist: 0 cfsm_unset_find_not_ok: 0
cfsm_unset_ftr_blk_null: 0 cfsm_dyn_dereg : 0
cfsm_free_blk : 0
CFSM : sweep
cfsm_ftr_sweep : 0 cfsm_ftr_sweep_fblk_return_error: 0
cfsm_ftr_sweep_iface_not_up: 0 cfsm_ftr_sweep_ftr_blk_null: 0
cfsm_ftr_sweep_ftr_blk_null_error: 0 cfsm_ftr_sweep_feat_blk_cct_free: 0
cfsm_clear_attr : 0 cfsm_ftr_clear_attr_error: 0
CFSM : set
cfsm_ftr_set : 0 cfsm_ftr_set_fblk_find_error: 0
cfsm_ftr_set_blk_alloc_error: 0 cfsm_ftr_set_blk_dynamic_set_error: 0
cfsm_ftr_set_blk_dynamic_set_true: 0 cfsm_ftr_set_blk_reset: 0
cfsm_ftr_set_blk_cct_free: 0 cfsm_ftr_set_blk_cct_restart: 0
cfsm_ftr_cct_register_failed: 0 cfsm_ftr_cct_register_failed_on_pfe: 0
cfsm_ftr_set_iface_exist: 0 cfsm_ftr_cct_register_deleted: 0
cfsm_ftr_cct_register: 0 cfsm_ftr_set_cct_ftr_set_ftr: 0
Syntax
To show the log information for a specific type of API, the syntax is:
show card <slot> fabl api log {control | pakio | punt | stats} [enable |
disable | detail | clear | resize <size>]
To show the log information for all types of API, the syntax is:
show card <slot> fabl api log all [detail | clear | resize <size>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
control Displays the control API information that is sent from the
FABL modules to ALD. See Table 19 for detailed options.
pakio Displays the PAKIO API packets that is sent from FABL.
punt Displays the punt API packets that is sent from ALD. See
Table 19 for detailed options.
resize <size> Optional. Size of the log array for a module. The valid
range of values is 1-4291967294.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl api log command to show FABL API information.
The API log can be displayed and filtered in various ways with a set of keywords.
Table 19 lists the fields for the control and punt keywords.
Field Description
Details Specifies additional information for a message.
Examples
To display the control API log information that is sent from the FABL modules to
ALD, see the following example:
To display the control API log information with all the parameter details, see the
following example:
To display the PAKIO API packets that is sent from FABL, see the following
example:
Note: Ensure the PAKIO API is enabled before showing the details of the
PAKIO API.
To display the punt API packets that is sent to ALD, see the following example:
To display the statistics API information that is sent from the FABL modules to
ALD, see the following example:
Note: Ensure the Statistics API is enabled before showing the details of the
Statistics API.
To resize the log array for a module to the given size, see the following example:
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl api log control module bfd [adjacency
<adjacency-id> | circuit <circuit-handle> | detail [bytes <packet-length>
| hidden | tcpdump | tshark] | nexthop <nexthop-id> | pfe-value <pfe-
value> | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
adjacency <adjacency-id>
Optional. The specified adjancency ID. The valid range of
values is 0x0-0xffffffff.
circuit <circuit-handle>
Optional. The specified circuit handle.
bytes <packet-length>
Optional. Packet length in bytes. The valid range of
values is 0-9856.
nexthop <nexthop-id>
Optional. The specified nexthop ID. The valid range of
values is 0x0-0xffffffff.
pfe-value <pfe-value>
Optional. The specified Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE)
value. The valid range of values is 0-30.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl api log module bfd command to display the
function calls from FABL-BFD module to ALD module.
Examples
The following example displays the control API information sent from the FABL-
BFD module to ALD module.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl api log pakio enable
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for puntler cards.
Default
It is disabled to generate message logs for PAKIO injected and punted packets.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl api log module bfd command to enable the
generating of message logs for PAKIO injected and punted packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the generating of message logs for
PAKIO injected and punted packets.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl api log punt module bfd [adjacency <adjacency-
id> | circuit <circuit-handle> | detail [bytes <packet-length> | hidden
| tcpdump | tshark] | nexthop <nexthop-id> | pfe-value <pfe-value> |
summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for puntler cards.
adjacency <adjacency-id>
Optional. The specified adjancency ID. The valid range of
values is 0x0-0xffffffff.
circuit <circuit-handle>
Optional. The specified circuit handle.
bytes <packet-length>
Optional. Packet length in bytes. The valid range of
values is 0-9856.
nexthop <nexthop-id>
Optional. The specified nexthop ID. The valid range of
values is 0x0-0xffffffff.
pfe-value <pfe-value>
Optional. The specified Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE)
value. The valid range of values is 0-30.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl api log module bfd command to display the
function calls from ALD module to FABL-BFD module.
Examples
The following example displays the punt API information sent from the ALD
module to FABL-BFD module.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl bfd entry [circuit <circuit-handle>] [ip <ipv4-
address>] [seamless [reflector | initiator]] [all | detail | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
circuit <circuit-handle>
Optional. The specified circuit handle.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl bfd entry command to display BFD session entry
information stored in the BFD module of FABL.
Note: The output of this command can display the maximum number of 32768
entries.
Examples
The following example displays detailed information of all BFD entries.
The following example displays detailed BFD entries for the neighbor IPv4
address 2.2.2.2.
The following example displays detailed BFD entries for the circuit
255/39:1:1/0/0/65551.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl bfd log rib rx [detail | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl bfd log rib rx command to display BFD session
information received by the BFD module of FABL from the RIB module.
Examples
The following example lists BFD sessions received by the BFD module of FABL
from the RIB module.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl bfd log rib tx [detail | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl bfd log rib tx command to display BFD session
information sent from the BFD module of FABL to the RIB module.
Examples
The following example lists BFD sessions sent from the BFD module of FABL to
the RIB module.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl fib adjacency {all | id <adjacency-id>}
[detail]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl fib adjacency command to display FIB adjacency
information on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays the detailed FIB information for the adjacency
with ID 0xa on FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl fib log rib {egress | ingress} [clear |
hidden | last [<number> | hidden] | resize <array-size>]
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
resize <array-size>
Optional. Log array size. The valid range of values is
100-1,000,000 in decimal type.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl fib log rib command to display RIB IPC message
log information of the FIB process on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays hidden RIB ingress IPC message log information
of the FIB process on FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl fib nexthop all [counters [detail | hidden |
summary] | detail | hidden | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl fib nexthop all command to display FIB nexthop
information for all nexthops on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays detailed FIB information for all nexthops on
FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl fib nexthop id <nexthop-id> [detail | hidden
| summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl fib nexthop id command to display the FIB
nexthop information of a specified nexthop on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays the detailed FIB information for the nexthop
with ID 0x31e00001 on FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl fib route ipv4 {<longest-match-route> | <exact-
match-route> | all | prefix-lengths} [{context <context-id> | table
<table-id>} [detail | hidden | summary] | detail | hidden |
summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
<longest-match-route>
The longest IPv4 routes. The valid range of values are
0-255.0-255.0-255.0-255.
<exact-match-route>
The exact IPv4 routes. The valid range of values are
0-255.0-255.0-255.0-255/0-32.
context <context-id>
The specific context ID. The valid range of values is
0-4294967295.
table <table-id> The specific table ID. The valid range of values is
0-4294967295.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl fib route ipv4 command to display FIB information
for IPv4 routes on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays FIB information for all IPv4 routes on FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl fib route ipv6 {<longest-match-route> | <exact-
match-route> | all | prefix-lengths} [{context <context-id> | table
<table-id>} [detail | hidden | summary] | detail | hidden |
summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<longest-match-route>
The longest IPv6 routes. The valid range of values are
0-255:0-255:0-255:0-255::0-255.
<exact-match-route>
The exact IPv6 routes. The valid range of values are
0-255:0-255:0-255:0-255::0-255/0-128.
context <context-id>
The specific context ID. The valid range of values is
0-4294967295.
table <table-id> The specific table ID. The valid range of values is
0-4294967295.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl fib route ipv6 command to display FIB information
for IPv6 routes on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays FIB information for all IPv6 routes on FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface channel [detail | summary | primary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface channel command to display information
about the channel between the ISM and IFACE module on FABL. The output
table displays used primary and secondary channels and their states. The
primary channel has the channel ID primary, and secondary channels have the
channel ID 0~4.
Examples
The following example displays channel information between the ISM and IFACE
module.
The following example displays primary channel information between the ISM
and IFACE module.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface circuit [all | detail | handle
<circuit-handle> [detail | summary] | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
handle <circuit-handle>
Optional. The specified circuit handle.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface circuit command to display circuit
information stored in the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays detailed circuit information in IFACE.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface client [detail | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface client command to display information about
clients of the IFACE module of FABL. The output table displays the list of clients
and the channels that the clients use.
Examples
The following example displays information about clients of the IFACE module.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface counters
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface counter command to display internal
information on counters related to the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays internal information on counters related to the
IFACE module.
num_port_created: 1 num_interface_created: 1
num_cct_created : 1 num_lg_entry_created: 0
num_spg_entry_created: 0
ISM Statistics:
Total events: ipc rcvd: 0, ipc err 0, unknown event 0
Including:
Allocating ALD messages
Total 0.000066 seconds
Max 0.000038 seconds
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface interface [detail | summary | all | id
<interface-id> <context-id> [detail | summary]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
id <interface-id> <context-id>
Optional. The specified interface in a context. The valid
range of values for <interface-id> and <context-id>
are 0x0-0xffffffff.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface interface command to display interface
information stored in the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays interface information stored in IFACE.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface lg [all [detail | summary] | id <lg-id>
[detail | summary] | detail | summary ]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
id <lg-id> Optional. The specified LAG table entry ID. The valid
range of values is 1-1023.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface lg command to display LAG information in the
IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays detailed information of LAG 9 in IFACE.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface log {counters [clear] | ism [all |
card | circuit | clear | interface | lag | port | resize <array-
size> [force] | walk]}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
resize <array-size>
Optional. Size of log array for a module. The valid range
of values is 1-1,048,575.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface log command to display log information
related to the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays ISM logs stored in IFACE.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface port [detail | summary | {all | id
<port-id>} [detail | summary]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
id <port-id> Optional. The specific port ID. The valid range of values is
1-255.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface port command to display port information
stored in the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays port information stored in IFACE.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface rate-limit {{card | circuit-mac}
[detail | summary]}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface rate-limit command to display rate limiting
information stored in the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays rate limiting information about circuit/MAC rate
table entries stored in IFACE.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl iface spg {all | lg-id <lg-id> | spg-id <spg-
id>} [detail | summary] | detail | summary]}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards.
lg-id <lg-id> Optional. The specific LAG ID. The valid range of values is
1-1023.
spg-id <spg-id> Optional. The specific SPG ID. The valid range of values is
1-264,135.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl iface spg command to display SPG information in
the IFACE module of FABL.
Examples
The following example displays detailed SPG information stored in IFACE.
SPG id : 2 LG id : 1
Constituent id : 1 PFE const id : 1
spg-entry flags : FLAG_PRIM_WORKING (0x1)
Primary circuit : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/10 Secondary circuit : Cct invalid
Dest_cookie : 0x5ff0001 type_all_pfe_value: 0
egress_pfe_value: 0 Local version : 0
SPG id : 3 LG id : 1
Constituent id : 0 PFE const id : 0
spg-entry flags : FLAG_PRIM_WORKING (0x1)
Primary circuit : 1/5:511:63:31/1/1/8 Secondary circuit : Cct invalid
Dest_cookie : 0x4ff0001 type_all_pfe_value: 0
egress_pfe_value: 0 Local version : 0
SPG id : 4 LG id : 1
Constituent id : 1 PFE const id : 1
spg-entry flags : FLAG_PRIM_WORKING (0x1)
Primary circuit : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/10 Secondary circuit : Cct invalid
Dest_cookie : 0x5ff0001 type_all_pfe_value: 0
egress_pfe_value: 0 Local version : 0
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl mcast {circuit | {ipv4 | ipv6} mfib [detail
[hidden] | hidden | summary] | statistics | log [clear | hidden |
resize <array-size> [force] | rp-ipc [detail [hidden] | hidden |
summary]] | turbo-db}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
resize <array-size>
Optional. Array size of a multicast RP-IPC log. The valid
range of values is 100-150000.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl mcast command to display multicast information on
FABL.
Examples
The following example displays multicast statistics on FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl mpls {adjacency [id <adjacency-id> | all] |
circuit [all | handle <circuit-handle>] | instance | label [all |
id <label-id>] | log lm [clear | resize <array-size> [force]]|
nexthop [all | id <nexthop-id>] | stats [clear]}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
handle <circuit-handle>
The specified circuit handle.
resize <array-size>
Optional. Size of the log array.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl mpls command to display MPLS information on FABL.
Examples
The following example displays all MPLS adjacencies on FABL.
Sep 14 06:50:06:336227 7 1 204 LBS upd 0 POP, adj 0x0 ctx 0x40080001 spc 0
m_nh_cct: Cct invalid
MPLS_LBL_FLAG:POP_SCNTXT
MPLS_LBL_FLAG2:NONE
m_lfib_flags: 0
MPLS_LBL_BYPASS_OP:0
ver 0 trgt ctx 0x40080001 trgt afi 1
m_dcnh_ip 0.0.0.0
The following example displays the next hop information with ID 0x40a00001 on
FABL.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl tsm log [all [detail| summary] | clear | detail |
resize<log-array-size> | start from <event-id> [detail | summary |
summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
start from<event-id>
Optional. Displays the contents of a portion of a log.
resize<log-array-size>
Optional. Resizes TSM log array.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl tsm log command to display logs of Traffic Slice
Manager (TSM) Route Processor (RP) Interprocess Communication (IPC)
message at card Forwarding Abstarction Layer (FABL) level.
Example
The following example displays all logs of TSM RP IPC at card FABL level.
2 tsm_init
INIT_TYPE : PAPT Service : GTPC
3 config_eof
INIT_TYPE : PAPT Service : GTPC
commit
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl tsm papt [all | entry <papt-id>] [detail | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> fabl tsm papt command to display Traffic Slice
Manager (TSM) Packet Access Point (PAP) table information at card Forwarding
Abstarction Layer (FABL) level.
Example
The following example displays slot 1 of the TSM PAP table at card FABL level.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl tsm parameter {gtpc | gtpu}
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> fabl tsm parameter command to display Traffic
Slice Manager (TSM) parameter information at card Forwarding Abstarction
Layer (FABL) level.
Example
The following example displays TSM parameter information at card FABL level.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl tsm svc-map {common | icr} [all | svc-idx
<service-idx>] [detail | summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
svc-idx <service-idx>
Optional. Displays a specific entry of a service map table.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> fabl tsm svc-map command to display Traffic Slice
Manager (TSM) service map information at card Forwarding Abstarction Layer
(FABL) level.
Example
The following example displays common TSM service map information at card
FABL level.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl tsm tsft-map [[all] [detail | summary] | tbl-id
<bsft-tbl-id>]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
tbl-id <bsft-tbl-id>
Optional. Displays a specific entry of the TSFT mapping.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> fabl tsm tsft-map command to display Traffic
Slice Manager (TSM) Traffic Slice Forwarding Table (TSFT) information at card
Forwarding Abstraction Layer (FABL) level.
Example
The following example displays TSM TSFT information at card FABL level.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl tsm tsft-tbl <tbl-id> [[all] [detail | summary] |
ts-id <tsid>]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> fabl tsm tsft-tbl <tbl-id> command to displays
Traffic Slice Manager (TSM) Traffic Slice Forwarding Table (TSFT) information
for table-id 0-157 at card Forwarding Abstraction Layer (FABL) level.
Example
The following example dislpays information for TSM TSFT table 6 at card FABL
level.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl vrrp {circuit <circuit-handle> | port <port-no> | log
[clear | resize <size>]}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card fabl vrrp command to display VRRP information of the
card on FABL.
Examples
7 VRRP_FAST_GRP_SYNC_EOF
8 VRRP_EOF_EGRESS
9 VRRP_FAST_GRP_INFO_ADD_UPD VRID 101 CCT 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/11
Address Family IPv4 RFC VER 3
10 VRRP_FAST_MASTER_DOWN VRID 101 CCT 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/11
Address Family IPv4 RFC VER 3
11 VRRP_FAST_TRANSMIT_ADD_UPD VRID 101 CCT 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/11
Address Family IPv4 RFC VER 3
12 VRRP_FAST_GRP_INFO_ADD_UPD VRID 101 CCT 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/11
Address Family IPv4 RFC VER 3
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> pap counter [{all | clear [all |
papid <pap_id>] | papid <pap_id> | total }[ detail | summary]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> pap command to display Packet
Access Point (PAP) information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> pktdrvd {counter {all | papid
<pap_id_hex>} [detail | summary]}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
papid <pap_id_hex>
Displays pktdrvd counter information for specific
<pap_id>. The range of supported values for <pap_id> is
0x0-0xffffff. If the pap_id is 0x1a002, 1a indicates type,
and 002f indicates instance index.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> pktdrvd command to display
forwarding service pktdrvd (packet drive) information on the Packet Forwarding
Engine (PFE).
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> tsmpapt [ all | entry <papt_id> ]
[ bank <bank_id> ] [detail | summary ]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
entry <papt_id>
Optional. Displays tsm papt entries of the corresponding
PAP table ID.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card pfe tsm papt command to get tsm (traffic slice manager)
PAP table information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Example 61
The following example displays papt details:
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> tsm parameter {gtpc | gtpu}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card pfe tsm parameter command to display GPRS Tunnelling
Protocol (GTP) parameter information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> tsm svcmap {common | icr } [ all |
entry <svc_index >[ bank <bank_id> ]] [detail | summary ]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
entry <svc_index>
Optional. Displays service map entries of the
corresponding service index. The range of supported
values for <svc_index> is 0-4095.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card pfe tsm svc-map command to display service map
information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Example 62
The following example displays svcmap details:
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> tsm tsft <tsft_tabl_id> [all | tsid
<tsft_id >] [ bank <bank_id> ] [detail | summary ]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
tsft <tsft_tabl_id>
Optional. Displays tsft details for a single TSFT table
ID.The range of supported values for <tsft_tabl_id> is
0-157.
tsid <tsft_id> Optional. Displays tsft details for a single TSFT ID.The
range of supported values for <tsft_id> is 0-65535.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card pfe tsm tsft command to get Timing synchronization
function (TSF) table information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Example 63
The following example displays tsft details:
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> tsm ucode papt [all | entry
<pap_id> ]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card pfe tsm ucode papt command to display tsm (traffic slice
manager) PAP table information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Example 64
The following example displays tsm papt details:
Syntax
show card <slot> pfe <pfe_value> tsm ucode svcmap [all | entry
<map_id> <map_index> ]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card <slot> pfe <pfe-number> tsm ucode svcmap command to
display TSM svcmap information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Example 65
The following example displays TSM svcmap details:
Syntax
show card <slot> epp pfe <pfe_value> tsm ucode tsft tableid
<tsft_tabl_id >[ all | entry <tsid >]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
— system-admin
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<pfe_value> The number of the PFE. The valid value for PFE is 0.
entry <tsid> Optional. Displays details for a single TSID in the tsft. The
range of values is 0-65535.
tableid <tsft_tabl_id>
Specific TSFT table id in decimal. The range of values is
0-157.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show card epp pfe tsm ucode tsft tableid command to display
TSM TSFT information on the Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE).
Example 66
The following example displays tsm tsft details:
[local] Ericsson# show card 5 epp pfe 0 tsm ucode tsft tableid 0
TSFT_TBLID TSID Valid Primary PAPT_ID Len Encap Data →
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl ppa ipv6 mfib circuit [all | bridge-id
<bridge-id> [[egress | ingress] [hidden] | hidden] | egress
[hidden] | ingress [hidden] | hidden | detail [all | bridge-id
<bridge-id> [[egress | ingress] [hidden] | hidden] | egress
[hidden] | ingress [hidden] | hidden]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
bridge <bridge-id> The specified bridge instance ID. The valid range of
values is 1-16,777,215.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
User the show card ppa ipv6 mfib circuit to display PIM IPv6 or MLD
enabled circuit information on a PPA-based card.
Examples
The following example displays the PIM IPv6 or MLD enabled circuits on card 9.
The following example displays the detailed MLD received and transmitted
counters on circuit level for the card 9.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl ppa ipv6 mfib log [all | bridge-id <bridge-
id> [[egress | ingress] [hidden] | hidden] | egress [hidden] |
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
bridge <bridge-id> The specified bridge instance ID. The valid range of
values is 1-16,777,215.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
User the show card ppa ipv6 mfib log to display IPC logs of multicast
manager to PPA communication on a PPA-based card.
Examples
The following example displays the IPC logs of multicast manager to PPA
communication on card 9.
<snip>
The following example displays the hidden timestamps of the IPC logs for the
card 9.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl ppa ipv6 mfib mcache [<group-address>
[<source-address> [all | bridge-id <bridge-id> [[egress | ingress]
[hidden] | hidden] | egress [hidden] | ingress [hidden] |
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
bridge <bridge-id> The specified bridge instance ID. The valid range of
values is 1-16,777,215.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
User the show card ppa ipv6 mfib mcache to display PIM IPv6 or MLD
enabled mcache information on a PPA-based card.
The (S,G) state must be RESOLVED in the displayed output. If the (S,G) state
isDUMMY, no MLD join for the (S,G) occurs.
Examples
The following example displays the FIB entries on card 9. In this example, the
MLD join is done only for (3111::2, ff3e::1). Therefore, all other (S,G)
entries are marked as DUMMY.
Syntax
show card <slot> fabl ppa ipv6 mfib summary [all | bridge-id
<bridge-id> [[egress | ingress] [hidden] | hidden] | egress
[hidden] | ingress [hidden] | hidden]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Chassis slot number. The valid range of values is 1-20 for
line cards, vRP1 and vRP2 for controller cards.
bridge <bridge-id> The specified bridge instance ID. The valid range of
values is 1-16,777,215.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
User the show card ppa ipv6 mfib summary to display global and context
level statistics related to IPv6 multicast FIB.
Examples
The following example displays global and context level statistics related to IPv6
multicast FIB on card 9.
(*,G) forwarding 0
No table discards 3 Missing adjacencies: 0
Context Specific IPv6 Statistics:
Circuit enable 0 Circuit disables 0
Mcast circuits 0 MFIB flush received 0
(*,G) add 0 (S,G) add 0
(*,G) delete 0 (S,G) delete 0
(*,G) update 0 (S,G) update 0
(*,G) oif add 0 (S,G) oif add 0
(*,G) oif delete 0 (S,G) oif delete 0
Oif add no circs 0 BSD send pkt reqs 0
Total (*,G)s 0 Total (S,G)s 0
Cblk memory use 0 MFIB memory use 0
Dummy (*,G)s 0 Dummy (S,G)s 0
Dummy (*,G) freed 0 Dummy (S,G) freed 0
Cblk on freeList 0 Mentry on freeList 0
Garbage collect run 0 Mfib table address 0x 0
Linked (S,G) flush 0
MFIB ager run 0 Circuit map base 0x 0
IPPA Fast Path IPv6 Counters:
Mfib lookup miss 0 Packet punted to EU0 0
Null olist drop 0 Packet forwarded 0
Assert drop 0 MLD punted 0
Dummy drop 0 MLD throttle drop 0
HC expired drop 0
ePPA AF independent Statistics:
IPCs received 0 IPC receive errors 0
PIM IPCs sent 1 IPC send errors 0
Bad BSD mss 0 MFIB uptime (sec) 0
PIM deaths 1 PIM (re)births 2
Unknown events 0 PIM registers rcvd 0
No table discards 0 Missing adjacencies: 0
Context Specific IPv6 Statistics:
Circuit enable 0 Circuit disables 0
Mcast circuits 0 MFIB flush received 0
(*,G) add 0 (S,G) add 0
(*,G) delete 0 (S,G) delete 0
(*,G) update 0 (S,G) update 0
(*,G) oif add 0 (S,G) oif add 0
(*,G) oif delete 0 (S,G) oif delete 0
Oif add no circs 0 BSD send pkt reqs 0
Total (*,G)s 0 Total (S,G)s 0
Cblk memory use 0 MFIB memory use 0
Cblk on freeList 0 Mentry on freeList 0
Garbage collect run 0 Mfib table address 0x 0
Linked (S,G) flush 0
EPPA Fast Path AF aggregated Counters:
Mfib lookup miss 0 Packet received 0
Packet fragment 0 Packet replicated 0
FMG empty 0 Packet duplication fail 0
Null olist drop 0 Total drop 0
To show the status of a circuit connected to a specific slot and port and optionally
the circuit type, the syntax is:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Note: Keywords and arguments not listed in the Syntax Description table are
listed in the Usage Guidelines section.
Default
Displays summary information for all circuit types in the system.
Usage Guidelines
Note: The router does not support IP-in-IP tunnels. The following keywords
are not supported: ipip, ipv6-man, and ipv6-auto.
Use the show circuit command to display circuit information for one or more
circuits in the system.
If you specify the VLAN tag value for an 802.1Q tunnel, the output includes
circuit information for all the Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) within the tunnel.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name>Displays the
circuits associated with a pseudowire in a VPWS configuration (that
construct, see context.
Note: This command does not support the ipsec circuit type.
Note: The router does not support the following bind options: auth, dlci, ipsec,
and vpi-vci.
Note: The router does not support the following circuit-id options: auth, dlci,
ipsec, and vpi-vci.
<pvc-vlan-id> Specifies the VLAN tag value of a PVC that is not within an 802.1Q
tunnel. The range of values is 1 to 4,095.
<tunl-vlan-id> Specifies the VLAN tag value of a tunnel. The range of values is 1 to
4,095.
<tunl-vlan-id:pvc- Specifies the VLAN tag value of a tunnel followed by the VLAN tag value
vlan-id> of the PVC within the tunnel. The range of values for each is 1 to 4,095.
Examples
The following example displays circuits in the output of the show circuit
command.
[local]Ericsson#show circuit
Circuit Internal Id Encap State Bound to
4/1 1/1/3 ethernet Up
4/1 vlan-id 100 1/2/10 eth dot1q pppoe Up
4/2 1/1/17 ethernet Down
4/4 1/1/5 ethernet Down
4/11 1/1/19 ethernet Up
4/12 1/1/21 ethernet Up
7/1 1/1/7 ethernet Up mgmt@local
10/1 1/1/12 ethernet Down
10/1 vlan-id 100 1/2/13 eth dot1q pppoe Down
Summary:
total: 12
up: 5 down: 7
bound: 1 unbound: 11
auth: 2 interface: 1 subscriber: 0 bypass: 0
no-bind: 9 atm: 0 chdlc: 0 dot1q: 2
ether: 8 fr: 0 gre: 0
mpls: 0 ppp: 0 pppoe: 2
clips: 0 vpls: 0 ipip: 0
ipsec: 0 ipv6v4-man: 0 ipv6v4-auto: 0
The following example displays an LSP circuit by specifying the numeric ID 22.
To show the circuit counters of a specific type of circuit, the syntax is:
To show the counters for a Bridged Virtual Interface (BVI), the syntax is:show
circuit counters mpls lsp
To show the counters for pseudowires in Virtual Private Wire Service (VPWS)
configuration (that is, an L2VPN cross-connect), the syntax is:
show circuit counters [persistent] [To show the circuit counters of circuits
connected to a specific slot and port and optionally, to the circuit type, the syntax
is:<slot>/<port> [service-instance <service-instance>To show the circuit
counters of circuits connected to a specific slot and port and]] [<> | <circuit-
type>] [detail | live | queue]
To show circuit counters for IPv6 packets that are dropped by uRPF check or to
show separate IPv4 and IPv6 counters for dual-stack circuits when the feature is
enabled on a supported VM, the syntax is:
Note: For information about circuit counters for circuit groups, see the show
circuit counters circuit-group command.
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
l2vpn-cross-connect [<cross-connect-prof-id>]
Optional. Displays the circuit counters for a pseudowire in
a VPWS configuration specified by the cross-connect
profile ID.
service-instance <service-instance>
Optional. Type of circuit for whichOptional. The Service
Instance (SI) construct consists of the keyword service-
instance and the variable argument <service-instance-
id>. SIs are created in port configuration mode as cross-
connected subinterfaces of the port. Each SI is assigned a
unique ID.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Note: Keywords and arguments not listed in the Syntax Description table are
listed in the tables of this section.
If you specify the VLAN tag value for an 802.1Q tunnel, the output includes
circuit counters for all Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) within the tunnel.
By default, this command displays only summary circuit information for all
circuits with their last known values, which have been cached. Cached values are
updated every 60 seconds. Use the live keyword to force the system to read and
display the current values for the summary counters.
To display separate counters for ingress and egress IPv4 and IPv6 packets for
dual-stack circuits when the feature is enabled on a supported VM, use this
command with the detail keyword. To view correct show circuit counters results
when the dual-stack counters is enabled, use the clear circuit counters
command first. Otherwise, the dual-stack counters are not cleared and therefore
the output of the subsequent show circuit counters commands show incorrect
results.
display outbound LSP counters on ingress Provider Edge (PE) routers.The output
of this command provides values accumulated since the counters were last
cleared with the clear circuit counters command in operational mode or
since the card was last reloaded.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Argument Description
<circuit-id> The VLAN identifiers of an 802.1Q tunnel or PVC. This argument uses
the following syntax:
vlan-id {<pvc-vlan-id> | <tunl-vlan-id> |<tunl-vlan-id>:<pvc-vlan-
id>} [ipv6oe] [detail | live | queue] [[aggregate | constituent]
[all]]
<pvc-vlan-id> The VLAN tag value of a PVC that is not within an 802.1Q tunnel. The
range of values is 1 to 4,095.
<tunl-vlan-id> The VLAN tag value of a tunnel. The range of values is 1 to 4,095.
<tunl-vlan-id:pvc- The VLAN tag value of a tunnel followed by the VLAN tag value for the
vlan-id> PVC within the tunnel. The range of values for each is 1 to 4,095.
ipv6oe Shows packets with IPv6 over Ethernet encapsulation.
[detail | live | See Table 24 for detailed information.
queue]
all Shows circuit counters of all circuits are aggregated under the specified
VLAN.
Field Description
Packets sent Number of packets or bytes sent.
Packets recvd Number of packets or bytes received.
Field Description
Receive Number of packets or bytes received.
Receive/Second Number of packets or bytes received or sent per second.
Transmit Number of packets or bytes transmitted.
Xmits/Queue Number of packets or bytes transmitted per queue.
Xmit Q Deleted If there is a change in the queuing policy (by CLI command), this counter
records the total number of packets or bytes in queues 0 to 7 at the
moment of the change, then queues 0 to 7 are reset to zero. This ensures
that the circuit queue counters reflects only the current queue policy.
Transmit/Second Number of packets or bytes transmitted per second.
IP Multicast Rcv Number of multicast packets or bytes received.
IP Multicast Tx Number of multicast packets or bytes sent.
Unknown Encaps Number of packets or bytes received for which the packet encapsulation
is incorrect for the circuit.
Down Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because the circuit is down.
Unreach Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because there is no destination
route entry for the destination IP address.
Adj Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because of adjacency errors or
missing adjacency.
WRED Drops Total Number of packets or bytes dropped by the Weighted Random Early
Detection (WRED) feature.
Tail Drops Total Number of packets or bytes dropped because the egress queue is full.
Tail drops are implemented using one of the WRED profiles for 40-port
Gigabit Ethernet vFRWD.,
Rate Refresh Interval Interval, in seconds, over which rates have been calculated. Applies to
rate counters only.
Field Description
Receive Number of packets or bytes received.
Receive/Second Number of packets or bytes received or sent per second.
Transmit Number of packets or bytes transmitted.
Xmits/Queue Number of packets or bytes transmitted per queue.
Xmit Q Deleted If there is a change in the queuing policy (by CLI command), this counter
records the total number of packets or bytes in queues 0 to 7 at the
Field Description
moment of the change, then queues 0 to 7 are reset to zero. This ensures
that the circuit queue counters reflects only the current queue policy.
Transmit/Second Number of packets or bytes transmitted per second.
IP Multicast Rcv Number of multicast packets or bytes received.
IP Multicast Tx Number of multicast packets or bytes sent.
Unknown Encaps Number of packets or bytes received for which the packet encapsulation
is incorrect for the circuit.
Down Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because the circuit is down.
Unreach Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because there is no destination
route entry for the destination IP address.
Adj Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because of adjacency errors or
missing adjacency.
WRED Drops Total Number of packets or bytes dropped by the Weighted Random Early
Detection (WRED) feature.
Tail Drops Total Number of packets or bytes dropped because the egress queue is full.
Tail drops are implemented using one of the WRED profiles for 40-port
Gigabit Ethernet vFRWD.,
Rate Refresh Interval Interval, in seconds, over which rates have been calculated. Applies to
rate counters only.
Field Description
Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped.
Unreachable Number of packets or bytes dropped because no destination route entry
for the ARP IP address exists.
Field Description
Multi/Broadcast Number of multicast/broadcast packets or bytes originating from this
circuit.
Flood Number of flooding packets or bytes originating from this circuit.
Flood Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped by flood limiting.
BCast Number of broadcast packets or bytes originating from this circuit.
BCast Drops Number of broadcast packets or bytes dropped.
MCast Number of multicast packets or bytes originating from this circuit.
MCast Drops Number of multicast packets or bytes dropped.
Restricted Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped by bridge rule restrictions.
Internal Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because of internal errors such as
queue overflow.
SRC MAC filter Drops Number of packet or bytes dropped by the Medium Access Control
(MAC) source address list filters.
DST MAC filter Drops Number of packet or bytes dropped by the Medium Access Control
(MAC) destination list filters.
Field Description
Level Maintenance domain level of a maintenance association monitoring the
given circuit.
rx packets Total number of Continuity Check Message (CCM) packets received
during the most recent interval by a Maintenance Association Endpoint
(MEP) monitoring the given circuit at the given level.
rx out of seq Number of CCM packets received out of sequence during the most recent
interval by a MEP monitoring the given circuit at the given level.
transmit packets Total number of CCM packets transmitted by a MEP monitoring the
given circuit at the given level.
Field Description
Receive FECN Number of packets received with the Forward Explicit Congestion
Notification (FECN) bit set.
Field Description
Receive BECN Number of packets received with the Backward Explicit Congestion
Notification (BECN) bit set.
Receive DE Number of packets received with the Discard Eligibility (DE) bit set.
Transmit DE Number of packets sent with the DE bit set.
Table 32 IP Counters
Field Description
Soft GRE MPLS Number of soft GRE MPLS packets or bytes received.
Not IPv4 drops Number of packets or bytes dropped that are marked with an
unsupported IP version.
Unhandled IP Opt Number of packets dropped because of unsupported IP options.
Bad IP Length Number of packets dropped because of invalid IP length.
Bad IP Checksum Number of packets dropped because of an invalid checksum on the
packet.
Broadcast Drops Number of link layer broadcast packets dropped.
Field Description
Receive Number of packets or bytes received.
Transmit Number of packets or bytes transmitted.
Field Description
MPLS Drops Number of MPLS packets or bytes dropped.
If QoS policy is configured with dual-stack option enabled, the same following
fields are displayed for IPv4/v6 except the Parent drop field.
Field Description
Conform Number of packets or bytes that conform to the policy.
Field Description
Conform drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that conform to the policy (this is
normally zero).
Exceed Number of packets or bytes that exceed the policy but are not dropped.
Exceed drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that exceed the policy.
Parent drop Number of packets or bytes dropped because of a hierarchical policy of a
parent circuit that is applied to this circuit.
Violate Number of packets or bytes that violate the policy but are not dropped.
Violate drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that violate the policy.
Field Description
Receive Drops Number of received packets or bytes dropped.
Transmit Drops Number of outgoing packets or bytes dropped before being transmitted.
Field Description
Conform Number of packets or bytes that conform to the policy.
Conform drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that conform to the policy (this is
normally zero).
Exceed Number of packets or bytes that exceed the policy but are not dropped.
Exceed drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that exceed the policy.
Parent drop Number of packets or bytes dropped because of a hierarchical policy of a
parent circuit that is applied to this circuit.
Violate Number of packets or bytes that violate the policy but are not dropped.
Violate drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that violate the policy.
Field Description
cntrl Number of PPP control packets received.
cntrl drops Number of PPP control packets dropped.
Field Description
retries Number of PPP keepalive messages sent because of lack of response
from the client.
termreqs Number of PPP termination request messages received.
Field Description
bad code Number of unsupported PPPoE discovery packets received.
cntrl Number of PPPoE control packets received.
session drops Number of PPPoE sessions dropped because of lack of response from
the client.
PADT sent Number of PPPoE Active Discovery Terminate (PADT) messages sent.
PADR drops Number of PPPoE Active Discovery Request (PADR) messages dropped.
PADI drops Number of PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation (PADI) messages dropped.
PADT drops Number of PPPoE PADT messages dropped.
Field Description
RPF drops Number of RPF packets or bytes dropped.
RPF suppressed Number of RPF packets or bytes suppressed.
RPFv6 drops Number of RPF IPv6 packets or bytes dropped.
RPFv6 suppressed Number of RPF IPv6 packets or bytes suppressed.
Table 41 Traffic counters for each level (n ranges from 0 to 7) Counter Fields
Field Description
Traffic index [<n>]: Number of packets for level <n>.
Conform Number of bytes for level <n>.
Table 42
Field Description
Circuit Identifies the VPLS circuit.
Field Description
Packets/Bytes Sent Number of packets sent over this VPLS circuit.
Packets/Bytes Number of packets received by this VPLS circuit.
Received
Field Description
ARP Drops Number of ARP packets dropped because of Quality of Service (QoS)
policy protocol rate limit or number of bytes of ARP packets dropped
because of QoS policy protocol rate limit.
Field Description
Queue Queue number 0 to 7.
Depth Maximum number of packets allowed for this queue (configured).
Pkts/Bytes Sent Packets and bytes sent on this queue.
WRED Drops Number of packets dropped by the WRED feature on this queue.
Tail Drops Number of packets dropped because this queue is full.
Example 67
----------------------------------------------------------------------- →
--------
Receive : 102 Receive : →
25340
IPv4 : 50 IPv4 : →
11900
IPv6 : 52 IPv6 : →
12012
Receive/Second : 0.00 Receive/Second : →
0.00
Transmit : 143 Transmit : →
28654
IPv4 : 50 IPv4 : →
11700
IPv6 : 84 IPv6 : →
14700
Xmits/Queue Xmits/Queue →
0 : 5 0 : →
318
1 : 38 1 : →
3536
2 : 0 2 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
7 : 100 7 : →
24800
Xmit Q Deleted : 0 Xmit Q Deleted : →
0
Xmits/Queue (IPv4) Xmits/Queue (IPv4) →
0 : 0 0 : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
7 : 50 7 : →
12400
Xmit Q Deleted : 0 Xmit Q Deleted : →
0
Xmits/Queue (IPv6) Xmits/Queue (IPv6) →
0 : 3 0 : →
234
1 : 40 1 : →
4096
2 : 0 2 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
7 : 50 7 : →
12400
Xmit Q Deleted : 0 Xmit Q Deleted : →
0
Transmit/Second : 0.00 Transmit/Second : →
0.00[local]
IP Multicast Rcv: 0 IP Multicast Rcv: →
0
IP Multicast Tx : 0 IP Multicast Tx : →
0
Unknown Encaps : 0 Unknown Encaps : →
0
Down Drops : 1 Down Drops : →
70
Unreach Drops : 0 Unreach Drops : →
0Ericsson
Adj Drops : 0 Adj Drops : →
0>
WRED Drops Total: 0 WRED Drops Total: →
0
Circuit: 9/7, Internal id: 1/1/72, Encap: ethernet
WRED Drops/Queue WRED Drops/Queue →
Packets Bytes →
0 : 0 0 : →
0
----------------------------------------------------------------------- →
--------
1 : 0 1 : →
0
Receive : 102 Receive : →
25340
2 : 0 2 : →
0
IPv4 : 50 IPv4 : →
11900
3 : 0 3 : →
0
IPv6
4 : 0 4 : →
0 : 52 IPv6 : →
12012
5 : 0 5 : →
0
Receive/Second : 0.00 Receive/Second : →
0.00
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Transmit : 143 Transmit : →
28654
7 :
IPv4 : 50 IPv4 : →
11700 0 7 : 0
IPv6 : 84 IPv6 : →
14700
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv4) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv4) →
Xmits/Queue Xmits/Queue →
0 : 0 0 : →
0
0 : 5 0 : →
318
1 : 0 1 : →
0
1 : 38 1 : →
3536
2 : 0 2 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
7 : 100 7 : →
24800
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6) →
1 : 0 1 : →
0
0 : 0 0 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Tail Drops Total: 0 Tail Drops Total: →
0
7 : 50 7 : →
12400
Tail Drops/Queue Tail Drops/Queue →
3 : 0 3 : →
0
1 : 40 1 : →
4096
4 : 0 4 : →
2 : 0 2 : →
0 0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4) →
7 : 50 7 : →
12400
0 : 0 0 : →
0
Xmit Q Deleted : 0 Xmit Q Deleted : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
Transmit/Second : 0.00 Transmit/Second : →
0.00
2 : 0 2 : →
0
IP Multicast Rcv: 0 IP Multicast Rcv: →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
IP Multicast Tx : 0 IP Multicast Tx : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
Unknown Encaps : 0 Unknown Encaps : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
Down Drops : 1 Down Drops : →
70
6 : 0 6 : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
0 : 0 0 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Policing Counters
7 :
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0 0 7 : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv4) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv4) →
0
0 : 0 0 : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
Violate Drop :
2 : 0 2 : →
0 0 Violate Drop : 0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
Class class0:
4 : 0 4 : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6) →
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
0 : 0 0 : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
Class class0:
Tail Drops Total: 0 Tail Drops Total: →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
Tail Drops/Queue Tail Drops/Queue →
7 : 0 7 : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4) →
Class class0:
1 : 0 1 : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform D
3 : 0 3 : →
0rop : 0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv6) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv6) →
Metering Counters
0 : 0 0 : →
0
Conform : 4 Conform : →
352
1 : 0 1 : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
Class class0:
6 : 0 6 : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : →
0
Policing Counters
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Class class0:
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Class class0:
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Class class0:
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Class class0:
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : →
0
RPF Counters
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
RPF Drops : 0 RPF Drops : →
0
Class class0:
RPF Suppressed : 0 RPF Suppressed : →
0
Conform : 0 Conform : →
0
RPFv6 Drops : 0 RPFv6 Drops : →
0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform D
IP Counters
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Soft GRE MPLS : 0 Soft GRE MPLS : →
0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
Not IPv4 drops : 0 Not IPv4 drops : →
0
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Unhandled IP Opt: 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Bad IP Length : 0
Metering Counters
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Conform : 4 Conform : →
352
Not IPv6 drops : 0 Not IPv6 drops : →
0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : →
0
Broadcast Drops : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : →
0
ARP Counters
Violate : 0 Violate : →
0
Drops : 0 Drops : →
0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : →
0
Unreachable : 0 Unreachable : →
0
Class class0:
Rate Refresh Interval : 60 seconds
0
1049002 271128 →
0
0 (IPv4) 737 513 →
0
194568 135432 →
0
0 (IPv6) 3237 514 →
0
854434 135696 →
0
lg id 1 LAG1 0 →
0
0 →
0
Per-constituent:
1/19 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
1/21 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
4/19 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
lg id 1 vlan-id 10 0 →
0
0 →
0
Per-constituent:
1/19 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
1/21 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
4/19 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
lg id 1 service-instance 1 0 →
0
0 →
0
Per-constituent:
1/19 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
1/21 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
4/19 0 →
0
0 0.0% →
0 0.0%
55438650
0 0% 139 →
70525900 100%
11/8 0 →
0
0 0% →
0 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------- →
--------
Receive : 38 Receive : →
1652
IPv4 : 4 IPv4 : →
392
IPv6 : 0 IPv6 : →
0
Receive/Second : 0.10 Receive/Second : →
3.40
Transmit : 40 Transmit : →
2572
IPv4 : 4 IPv4 : →
440
IPv6 : 0 IPv6 : →
0
BVI 0 0 →
0
0 →
0
Examples
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Tail Drops Total: 0 Tail Drops Total: 0
Tail Drops/Queue Tail Drops/Queue
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv6) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv6)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Policing Counters
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Metering Counters
Conform : 4 Conform : 352
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
RPF Counters
RPF Drops : 0 RPF Drops : 0
RPF Suppressed : 0 RPF Suppressed : 0
RPFv6 Drops : 0 RPFv6 Drops : 0
RPFv6 Suppressed: 0 RPFv6 Suppressed: 0
IP Counters
Soft GRE MPLS : 0 Soft GRE MPLS : 0
Not IPv4 drops : 0 Not IPv4 drops : 0
Unhandled IP Opt: 0
Bad IP Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Not IPv6 drops : 0 Not IPv6 drops : 0
Broadcast Drops : 0
ARP Counters
Drops : 0 Drops : 0
Unreachable : 0 Unreachable : 0
Rate Refresh Interval : 60 seconds
Examples
RPF Counters
RPF Drops : 0 RPF Drops : 0
RPF Suppressed : 0 RPF Suppressed : 0
RPFv6 Drops : 0 RPFv6 Drops : 0
RPFv6 Suppressed: 0 RPFv6 Suppressed: 0
IP Counters
Soft GRE MPLS : 0 Soft GRE MPLS : 0
Not IPv4 drops : 0 Not IPv4 drops : 0
Unhandled IP Opt: 0
Bad IP Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Not IPv6 drops : 0 Not IPv6 drops : 0
Broadcast Drops : 0
MPLS Counters
MPLS Drops : 0 MPLS Drops : 0
Bridge Counters
Flood : 0 Flood : 0
Flood Drops : 0 Flood Drops : 0
Bcast : 0 Bcast : 0
Bcast Drops : 0 Bcast Drops : 0
Mcast : 0 Mcast : 0
Mcast Drops : 0 Mcast Drops : 0
Restricted Drops: 0 Restricted Drops: 0
Internal Drops : 0 Internal Drops : 0
SRC MAC Filter Drops: 0 SRC MAC Filter Drops: 0
DST MAC Filter Drops: 0 DST MAC Filter Drops: 0
Bridge Circuit Block Drops: 0 Bridge Circuit Block Drops: 0
ARP Counters
Drops : 0 Drops : 0
Unreachable : 0 Unreachable : 0
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
lg id 1 LAG1 0 0
0 0
Per-constituent:
1/19 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
1/21 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
4/19 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
lg id 1 vlan-id 10 0 0
0 0
Per-constituent:
1/19 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
1/21 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
4/19 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
lg id 1 service-instance 1 0 0
0 0
Per-constituent:
1/19 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
1/21 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
4/19 0 0
0 0.0% 0 0.0%
Examples
Per-constituent:
11/3 171 0
18732 100% 0 0%
11/4 0 55438650
0 0% 13970525900 100%
11/8 0 0
0 0% 0 0%
Examples
Examples
Examples
BVI 0 0 0
0 0
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays last known values of summary counters for all circuits of all types in the
system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show circuit counters circuit-group command to display counters
specific to a named circuit group including virtual port circuit groups. This
command displays the total counts aggregated from all past and present
members of the circuit group for the period of time that each circuit was a
member of the group.
The output of this command provides values that have been accumulated since
the counters were last cleared with the clear circuit counters command in
operational mode, or since the card was last reloaded.
By default, this command displays only summary counter information for all
circuits with their last known values, which have been cached. Cached values are
updated every 60 seconds. Use the live keyword to force the system to read and
display the current values for the summary counters.
Table 45 describes the summary counter information that displays for all circuit
types if you do not specify the detail keyword.
Table 46 describes the circuit counters that are displayed for most types of
circuits, depending on their configuration, when you specify the detail keyword;
data displayed for these counters, with the exception of the rate counters, is live
and not cached data.
Field Description
Receive Number of packets or bytes received.
Receive/Second Number of packets or bytes received per second.
Transmit Number of packets or bytes sent.
The sum of queues 0 to 7 plus cg base/history is the Transmit total for
the circuit group.
Xmits/Queue Number of packets or bytes sent on an individual queue.
Traffic of a circuit can be segregated into 8 queues based on the queue
policy configuration.
Transmit packets can be diverted up to 8 queues based on the queue
policy configuration.
cg base/history The cg base counter is added to the history counter for determining a
value for cg base/history.
cg base: This counter represents a circuit group baseline. Traffic counts
on a circuit from the period before that circuit joins the group is excluded
by means of a circuit group baseline (a subtract value).
history: This counter represents history offsets and queue configuration
adjustments across queues 0 to 7 of all circuit group members. This
Field Description
counter adds a value, if there is some configuration event that clears a
counter. For example a queue configuration change can clear a Tx value.
History ensures that counters do not diminish in value.
cg base/history can be a negative value, if the sum of baselines is
greater than the sum of history adjustments.
Transmit/Second Number of packets or bytes sent per second.
IP Multicast Rcv Number of multicast packets or bytes received.
IP Multicast Tx Number of multicast packets or bytes sent.
Unknown Encaps Number of packets or bytes received where the encapsulation is
incorrect for the circuit.
Down Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because the circuit is down.
Unreach Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because there is no destination
route entry for the destination IP address.
Adj Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because of adjacency errors or
missing adjacency.
WRED Drops Total Number of packets or bytes dropped due to the WRED feature.
Tail Drops Total Number of packets or bytes dropped because the egress queue is full.
Rate Refresh Interval Interval (in seconds) over which rates are calculated. Applies to rate
counters only.
Table 47 describes the additional specialized counters that are displayed for
various types of circuits, depending on their configuration, when you specify the
detail keyword. These counters may not be displayed in an alphabetical order
as shown here.
Field Description
ARP counters
Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped.
Unreachable Number of packets or bytes dropped because no destination route entry
for the ARP IP address exists.
Bridge counters
Multi/Broadcast Number of multicast/broadcast packets or bytes originating from this
circuit.
Flood Number of flooding packets or bytes originating from this circuit.
Flood Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped by flood limiting.
Field Description
BCast Number of broadcast packets or bytes originating from this circuit.
BCast Drops Number of broadcast packets or bytes dropped.
MCast Number of multicast packets or bytes originating from this circuit.
MCast Drops Number of multicast packets or bytes dropped.
Restricted Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped by bridge rule restrictions.
Internal Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped because of internal errors such as
queue overflow.
MAC filter Drops Number of packets or bytes dropped by the MAC list filters.
Encapsulation counters
Receive FECN Number of packets received with the Forward Explicit Congestion
Notification (FECN) bit set.
Receive BECN Number of packets received with the Backward Explicit Congestion
Notification (BECN) bit set.
Receive DE Number of packets received with the Discard Eligibility (DE) bit set.
Transmit DE Number of packets sent with the DE bit set.
IP counters
Soft GRE MPLS Number of soft GRE MPLS packets or bytes received.
Not IPv4 drops Number of packets or bytes dropped that are marked with an
unsupported IP version.
Unhandled IP Opt Number of packets dropped because of unsupported IP options.
Bad IP Length Number of packets dropped because of invalid IP length.
Bad IP Checksum Number of packets dropped because of an invalid checksum on the
packet.
Broadcast Drops Number of link layer broadcast packets dropped.
IPoE counters
Receive Number of packets or bytes received.
Transmit Number of packets or bytes sent.
MPLS counters
MPLS Drops Number of MPLS packets or bytes dropped.
Metering counters
Conform Number of packets or bytes that conform to the policy.
Conform drop
Field Description
Exceed Number of packets or bytes that exceed the policy but are not
dropped.Number of packets or bytes dropped that conform to the policy
(this is normally zero).
Exceed drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that exceed the policy.
Parent drop Number of packets or bytes dropped because of a hierarchical policy of a
parent circuit that was applied to this circuit.
Violate Number of packets or bytes that violate the policy but are not dropped.
Violate drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that violate the policy.
Policing counters
Conform Number of packets or bytes that conform to the policy.
Conform drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that conform to the policy (this is
normally zero).
Exceed Number of packets or bytes that exceed the policy but are not dropped.
Exceed drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that exceed the policy.
Parent drop Number of packets or bytes dropped because of hierarchical policy of a
parent circuit that is inherited by this circuit.
Violate Number of packets or bytes that violate the policy but are not dropped.
Violate drop Number of packets or bytes dropped that violate the policy.
Reverse path forwarding (RPF) counters
RPF drops Number of RPF packets or bytes dropped.
RPF suppressed Number of RPF packet or bytes suppressed.
Number of packets or bytes dropped that conform to theTraffic counters for each
level (n ranges from 0 to 7)
Traffic index [<n>]: Number of packets or bytes for level <n>.
VPLS counters
Circuit Identifies the VPLS circuit.
Packets/Bytes Sent Number of packets sent over VPLS circuit.
Packets/Bytes Number of packets received by VPLS circuit.
Received
Protocol Ratelimit Counters
ARP Drops Number of ARP packets or bytes dropped because of QoS policy protocol
rate limit.
Table 48 describes the counters that are displayed for each queue for the circuits
specified by the input parameters when you specify the queue keyword. If no
Field Description
Queue Queue number: 0 to 7
Depth Maximum number of packets allowed for this queue (configured).
Pkts/Bytes Sent Packets and bytes sent on this queue.
WRED Drops Number of packets dropped due to the WRED feature on this queue.
Tail Drops Number of packets dropped because this queue is full.
Note: By default, most show commands (in any mode) display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct, preceding the show
command, to view output for the specified context without entering that
context. For more information about using the context <ctx-name>
construct, see context.
Examples
The following output shows the show circuit counters circuit-group
queue command applied to circuit group cg-lg-1.
IP Counters
Soft GRE MPLS : 0 Soft GRE MPLS : 0
Not IPv4 drops : 0 Not IPv4 drops : 0
Unhandled IP Opt: 0
Bad IP Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Not IPv6 drops : 0 Not IPv6 drops : 0
Broadcast Drops : 0
PPP Counters
Cntrl Rcv : 18 Cntrl Rcv : 746
Cntrl Tx : 20 Cntrl Tx : 846
PPPoE Counters
Cntrl : 4 Cntrl : 256
Session Drops : 0
PADT Sent : 0
PADR Drops : 0
PADI Drops : 0
PADT Drops : 0
Bad Code : 0
ARP Counters
Drops : 0 Drops : 0
Unreachable : 0 Unreachable : 0
Rate Refresh Interval : 90 seconds
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show circuit counters port-pseudowire command to verify that
traffic is flowing through the port PW connections.
Example 68
The following example displays detailed output for the l2-net port PW:
Xmits/Queue Xmits/Queue
0 : 0 0 : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
Xmit Q Deleted : 0 Xmit Q Deleted : →
0
Transmit/Second : 0.00 Transmit/Second : →
0.00
IP Multicast Rcv: 0 IP Multicast Rcv: →
0
IP Multicast Tx : 0 IP Multicast Tx : →
0
Unknown Encaps : 0 Unknown Encaps : →
0
Down Drops : 0 Down Drops : →
0
Unreach Drops : 0 Unreach Drops : →
0
Adj Drops : 0 Adj Drops : →
0
WRED Drops Total: 0 WRED Drops Total: →
0
WRED Drops/Queue WRED Drops/Queue
0 : 0 0 : →
0
1 : 0 1 : →
0
2 : 0 2 : →
0
3 : 0 3 : →
0
4 : 0 4 : →
0
5 : 0 5 : →
0
6 : 0 6 : →
0
7 : 0 7 : →
0
IP Counters
Soft GRE MPLS : 0 Soft GRE MPLS : →
0
Not IPv4 drops : 0 Not IPv4 drops : →
0
Unhandled IP Opt: 0
Bad IP Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Not IPv6 drops : 0 Not IPv6 drops : →
0
Broadcast Drops : 0
ARP Counters
Drops : 0 Drops : →
0
Unreachable : 0 Unreachable : →
0
Rate Refresh Interval : 60 seconds
The following example displays live counters for the port PW customer1:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show circuit-group command to display a list of the configured circuit
groups. If you specify the detail keyword, this command displays additional
information pertaining to a specified circuit group, such as list of its members.
Examples
The following example displays a list of configured circuit groups.
[local]Ericsson#show circuit-group
Circuit-group ID Ccct Port Link-group
------------------------------------------------------------------
bar 1 4 11/1 --
group1 2 0 -- --
group2 3 1 -- --
group3 4 0 12/5 --
group4 5 0 12/5 --
METER6789012345678901234567890123456789 6 0 -- --
The following example displays details for each of the configured circuit groups
shown in the previous example.
-----------------------------------------------------
Ccct count : 4 Port : 11/1
Internal Handle : 255/27:1:2/1/1/4105
Constituent Circuits:
1. 11/1 vlan-id 40 2. 11/1 vlan-id 30:1
3. 11/1 vlan-id 30:2 4. 11/1 vlan-id 30:3
Circuit-Group: group1, ID : 2
-----------------------------------------------------
Ccct count : 0
Internal Handle : 255/27:1:3/1/1/4113
Circuit-Group: group2, ID : 3
-----------------------------------------------------
Ccct count : 1
Internal Handle : 255/27:1:4/1/1/4122
Constituent Circuits:
1. 12/4 vlan-id 60
Circuit-Group: group3, ID : 4
-----------------------------------------------------
Ccct count : 0 Port : 12/5
Internal Handle : 255/27:1:5/1/1/4124
Circuit-Group: group4, ID : 5
-----------------------------------------------------
Ccct count : 0 Port : 12/5
Internal Handle : 255/27:1:6/1/1/4127
Circuit-Group: METER6789012345678901234567890123456789, ID : 6
-----------------------------------------------------
Ccct count : 0
Internal Handle : 255/27:1:7/1/1/4128
Syntax
show cli
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cli command to display CLI settings for the current session.
Examples
The following example shows how to display CLI settings for the current session.
[local]Ericsson#show cli
autowizard true
complete-on-space false
devtools false
display-level 99999999
history 100
idle-timeout 1800
ignore-leading-space false
output-file terminal
paginate true
prompt1 [local]\h#
prompt2 \h(\m)#
screen-length 40
screen-width 168
service prompt config true
show-defaults false
terminal vt100
timestamp disable
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
The time and date given by the system clock is displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show clock command to display the current date and time given by
either the system clock or real-time clock. The hour is expressed in a 24-hour
format; for example, 6:03 p.m. is 18:03:00.
Note: Use the system clock timezone command to set the time zone.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 69
The following example displays output from the show clock command.
[local]Ericsson#show clock
Wed Apr 12 17:03:49 2012 GMT
The following example displays the output from the show clock command with
the rtc keyword when the real-time clock battery is dead.
Syntax
show cm-notification-sender status
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cm-notification-sender status command to query the process
status of CMNS, including PID, memory, time, CPU, state and last exit status.
Note: To filter the output of a show command, enter the command followed by
the pipe character (|), and any applicable modifier keywords or
arguments.
Example 70
The following example displays the current status information of CMNS.
PID : 10254
Memory : 35484K
Time : 00:00:00.23
%CPU : 0.00%
Up time : 00:00:09
State : Run
Syntax
ericsson-support
system-read-only
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cm-validator status command to query the process status of
CM Validator, including PID, memory, time, CPU, state, and last exit status.
Note: To filter the output of a show command, enter the command followed by
the pipe character (|), and any applicable modifier keywords or
arguments.
Examples
The following example displays the current status information of CM Validator.
Note: If the State displays stop, restart the YANG server to boot
Configuration Management (CM) Validator process when necessary,
which can terminate all user sessions.
PID : 6430
Memory : 6660K
Time : 00:00:00.17
%CPU : 0.00%
Up time : 1d23h
State : Run
Last exit status : --
Syntax
show cm-yang-lib-ext-dataprovider<status>
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cm-yang-lib-ext-dataprovider status command to query
process status of CM core yang library extension. The following status is
displayed as the output: PID, memory, time, CPU usage, state, and last exit
status.
Examples
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
list <reg-exp>
Set of entries, separated by a colon, in a community list.
no-export Does not advertise this route out of the local autonomous
system (AS) confederation, or out of the local AS, if it is
not part of a confederation.
Default
Displays all configured community lists.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show community-list command to display information about
configured BGP community lists.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 71
The following example displays two community lists: 1 and 2.
[local]Ericsson#show community-list
community-list a2community:
Syntax
show confd-state [daemon-status | epoll | ha | internal | loaded-data-
models | netconf | version]
Syntax Description
loaded-data-models
Optional. Displays the loaded data models.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show confd-state command to display ConfD information.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ConfD information.
[local]Ericsson#show confd-state
confd-state
version 6.4.3
epoll false
daemon-status started
ha
mode master
node-id 20
connected-slave [ 21 ]
loaded-data-models
data-model
...
Syntax
show configuration [<pathfilter> | commit {changes [<id>] | list [<number>]} |
diff [<pathfilter>] | merge | rollback changes [<number>] | running | this]
Syntax Description
<pathfilter>
Optional. Path to a specific configuration.
the plus sign (+) for added configurations and minus sign
(-) for removed configurations.
rollback changes
Optional. Displays all the latest committed configuration
changes.
running
Optional. Displays all the running configurations.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show configuration command to display configuration changes within
the current transaction. The changes can be limited to a part of a configuration
by <pathfiler>.
Use the commit list keyword to display committed configuration records. The
range of records is 0 to 49. Number zero indicates the record for the last commit.
The system configuration is listed as system of User and Client items. The user
can rollback to these system configurations. If no <number> is specified, the
system lists all the committed configuration records.
Use the rollback changes keyword to display the configuration changes on the
last several specific commits. If no <number> is specified, the system displays the
latest committed configuration change.
When you use the commit changes or rollback changes keywords to display
the changes on the <n> commit or the last <n> commits, you must have the write
access action for the configuration changes in all previous commits.
Use the diff or this keyword to display configuration changes compared to the
last committed configuration. The difference of these two keyword is that the
outputs are prefixed with the plus sign (+) for added configurations and minus
sign (-) for removed configurations with the diff keyword.
Use the merge keyword to display all the running configurations with the
configuration changes.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the committed configuration
change with ID 1 in global configuration mode.
The following example shows how to display the configuration changes with
diff style in global configuration mode.
The following example shows how to display the configuration changes with
this keyword in global configuration mode.
Syntax
show configuration {commit {changes [<id>] | list [<number>]} | rollback
changes [<number>]}
Syntax Description
rollback changes
Displays all the latest committed configuration changes.
Default
The configuration changes on the last commit are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show configuration command to display committed configuration
records or changes.
Use the commit list keyword to display committed configuration records. The
range of records is 0 to 49. Number zero indicates the record for the last commit.
The system configuration is listed as system of User and Client items. User can
rollback to these system configurations.
Use the rollback changes keyword to display the configuration changes on the
last several specific commits.
When you use the commit changes or rollback changes keywords to display
the changes on the <n> commit or the last <n> commits, you must have the write
access action for the configuration changes in all previous commits.
Examples
The following example shows how to display all committed configuration
records.
Syntax
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show context command to display a list of configured contexts. When
used without the optional <ctx-name> argument, the command displays only the
current context. When used with the optional all keyword, a list of all configured
contexts is displayed (domain aliases are not included in the display). When used
with the optional license keyword, the license information for the configured
VPN contexts is displayed. The contexts with license-priority are listed in the
order of priority.
If the value of the <ctx-name> argument is a domain alias, the command displays
the domain alias of the context instead of its name.
Note: The show context [<ctx-name> | all] license command does not
display non-VPN contexts.
Example 72
The following example shows the local context is displayed when no argument is
specified.
[local]Ericsson#show context
Context Name Context ID VPN-RD Description
------------------------------------------------------------------
local 0x40080001
The following example shows the output when the all keyword is specified.
local 0x40080001
dacp 0x40080002
peter 0x40080003
allan 0x40080004
The following example shows the output when the <ctx-name> argument is
specified.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The following example displays license information for all VPN contexts.
vpn1 0x40080011 0 No →
vpn2 0x40080012 0 No →
vpn3 0x40080013 0 No →
vpn4 0x40080014 0 No →
vpn5 0x40080015 0 No →
The following example displays license details for all the contexts.
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Description : →
Syntax
show crashfiles
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show crashfiles command to display the size, location, and name of
any crash files located in the system. Files are placed in the /md partition in
internal storage. Crash files are used by technical support to determine the cause
of a system failure.
This command does not display information about crash files that have been
transferred to a bulk statistics (bulkstats) receiver, which is a remote file server.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example lists the size, time, and name of a process crash file and its
mini core dump crash file.
[local]Ericsson#show crashfiles
11277 Mar 31 12:25 /md/exec_cli_274.mini.core
4507048 Mar 31 12:25 /md/exec_cli_274.core
Syntax
show cspf database [link <ip-address> | node <ip-address>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays brief information about CSPF TE links and nodes if the show cspf
database command is issued without any optional keywords.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cspf database command to display information about the CSPF
database.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about the CSPF database.
Node ID 2.2.2.2
The following example displays detailed information about the CSPF database.
The following example displays detailed information about the Node ID 6.6.6.6
Link ID 5.5.5.6, type MULTI_ACCESS5.5.5.6 link.
Examples
The following example displays information about the CSPF database.
Node ID 10.14.100.1
The following example displays detailed information about the CSPF database.
Node ID 10.14.100.1
Link ID 5.5.5.6, type MULTI_ACCESS
Local Interface Addresses [0] 5.5.5.1, [1] 0.0.0.0, [2] 0.0.0.0
Remote Interface Addresses [0] 0.0.0.0, [1] 0.0.0.0, [2] 0.0.0.0
TE Metric 10, Color 0x00000000
Bandwidth(kbps) MAX 100000, Max Reservable 100000
Unreserved [0] 100000 [1] 100000
[2] 100000 [3] 100000
[4] 100000 [5] 100000
[6] 100000 [7] 100000
The following example displays detailed information about the 5.5.5.6 link.
Syntax
show debugging [card { <slot> | all}] [circuit]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
card <slot>
Optional. Slot number of the VM. The valid range of
values can be one of the following:
— vFRWD, vSFO : 1–30
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show debugging command to display the debugging options that are
currently enabled.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows debugging options that have been enabled.
[local]Ericsson#show debugging
ARP:
All debugging bits are turned on
LDP:
session debugging is turned on
packet transmit debugging is turned on
packet receive debugging is turned on
Syntax
show debugging card { <slot> | vRP1 | vRP2 | all}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show debugging card command to display a list of debug functions
that are enabled for a card.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 73
The following example enables CLIBE debugging for the standby controller card
in slot RPSW2, and then displays debugging functions enabled on the card.
2.150 show-defaults
Enables or disables showing default values when displaying a
configuration.
Syntax
show-defaults {false | true}
Syntax Description
Default
It is disabled to show default values.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show-defaults command to enable or disable the display of default
values. The default values are shown with an exclamation mark (!) after the
configured value.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the display of default values and
run the show full-configuration command to display the defaults for the
OSPF area 1 configuration.
[local]Ericsson#show-defaults true
[local]Ericsson#config
Ericsson(config)#show full-configuration contexts context local router →
ospf 1 | detail
contexts context local
router ospf 1
spf-timers ospf-spfdelayspec 5 ! 5
spf-timers ospf-spfholdtime 10 ! 10
fast-convergence fast-convergence-enable true ! true
fast-convergence ospf-fcmsdelay 100 ! 100
fast-convergence ospf-fcextraspfs 3 ! 3
distance intra-area 110 ! 110
Syntax
show destination card <ip-addr>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
This command has no default.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show destination card command to display the chassis slot number of
the active line card to which outbound packets with the specified IP address are
dispatched for FIB lookup.
To reduce the size of the FIB table in the active controller card, all outbound
traffic packets that are not to be transmitted on the Ethernet management port
(on the active controller card) are off-loaded to the active line cards in the router
for FIB lookup. A destination card is not configurable; the controller card load
balances the work by selecting a destination card based on the destination IP
address in a packet.
The line card selected by the active controller performs the FIB lookup to locate
the line card that actually transmits the packet. It then dispatches the packet to
that line card for output processing. If insufficient information exists to select a
destination card for an IP packet (for example, Intermediate System-to-
Intermediate System [IS-IS] or Open Shortest Path First [OSPF] control packets
sent directly on to a Generic Routing Encapsulation [GRE] tunnel), the packet is
sent to the default line card. To determine the default line card, enter the show
chassis command in any mode. The default line card displays a D in the Flags
field.
This command always displays a slot number unless no active line cards exist. If
the resolution of the IP address is the Ethernet management port, the output
might still display a slot number.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 74
The following example displays the destination line card for the IP address
10.13.49.165.
Syntax
show disk [card { <slot-id>[/<asp-id> ] | all}] [internal |
external] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
— 1 or 2 for RPSWs
Default
Displays status for both internal and external (if installed and mounted in the
USB port) storage devices of the controller card to which you are connected.
Usage Guidelines
Note: The <asp-id> argument is ignored. For example, the command show
disk card 5/1 results in the same output as the command show disk
card 5.
Use the show disk command to display status for the internal storage partitions
and an external USB storage device. The command also displays the soft and
hard error count for the system storage.
For more information about the file systems on the router, see Managing Files.
Field Description
Filesystem File system of the storage device:
— internal—Internal storage device (compact-flash card)
on the controller card.
— The internal /flash partition can contain 8GB and the internal /opt/disk
partition can contain 32GB.
— The size of the root file system includes the sizes of the /flash and /opt/disk
file systems and the p0 and p1 partitions.
— The number of usable 1-kbyte blocks (the sum of the Used and Available
fields) on an internal storage device is approximately 95% of the number of
the file system's 1-kbyte blocks.
— The capacity of a storage device can decrease slightly over time if sectors are
marked as unusable (cannot be read or written).
Table 50 Field Descriptions for the show disk Command with the detail
Keyword
The following table lists the additional fields that are displayed by the show disk
command when you include the detail keyword.
Field Description
Controller Status Controller status flags:
— I—Failed to clear an interruption
— P—Device present
Num attach/ Number of times a USB external device was inserted or
detach removed
Disk Status A—Attached
C—Changing the current directory failed (cd command
failure)
D—Change to file permissions failed
E—Installed in external slot
F—File system check failed
I—Installed in internal slot
M—Mounted
N—Creation of a new file system failed
O—Automatic mount failed
R—Reformatting disk
S—Failed to attach an external disk as a core dump device
T—Unmount command failed
U—Automatically mounted
Disk # of event Number of times the operating system notified
applications that the external device was inserted
Note: A soft error is any error that is abnormal but recoverable on the system,
during the storage device operation. The soft error counter is
incremented when one of the following conditions occurs:
— A timeout is issued
— An error is corrected
A hard error occurs when the system cannot read the drive information
or when an error is not recoverable. Typically, if a hard error occurs, the
drive needs to be replaced.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 75
The following example displays status for the newer partition scheme.
[local]Ericsson#show disk
The following example displays status for the internal storage partitions on the
active controller card.
The following example displays status for the USB mass-storage device in the
USB port of the active controller card.
Syntax
show dns
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show dns command to display information about the DNS.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 76
The following example displays information about the DNS.
[local]Ericsson#show dns
--- DNS (Domain Name System) Information ---
DNS Lookup : disabled
Syntax
show dot1q counters [agent-circuit-id <agent-name> | agent-remote-
id <agent-name> | bvi {bvi-name | id} | circuit-group <circuit-
group-name> | detail | l2vpn-cross-connect | live | persistent |
port-pseudowire <port-pseudowire-name> | port-stateless-gre <port-
stateless-gre-name> | queue | slot/port:ch:sub:subsub | subscriber
| username <username-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
agent-circuit-id <agent-name>
Optional. Search for circuit based on agent-circuit-id
attribute. One of the following keywords can be used with
the command:
— detail—Optional. Display detailed counters.
agent-remote-id <agent-name>
Optional. Search for circuit based on agent-remote-id
attribute. One of the following keywords can be used with
the command:
— detail—Optional. Display detailed counters.
circuit-group <circuit-group-name>
Optional. Display info for circuit-group circuits. One of the
following keywords can be used with the command:
— detail—Optional. Display detailed counters.
l2vpn-cross-connect
Optional. Display info for l2vpn cross connect circuits. One
of the following keywords can be used with the
command:
— <l2vpn-cross-connect-id>—Optional. L2vpn-cross-
connect profile identifier The range of values are 0–
32767. One of the following keywords can be used
with <l2vpn-cross-connect-id>: [detail | live |
queue | subscriber].
port-pseudowire <port-pseudowire-name>
Optional. Display info for port pseudowire circuits. One of
the following keywords can be used with the command:
— detail—Optional. Display detailed counters.
port-stateless-gre <port-stateless-gre-name>
Optional. Display info for port stateless-gre circuits. One
of the following keywords can be used with the
command:
— detail—Optional. Display detailed counters.
slot/port:ch:sub:subsub
Optional. Enter dot1q circuit handle for circuit(s) to
be shown.
username <username-name>
Optional. Search for circuit based on username. One of
the following keywords can be used with the command:
— detail—Optional. Display detailed counters.
Default
Displays counter information on all 802.1Q tunnels and PVCs on the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show dot1q counters command to display counter information for
802.1Q PVCs.
Note: This command is an alias for the show circuit counters dot1q command
in operational mode.
If you enter the optional <slot> and <port> arguments, the output displays circuit
counters for the specified card or port; otherwise, the output displays only
summary counter information for all 802.1Q PVCs.
If you enter the optional vlan-id <vlan-id> construct, the output displays
counters for the specified 802.1Q PVC.
If you specify the VLAN tag value for an 802.1Q tunnel, the output includes
circuit counters for all the PVCs within the tunnel.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays counters for all 802.1Q PVCs on port 4/1.
The following example displays output from the show dot1q counters
command when the detail keyword is used. It displays separate IPv4 and IPv6
counters for dual-stack circuits, because the feature is enabled on a supported
VM.
IP Multicast Tx : 0 IP Multicast Tx : 0
Unknown Encaps : 0 Unknown Encaps : 0
Down Drops : 0 Down Drops : 0
Unreach Drops : 0 Unreach Drops : 0
Adj Drops : 0 Adj Drops : 0
WRED Drops Total: 0 WRED Drops Total: 0
WRED Drops/Queue WRED Drops/Queue
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv4) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv4)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6) WRED Drops/Queue (IPv6)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Tail Drops Total: 0 Tail Drops Total: 0
Tail Drops/Queue Tail Drops/Queue
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv4)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Tail Drops/Queue (IPv6) Tail Drops/Queue (IPv6)
0 : 0 0 : 0
1 : 0 1 : 0
2 : 0 2 : 0
3 : 0 3 : 0
4 : 0 4 : 0
5 : 0 5 : 0
6 : 0 6 : 0
7 : 0 7 : 0
Policing Counters
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Metering Counters
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
Class class0:
Conform : 0 Conform : 0
Conform Drop : 0 Conform Drop : 0
Exceed : 0 Exceed : 0
Exceed Drop : 0 Exceed Drop : 0
Violate : 0 Violate : 0
Violate Drop : 0 Violate Drop : 0
RPF Counters
RPF Drops : 0 RPF Drops : 0
IP Counters
Soft GRE MPLS : 0 Soft GRE MPLS : 0
Not IPv4 drops : 0 Not IPv4 drops : 0
Unhandled IP Opt: 0
Bad IP Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Not IPv6 drops : 0 Not IPv6 drops : 0
Broadcast Drops : 0
ARP Counters
Drops : 0 Drops : 0
Unreachable : 0 Unreachable : 0
Rate Refresh Interval : 60 seconds
Syntax
show dot1q counters [persistent] bvi <bvi-name> [detail | live | queue]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show dot1q counters (BVI) command to display counter information
for BVI 802.1Q PVCs.
By default, this command displays only summary information for all 802.1Q
PVCs with their last known values, which have been cached. Cached values are
updated every 60 seconds. Use the live keyword to force the system to read and
display the current values for the summary counters.
The output of this command provides values accumulated since the counters
were last cleared with the clear dot1q counters command in operational
mode.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 77
The following example displays counter information for the BVI port bvi1.
Syntax
show dot1q profile [<prof-name> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for all 802.1Q PVC profiles.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show dot1q profile command to display information for one or more
802.1Q PVC profiles.
Use the <prof-name> argument to display for a specific profile the same detailed
information that is displayed with the detail keyword. Use the detail keyword
to display the information for all 802.1Q profiles.
The following table lists the fields displayed with the detail keyword.
Field Description
Profile Name Name specified with the dot1q profile command in global
configuration mode.
Description Text string specified with the description command in dot1q profile
configuration mode.
PVC Count Number of 802.1Q PVCs that reference this profile.
Service-instance count Number of service instances that reference this profile.
Nas-port-type — <port-type>—Value specified with the radius attribute nas-
port-type command in dot1q profile configuration mode.
— Enabled
Propagate Qos to State of QoS propagation as specified by the propagate qos to
ether ethernet command in dot1q profile configuration mode:
— Disabled
— Enabled
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays profile information for the profile dot.
Syntax
show dot1q pvc [<link-group-filter>] [<on-demand-filter> | <general-
filter>] [detail] [<slot/port:ch:sub:subsub>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<link-group-filter>
link-group <lg-name> Optional. Displays information
only for PVCs in the link group specified by the <lg-name>
argument.
<on-demand-filter>
on-demand [{range [<slot/port:ch:sub:subsub> [vlan-
id <vlan-id>]]} | {<slot/port:ch:sub:subsub> [vlan-id
<vlan-id> [up | down | all]]} | {up | down | all]}]
Optional. Displays information only for on-demand PVCs.
vlan-id <vlan-id> Optional. Virtual LAN (VLAN) tag value for an 802.1Q
tunnel or PVC. The range of values for any VLAN tag
value is 1 to 4,095. The <vlan-id> argument is one of the
following constructs:
— <pvc-vlan-id>—VLAN tag value of a PVC that is not
within an 802.1Q tunnel.
<slot/port:ch:sub:subsub>
Optional. Provides information for 802.1Q PVCs on the
specific slot/port.
Default
The router displays a summary of the dot1q PVCs configured on the router.
Usage Guidelines
— The router does not support on-demand 802.1Q PVCs. The on-
demand argument is not supported.
Use the show dot1q pvc command to display information about 802.1Q PVCs.
To display the restriction status of VLANs, use the show dot1q pvc command
without arguments or use the command with the all, down, up, link-group
<lg-name>, or <slot/port:ch:sub:subsub> arguments.
If the VLAN tag value is specified for an 802.1Q tunnel, the output includes PVC
information for all PVCs within the tunnel.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about 802.1Q PVCs.
The following example displays information about 802.1Q PVCs on port 2 in slot
1.
The following example displays information about the specified active 802.1Q
PVCs.
The following example displays a summary of all 802.1Q PVCs in all contexts.
Syntax
show dot1q service-instance [<slot/port> [<si-id> [- <end-si-id>]]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information about all L2 SIs configured on a router.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show dot1q service-instance command to display information about
L2 SIs configured on a router.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. Administrators for the local context can insert the optional
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see context.
Example 78
The following example displays general information for all 802.1Q SIs on a router.
Example 79
The following example displays general information for all 802.1Q SIs bound to a specific port.
Syntax
show dvsr [<ip-addr>/<prefix-length> | detail | profile | summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<ip-addr>/<prefix-length>
Optional. Displays the DVSR routes that match the IP
address, in the form <A.B.C.D> and the prefix length,
separated by the slash (/) character. The range of values
for the <prefix-length> argument is 0 to 32.
Default
Displays all DVSR routes in the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show dvsr command to display information about all DVSR routes.
Use the optional keywords to display specific DVSR routes, DVSR profiles,
detailed DVSR route information, and summary reports.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Field Description
DVSR route IP address and prefix length of the static route.
S State of the DVSR. Values can be Up, Dn (meaning the route is down), or
standby (for the standby path of a double-barrel static route).
Verify Addr IP address that the DVSR route should verify.
Count Number of verification successes (or failures) since the DVSR state
change.
Delay Average round trip and processing delay of the verification.
Tran Number of state transitions for the DVSR route.
Seq Internal sequence number for the DVSR route.
profile Name of the DVSR profile for the DVSR route.
Table 53 Field Descriptions for the show dvsr profile Command Output
The following table describes the show dvsr profile command output fields.
Field Description
DVSR profile Name of the DVSR profile.
Num Number of DVSR routes associated with this profile.
Intv Verification interval, in seconds, of the profile.
F Timeout multiplier value of the profile.
S Minimum success value of the profile.
Field Description
T Maximum timeout-interval value in seconds that a DVSR-route waits for
a single verification response.
Next Number of seconds for the next verification process for the profile to
start.
TTL Time-to-live value of the profile.
DIST Distance value of the profile.
TAG Tag value of the profile.
Src Addr Source address of the profile.
Examples
The following example displays all DVSR routes.
[local]Ericsson#show dvsr
DVSR summary:
Syntax
show ext-community-list [<ecl-name> | first-match <ecl-name> <ext-
community-num> | summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays all configured extended community lists.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ext-community-list command to display information about
configured BGP extended community lists.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 80
The following example displays two extended community lists (1 and 2).
[local]Ericsson#show ext-community-list
ext-community-list ext-comm-list01:
ext-community-list ext-comm-list02:
Syntax
show fabric
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Display information about the state of fabric port on each slot.
User Guidelines
Use the show fabric command to display information about fabric system
status.
Note: Command output is an array. Column FAB_X means fabric port X, raw
1…20/30 means slot id, value is used legend.
(Legend: '.' OK, 'x' link down, 'r' no remote hello, ' ' n/a)
Table 54
Output Description
. fabric link is up and hello packets are received from peer.
Output Description
x local fabric link is down.
r no hello packets are received from peer.
unconfigured
Note: Fabric hello messages are Layer 2 broadcast out of all the fabric ports on
each card periodically. The periodic broadcast should enable the cloud
infrastructure switch to learn the MAC address of the packets on the
vFAB network. If a fabric port has not received any valid fabric hellos in
3 timer expiry intervals, it will change to ‘r’ state.
Examples
The following example displays information about fabric system status. There
are three vsfo cards, each vsfo has two fabric ports, port state is ok.
[local]Ericsson#show fabric
(Legend: '.' OK, 'x' link down, 'r' no remote hello, ' ' n/a)
Slot#: FAB_1 FAB_2 FAB_3 FAB_4 FAB_5 FAB_6 FAB_7 FAB_8
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1: . .
2: . .
3: . .
4:
5:
6:
7:
8:
9:
10:
11:
12:
13:
14:
15:
16:
17:
18:
19:
20:
Syntax
show fmcore message statistics
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on Standby VRP cards.
— Heartbeat messages.
Table 55 lists detailed output fields for FM core producer and consumer.
Examples
The following example shows how to display FM core message statistics.
producer send:
TOTAL : 7 2018-12-21T05:42:58.421227+00:00
PD_PAD : 4 2018-12-21T05:42:58.421229+00:00
APP : 0
PI_ISM : 0
PI_OTHERS : 3 2018-12-21T04:31:44.233326+00:00
consumer receive:
TOTAL : 2 2018-12-21T04:31:44.234498+00:00
PD_PAD : 0
APP : 0
PI_ISM : 0
PI_OTHERS : 2 2018-12-21T04:31:44.234501+00:00
consumer send:
TOTAL : 2 2018-12-21T04:31:44.234555+00:00
PD_PAD : 0
APP : 0
PI_ISM : 0
PI_OTHERS : 2 2018-12-21T04:31:44.234558+00:00
heartbeat:
RECEIVE : 199 2018-12-21T07:50:14.307358+00:00
SEND : 199 2018-12-21T07:50:14.307398+00:00
Syntax
show fm alarm [<id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
All active alarms are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show fm alarm command to display all active alarms. If no alarm ID is
specified, all the active alarms are listed in chronological order, beginning with
the oldest active alarm.
Use the id keyword to show detailed information for each specified alarm ID. The
following fields are included in the detailed information:
sequence-number
Specifies the sequence number used in an alarm. Once an
alarm state is changed, the cumulative sequence number
is assigned. But the alarm ID remains the same as it was
when the alarm was first raised.
specific-problem
original-event-time
Specifies the timestamp reported in the original alarm.
original-additional-text
Specifies the additional text reported in the original
alarm.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays all active system alarms.
[local]Ericsson#show fm alarm
fm alarm 8
source /if:interfaces/interface[name='lag-lag1']
last-event-time 2017-09-18T03:19:28+00:00
sequence-number 19
active-severity critical
additional-text "1, lag1"
major-type 193
minor-type 2427968
[local]Ericsson#show fm alarm 8
fm alarm 8
source /if:interfaces/interface[name='lag-lag1']
last-event-time 2017-09-18T03:19:28+00:00
sequence-number 19
active-severity critical
additional-text "1, lag1"
major-type 193
minor-type 2427968
specific-problem "LAG State Down"
event-type communications-alarm
probable-cause x733-communications-protocol-error
original-event-time 2017-09-18T03:19:28+00:00
original-severity critical
original-additional-text "1, lag1"
The following example displays the selected syntax of alarm information, and
show them in tabular format.
Syntax
show fm alarm-model [<model-id>]
Command Mode
operational
Syntax Description
Default
All alarm models are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show fm alarm-model command to display the identity (ID) of all
alarm-models. If no alarm ID is specified, all the alarm models are listed.
Use the <model-id> keyword to show detailed information for each specified
alarm model ID.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays the identity of all alarm models.
[local]Ericsson#show fm alarm-model
ACLAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
AgentXAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
AlswAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
AspAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
BGPAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
CardAndDaughterCardAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
ChassisAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
DFSAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
EthPortAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
FanTrayAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
GeneralAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
ICRAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
Ieee8021CfmAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
IfAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
LAGAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
LDPAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
LicenseAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
LineCardAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
McLagAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
MplsL3VpnAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
OSPFAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
OcnPathAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
OcnPortAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
OpenFlowAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
Ospfv3Alarms Identity of the alarm-model.
PCCAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
PMAlert Identity of the alarm-model.
PowerModuleAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
RpswAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
StorageAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
StorageDeviceAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
SwAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
SysSecurityAlarms Identity of the alarm-model.
fm alarm-model StorageAlarms
alarm-type StorageFail
major-type 193
minor-type 2427552
specific-problem "Storage Device Failed"
event-type processing-error-alarm
probable-cause m3100-storage-capacity-problem
is-stateful false
additional-text "Storage Device Failed"
Syntax
show fm alarm model alarm-type [additional-text <additional-text> |
default-severity <default-severity> | event-type <event-type> | is-
stateful <ture/false> | major-type <major-type> | minor-type <minor-
type> | probable-cause <probable-cause> | specific-problem <specific-
problem>]
Command Mode
operational
Syntax Description
specific-problem
Specifies further refinement to the information given by
probable-cause. Can be used to find an associated
operating instruction (OPI).
Default
All alarm models are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show fm alarm-model alarm-typel command to display the alarm
types for Ericsson alarms.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays all the YangServerAlarms model alarms
Syntax
show forward {policy <pol-name> [resources] | resources}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show forward policy command to display information about
configured forward policies.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Note: Even though the forward policy is applied in the Ingress, it is shown as
in/out in the show forward policy output.
Example 81
The following example displays brief information about the redirect_policy
forward policy.
The following example displays detailed information for the multi_policy forward
policy.
The following example displays information about resources being used on the
slot and PFE for a given forward policy.
Syntax
show full-configuration [<pathfilter>]
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show full-configuration command to display the current
configuration in the global configuration mode. The current configuration
includes the running and configuration changes. The specified sub set of a
configuration can be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows the current configuration of OSPF routers.
Syntax
show guest-services [guest-service-status <guest-service-name> [state
| state-info] ]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
guest-service-status <guest-service-name>
Optional. Displays status information for a guest service
with a specified guest service name.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show guest-services command to display guest services and their
status information.
Status Description
error not-deployed The guest service has an error without deployment.
error deployed The guest service has an error with deployment.
Example 82
The following example displays the brief status of the guest service service1
Syntax
show history [<number>]
Syntax Description
Default
The last 100 commands are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show history command to display the history of executed commands
within the current command mode for the current session. If an upper limit is
specified by the number argument, the show history command displays only
the number of last executed commands up to the limit.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the last 10 executed commands.
[local]Ericsson#show history 10
Syntax
show http-redirect counters
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show http-redirect counters command to display the number of
total dropped requests, total redirects, and total temporary redirects (with
separate counters for IPv4 and IPv6) for the local HTTP server. Statistics are
updated in real time, and the values shown are accumulated since the counters
were last cleared using the clear http-redirect counters command, or
when the controller card was last reloaded.
All statistics displayed by this command are stored locally and not shared
between the active and standby controller cards. When a switchover or failover
occurs, the values are reset.
Example 83
The following example displays statistics for the local HTTP server.
IPv6 Requests 0
IPv6 Dropped Requests 0
IPv6 Redirects 0
IPv6 Temporary Redirects 0
Syntax
show http-redirect summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show http-redirect summary command to display the number of
active circuits managed by the HTTP redirect module and the load average (in
requests per second) for the past one, five, and fifteen minutes.
Load averages displayed by this command refer to the rate at which HTTP
requests are processed. Values are refreshed every five seconds. When
calculating load averages, the system counts all requests regardless of the
connection they belong to or the action taken in response to the request. The load
average is also calculated regardless of the duration that the HTTP server is
active. The system considers the load to be zero (no requests received) for all the
duration before the server is activated.
All statistics displayed by this command are stored locally and not shared
between the active and standby controller cards. When a switchover or failover
occurs, the values are reset.
Example 84
The following example displays the number of active circuits managed by the
HTTP redirect module and the load averages for the local HTTP server over the
last one, five, and fifteen minutes.
Active Circuits 1
Syntax
show icmp statistics
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icmp statistics command to display ICMP statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 85
The following example displays output from the show icmp statistics
command.
Syntax
show icr client
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr client command to display the details of the ICR clients in
the system. Use the interface and peer commands in ICR configuration mode
to configure the IP address and UDP port for the ICR client.
The following table describes the show icr client command output fields.
Field Description
Client Type Always LAG. The nodes in a multichassis link aggregation
(MC-LAG) cluster, use ICR to synchronize and negotiate
switchovers.
Client State REGISTER SUCCESS—ICR client is operational.
DEREGISTERED—ICR client is not operational.
Client IP Address IP address of the ICR client.
Client Port UDP port that the ICR client uses to communicate with its
peers.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show icr client command.
Syntax
show icr history
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr history command to display the history of ICR state
changes. These state changes are related to switchover activity by the peers in a
multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG) cluster.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays the ICR state change history and the state
change reasons. From the last entry in the following output, ICR state changes
from ACTIVE (WITH PEER) to PENDING STANDBY when ICR detects that the local
tracked interface is down.
The following example displays the history of ICR state changes. From the
second entry in the following output, ICR state changes from INIT to STANDBY
when the peer ICR node advertises the prefix 1.1.1.1 at higher preference.
Syntax
show icr library <process-name> [client [details | prefixes | statistics]
| detail | dump]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr library command to display ICR library information.
Examples
Syntax
show icr log
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr log command to display the history of useful log files.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show icr log command.
Syntax
show icr prefix
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr prefix command to show the tracked prefixes / contexts / AS
paths / Owner / Status
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show icr prefix command.
Prefix Context ID BGP Status Own AS Adv Peer Peer Peer AS Own →
er
Status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- →
----
Syntax
show icr state
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr state command to display the status of the peers in an MC-
LAG cluster. The command output shows the local IP address and the address of
the remote peer. It also shows whether the peers are communicating as required,
to synchronize and coordinate switchovers. The value ACTIVE (WITH PEER)
indicates that the peers are communicating properly. If the peers are not in this
state, it indicates that the MC-LAG is not functioning properly.
The output of the show icr state command depends on the ICR configuration
mode and the underlying HA protocol used.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
ICR State
Table 60 describes the displayed fields of ICR state.
Summary
Table 64 describes the displayed fields of summary state of ICR node.
Table 64 Summary
Field Description
Local The summary state of local ICR node,
including the state of each protocol
and tracked interface.
Peer The summary state synchronized from
(1)
mated pair ICR node through ICR
message, including the state of each
protocol and tracked interface.
(1) This status is received from peer in last sync. It is followed by "*" when peer node is not
reachable.
Example
The following example shows the output of the show icr state command
when general ICR is configured.
The following example shows the output of the show icr state command
when active-standby is configured for ICR general.
Status : In progress
The following example shows the output of the show icr state command
when BGP-based ICR is configured.
The following example shows the output of the show icr state command
when multiple-protocol is enabled for BGP-based ICR.
Note: ICR shutdown can only be done on a STANDBY node. If ICR shutdown is
attempted on an ACTIVE node, the shutdown takes effect when that
node becomes STANDBY.
::::::: NOTE: ICR will be administratively shutting down when ICR state changed to STAN →
DBY !!! ::::::
Syntax
show icr statistics
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr statistics command to display ICR counters for activities
related to the communication between the peers in an MC-LAG cluster. The peers
communicate to synchronize and negotiate switchovers.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Note: The KeepAlive Sent (in ACTIVE WITH PEER) counter is only
applicable for multi-protocol configuration.
Note: The KeepAlive Received (in STANDBY) counter only counts the
number of received keepalive packets in the current keepalive hold
window for multi-protocol configuration.
— Hold Timer expiry—Total number of times the keepalive hold timer has
expired. (When this timer expires, if no keepalive packets are received within
this window, the ICR state will change from active-with-peer to active-no-
peer. This counter is not useful to end users.)
Examples
The following example shows the output of theshow icr statistics
command.
Syntax
show icr statistics
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr statistics command to display ICR counters for activities
related to the communication between the peers in an MC-LAG cluster. The peers
communicate to synchronize and negotiate switchovers.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
— Hold Timer expiry—Total number of times the keepalive hold timer has
expired. (When this timer expires, if no keepalive packets are received within
this window, the ICR state will change from active-with-peer to active-no-
peer. This counter is not useful to end users.)
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show icr statistics
command.
KeepAlive Received : 0
KeepAlive Received(in ACTIVE NO PEER) : 0
KeepAlive Received(in ACTIVE WITH PEER) : 8
ICR state messages sent : 5
ICR transport messages sent : 5
Hold Timer expiry : 100
Switchovers : 0
Peer loss : 0
Syntax
show icr track
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show icr track command to show all tracked objects under ICR.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show icr track command. All
tracked objects are listed under Subscribers in the output. The status of the
tracked objects can be up, down, or none.
Publishers:
Id: 151060492 (icr-state) , status: active , last-change: Fri Mar 18 →
2016 17:55:15.636
Id: 151060493 (icr-reroute), status: none , last-change: Wed Dec 31 →
1969 17:00:00.0
Subscribers:
Name : PHY_LB Id →
: 1
Action : reevaluate-icr-state Log →
: none
Tracked : yes Statu →
s : up
Syntax
show igmp bandwidth-profile [<slot>/<port> [service-instance <service-
instance-id>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Optional. Chassis slot number of the card with the port for
which IGMP bandwidth profiles are displayed.
<port> Optional. Card port number of the port for which IGMP
bandwidth profiles are displayed.
service-instance <service-instance-id>
Optional. The identifier of a service instance (SI) sub-
interface through which IGMP traffic flows.
Default
Displays summary of IGMP bandwidth profile for all ports.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show igmp bandwidth-profile command to display the configured
IGMP bandwidth profiles for ports.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 86
The following example displays configured IGMP bandwidth profiles for ports.
Syntax
show igmp circuit [all]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays circuit-specific information for IGMP circuits in the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show igmp circuit command to display circuit-specific information for
IGMP. Without the all keyword, the display includes information only for the
current context. Use the all keyword to display information for all contexts.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 87
The following example displays circuit-specific information for IGMP in the
current context.
Number of circuits: 4
Syntax
show igmp group [<group-addr>] [circuit <circuit-handle> [detail] | count
| detail | subscriber {agent-circuit-id <circuit-id> | agent-remote-id
<remote-id> | username <username>} [detail]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
circuit <circuit-handle>
Optional. Displays a list of the IGMP groups joined to an
existing IGMP circuit.
agent-circuit-id <circuit-id>
Agent-circuit-id attribute value. An alphanumeric string
of up to 63 characters.
agent-remote-id <remote-id>
RADIUS agent-remote-id attribute value. An
alphanumeric string of up to 63 characters.
username <username>
Fully qualified subscriber name, in the format sub-
name@ctx-name, to be included in the display.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the detail keyword to enable the explicit tracking of IGMP group
membership for all hosts in a multiaccess network. Group membership
information is displayed for hosts running IGMP Version 2 (IGMPv2). Group
membership and source list information is displayed for hosts running IGMPv3.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 88
The following example displays output from the arguments are not
supported byshow igmp group command.
The following example displays output from the show igmp group detail
command.
Group : 224.1.1.1
Interface : 1
Circuit : 1/1:511:63:31/7/2/2
Uptime : 00:20:10
Expires : 00:02:41
Last reporter : 4.1.1.3
Running version : v2
Compatible mode : v2
Host Count : 1
Host List :
4.1.1.3, MAC: 00:00:69:4f:01:02
Syntax
show igmp group-bandwidth [<group-addr>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays bandwidth recommendations for all multicast groups.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show igmp group-bandwidth command to display bandwidth
recommendations for multicast groups.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 89
The following example displays bandwidth recommendations for multicast
groups.
(in Kbps)
224.1.1.0/24 20
224.121.121.0/24 100
Syntax
show igmp interface [<if-name> [circuit]] [brief]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays IGMP interface information for all IGMP-enabled interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show igmp interface command to display IGMP interface information.
Use the <if-name> argument to display information for only the specified IGMP
interface.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 90
The following example displays information for the IGMP interface fxp1.
Syntax
show igmp profile {<prof-name> [<if-name>] | circuit [<if-name>]}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show igmp profile command to display service profile information or
bandwidth usage for all circuits.
Use the optional <if-name> argument to display information only for the specified
interface.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 91
The following example displays information about the current state of the service
profile servpro1 and all interfaces that are members of that service profile.
The following example displays information for service profile profile1 on the
fxp4 interface.
The following example displays bandwidth usage information for the fxp4 IGMP
interface.
Syntax
show igmp traffic
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show igmp traffic command to display IGMP traffic statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 92
The following example displays output from the show igmp traffic command.
IGMP statistics:
Syntax
show ip access-list [summary] [<acl-name>] | first-match <acl-name>
[<protocol>] {<src-addr> [port <port>] [<dest-addr> [port <port>] [dscp <dscp-
value>] [established | setup | invalid-tcp-flags] [length <length>]
[precedence <prec-value>] [tos <tos-value>] [fragments] |} [ip-options]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
first-match <acl-name>
Optional. Name of the ACL for which you want to find the
first statement matched by the criteria identified by the
optional variables in this command that follow the
first-match <acl-name> construct.
— ip—Any IP protocol.
— ipinip—IP-in-IP tunneling.
port port
Optional. TCP or UDP port to be considered a match for
either the source or destination IP address. This construct
is only available if you specified TCP or UDP as the
protocol. The range of values is 1 to 65,535. You can also
substitute a keyword for the <port> argument as listed in
Table 65 and Table 66.
invalid-tcp-flags
Optional. Specifies that TCP packets with flag
combinations other than the following are a match:
— SYN
— SYN+ACK
— ACK
— PSH+ACK
— URG+ACK
— URG+PSH+ACK
— FIN
— FIN+ACK
— RST
— RST+ACK
setup Optional. Specifies that TCP packets with SYN set and
ACK not set in the Flags field are a match.
length <length> Packet length. The length of the network layer packet,
beginning with the IP header. The range of values is 20 to
65,535. This keyword is available only if you specify tcp
for the <protocol> argument.
precedence <prec-value>
Optional. Precedence value of packets to be included in
the criteria for a match. The range of values is 0 to 7, with
7 being the highest precedence. In place of the <prec-
value> argument, you can enter any of the following
keywords:
— routine—Routine precedence (value = 0).
Default
When entered without any optional syntax, displays information for all IP ACLs
in the context, including the statements in each list.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip access-list command to display the status of configured IP
ACLs.
Use the first-match <acl-name> construct to display the first statement in the
ACL that is matched by the criteria identified by the optional variables in this
command that follow the first-match <acl-name> construct.
Table 65 Valid Keyword Substitutions for the port Argument (TCP Port)
The following table lists the valid keyword substitutions for the <port> argument when the
argument is used to specify a well-known TCP port.
Table 66 Valid Keyword Substitutions for the port Argument (UDP Port)
The following table lists the valid keyword substitutions for the <port> argument when the
argument is used to specify a well-known UDP port.
The following table lists the valid keyword substitutions for the <dscp-value> argument.
Keyword Definition
af11 Assured Forwarding—Class 1/Drop Precedence 1
af12 Assured Forwarding—Class 1/Drop Precedence 2
af13 Assured Forwarding—Class 1/Drop Precedence 3
af21 Assured Forwarding—Class 2/Drop Precedence 1
af22 Assured Forwarding—Class 2/Drop Precedence 2
af23 Assured Forwarding—Class 2/Drop Precedence 3
af31 Assured Forwarding—Class 3/Drop Precedence 1
af32 Assured Forwarding—Class 3/Drop Precedence 2
af33 Assured Forwarding—Class 3/Drop Precedence 3
af41 Assured Forwarding—Class 4/Drop Precedence 1
af42 Assured Forwarding—Class 4/Drop Precedence 2
af43 Assured Forwarding—Class 4/Drop Precedence 3
cs0 Class Selector 0
cs1 Class Selector 1
cs2 Class Selector 2
cs3 Class Selector 3
cs4 Class Selector 4
cs5 Class Selector 5
cs6 Class Selector 6
cs7 Class Selector 7
df Default Forwarding (same as cs0)
ef Expedited Forwarding
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays the statements and conditions configured for the
policy ACL ipacl_cond.
Syntax
show ip all-host
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip all-host command to display all static and dynamic
hostname-to-IPv4 address mappings stored in the local host table for the current
context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 93
The following example displays the output from the show ip all-host
command.
[local]Ericsson#show ip all-host
Syntax
show ip dynamic-host
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip dynamic-host command to display a list of all dynamic IPv4
hosts in the current context. The output of this command maps host names to
their IPv4 addresses.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 94
The following example displays the output from the show ip dynamic-host
command.
[local]Ericsson#show ip dynamic-host
Syntax
show ip host
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip host command to display all static hostname-to-IPv4 address
mappings stored in the local host table for the current context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 95
The following example displays output from the show ip host command.
[local]Ericsson#show ip host
Syntax
show ip interface [<if-name> | all-context | brief [all-context] | rp]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays detailed information for all configured interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip interface command to display information about all
interfaces, including those on the controller card. Use this command without
optional syntax to display detailed information on all configured interfaces.
— Up—At least one of the bound circuits is in the up state; therefore, the
interface is also up and traffic can be sent over the interface.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ip interface command
with the brief keyword.
The following example displays packet information for the interface to which the
Ethernet management port is bound.
[local]Ericsson#show ip interface rp
Name Mtu Network Address Ipkts Opkts Colls Ierrs Oerrs Drops
fxp0 1500 <Link> 030:88:00:03:6f 62716 22871 0 2 0 0
fxp0 1500 10.13.49/24 10.13.49.166 62716 22871 0 2 0 0
ipc0 8192 <Link> 32078 26862 0 0 0 0
ipc0 8192 127 127.0.2.5 32078 26862 0 0 0 0
lo0 33228 <Link> 0 0 0 0 0 0
lo0 33228 127 127.0.0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0
xcrp 65535 <Link> 0 0 0 0 0 0
lc12 65535 <Link> 2461 2452 0 0 0 0
Syntax
show ip mfib [<group-addr> [<src-addr>]] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip mfib command to display routes from the IP multicast
manager database.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 96
The following example displays all routes from the IP multicast manager
database. The first route entry (*, 226.0.0.1) is a (*, G) entry. Protocol
Independent Multicast (PIM) sent the route to the multicast manager. The
MFIB_ID provides the multicast route table ID to be programmed into the MFIB
table on the line card. The "C" flag indicates that this route is a connected
multicast route entry. The incoming circuit for the first route entry is invalid. An
outgoing interface list provides the outgoing interfaces that exist for the route
entry.
[local]Ericsson#show ip mfib
Syntax
showip [<group-addr><src-addr>] [count | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<group-addr><src-addr>
Optional. IP addresses of the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) group and the multicast
source.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip mroute command to display the PIM routing table for IPv4
routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 97
The following example displays output from the show ip mroute command,
showing IPv4 routes.
[local]Ericsson#show ip mroute
Syntax
show ip prefix-list [<pl-name> | first-match <pl-name ip-addr>/<prefix-
length> | summary [<pl-name>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<ip-addr>/<prefix-length>
Specifies the IP address, in the form <A.B.C.D>, and the
prefix length, separated by the slash (/) character. The
range of values for the <prefix-length> argument is 0 to
32.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip prefix-list command to display information about
configured IP prefix lists.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ip prefix-list
command.
[local]Ericsson#show ip prefix-list
ip prefix-list slash9:
ip prefix-list slash18:
ip prefix-list /15-deny:
ip prefix-list 2.0.0.0/8:
ip prefix-list /22-permit:
ip prefix-list deny-slash-13:
ip prefix-list deny-slash-14:
Syntax
show ip route [<ip-addr> [/<prefix-length> [longer-prefixes | shorter-
prefixes]] [application | context | interface] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
shorter-prefixes
Optional. Displays the route and less-specific routes.
Default
When entered with no keywords or arguments, this command displays all IP
routes.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route command to display information about all IP routes or
for only the specified IP address or IP prefix. Use the context or interface
keyword to display IP route information per context or interface. Use the
application keyword to display IP route information per application
By default, most show commands in any mode display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If you are an
administrator for the local context, you can insert the optional context <ctx-
name> construct before the show command to view output for the specified
context without entering that context. For more information about using the
context <ctx-name> construct, see context.
When the option <ip-addr> is used, the command will display the active path
information which contains references to multiple objects.
The interface ID and the external circuit ID are the relevant objects for standard
operation. These two objects identify the route target and are accessible via
operation and maintenance actions.
The other objects, NH-ID, Adj-ID and internal circuit ID are not accessible via
operation and maintenance actions. These three objects are only relevant for
troubleshooting.
Examples
The following example displays information for the IP route 100.100.100.2/32.
Path information :
Active path :
Known via subscriber address , distance 15, metric 0,
Tag 0, NH-ID 0x34400004, Adj ID: slot number=2, adj id=0xd, Interface test1-v6
Circuit 3/1:511:63:31/6/2/19
External Circuit 3/1 vlan-id 101 pppoe 1
Examples
The following example displays information for the prioritized IS-IS IP route
100.1.1.0/24.
Path information :
Active path :
Known via isis r1, type-IS-IS level-1, distance 115, metric 21, prioritized,
Tag 0, Next-hop 20.1.1.2, NH-ID 0x3110000A, Adj ID: slot number=3, adj id=0x6, Interfa →
ce to_R3
Circuit 4/2:511:63:31/1/1/6
External Circuit 4/2
Examples
The following example displays information for the double-barrel static IP route
23.1.1.0/24.
Path information :
Active path :
Known via static, distance 1, metric 0,
Tag 0, Next-hop 17.1.1.2, NH-ID 0x3XX00001, Adj ID: slot number=0, adj id= 0x3, Interf →
ace if1
Circuit 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/5
Backup Next-hop 18.1.1.2 NH-ID 0x3XX000001, Adj ID: slot number=0, adj-id= 0x4, Interf →
ace if2
Circuit 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/6
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ip route command.
Routes to 0.0.0.0/0 and 100.100.0.0/16 are Dynamically Verified Static Routes
(DVSR) and there are two Equal-Cost Multipath (ECMP) double-barrel static
routes to 23.1.1.0/24.
[local]Ericsson#show ip route
Codes: C - connected, S - static, S dv - dvsr, R - RIP, e B - EBGP, i B - IBGP
O - OSPF, O3 - OSPFv3, IA - OSPF(v3) inter-area,
N1 - OSPF(v3) NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF(v3) NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF(v3) external type 1, E2 - OSPF(v3) external type 2
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, N - NAT
IPH - IP Host, SUB A - Subscriber address, SUB S - Subscriber static
SUB P - AAA downloaded aggregate subscriber routes
SUB N - Subscriber ND, SUB D - Subscriber DHCP-PD
M F - Mobile Sub Foreign Agent, M H - Mobile Sub Home Agent,
M G - Mobile Sub GTP
E P - EPS Aggregate(Prefix), E A - EPS Address, E S - EPS Static
ICR - Inter-Chassis Resilience
EPG - Evolved Packet Gateway
A - Derived Default, MeH - Media Nexthop
Examples
The following example displays detailed information for a BGP IP route on which
Fast Reroute (FRR) is enabled. The output shows FRR backup route 13.13.13.13.
[local]Ericsson#show ip route
Codes: C - connected, S - static, S dv - dvsr, R - RIP, e B - EBGP, i B - IBGP
O - OSPF, O3 - OSPFv3, IA - OSPF(v3) inter-area,
N1 - OSPF(v3) NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF(v3) NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF(v3) external type 1, E2 - OSPF(v3) external type 2
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, N - NAT
IPH - IP Host, SUB A - Subscriber address, SUB S - Subscriber static
SUB P - AAA downloaded aggregate subscriber routes
SUB N - Subscriber ND, SUB D - Subscriber DHCP-PD
M F - Mobile Sub Foreign Agent, M H - Mobile Sub Home Agent,
M G - Mobile Sub GTP
E P - EPS Aggregate(Prefix), E A - EPS Address, E S - EPS Static
ICR - Inter-Chassis Resilience
EPG - Evolved Packet Gateway
Examples
The following example displays detailed information for BGP IP route
14.14.14.14/32 on which FRR is enabled.
Path information :
Active path :
Known via bgp RIB_TESTD_4, distance 20, metric 1,
Tag 0, Next-hop 12.12.12.12, NH-ID 0x32000007, Advertising router 12.12.12.12
dscp df, Label 500
Resolve NH-ID 0x32000007 of context 2 on 0x30f00007 of context 1
NH-ID 0x32000007 (12.12.12.12) is resolved on NH-ID 0x30F00007
NH-ID 0x30F00007 (12.12.12.12) is resolved on NH-ID 0x32000005
NH-ID 0x32000005 is resolved on NH-ID 0x30F00005
NH-ID 0x30F00005 (10.10.10.10) is resolved on NH-ID 0x31E00003
NH-ID 0x30F00005 (11.11.11.11) is resolved on NH-ID 0x31E00004
NH-ID 0x31E00003 (LSP) (20.1.1.99) is resolved on Interface Lsp cct
NH-ID 0x31E00004 (LSP) (20.1.2.99) is resolved on Interface Lsp cct
Examples
The following example displays information for an application-loopback IP route
10.1.51.1/32 on which SGSN-MME is enabled.
Path information :
Active path :
Known via application_loopback , type-sgsn-mme, distance 0, metric 0,
Tag 0, Next-hop 10.1.51.1, NH-ID 0x32600001, Interface loopback0
Circuit 255/37:1:1/1/1/6
NH-ID 0x32600001 (Adj ID: slot number=0, adj id=0x0, ) (10.1.51.1) is Unresolved
Examples
The following example shows IP route information for segment routing. Route
10.0.0.6/32 is an IS-IS level-1 route configured for segment routing using SR-
Static.
[local]Ericsson#show ip route
Codes: C - connected, S - static, S dv - dvsr, R - RIP, e B - EBGP, i B - IBGP
O - OSPF, O3 - OSPFv3, IA - OSPF(v3) inter-area,
N1 - OSPF(v3) NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF(v3) NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF(v3) external type 1, E2 - OSPF(v3) external type 2
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, N - NAT, (m) - LSP
s - Segment Routing, P - PCC, S - Static
IPH - IP Host, SUB A - Subscriber address, SUB S - Subscriber static
SUB P - AAA downloaded aggregate subscriber routes
SUB N - Subscriber ND, SUB D - Subscriber DHCP-PD
M F - Mobile Sub Foreign Agent, M H - Mobile Sub Home Agent,
M G - Mobile Sub GTP
E P - EPS Aggregate(Prefix), E A - EPS Address, E S - EPS Static
ICR - Inter-Chassis Resilience, EPG - Evolved Packet Gateway
Syntax
show ip route all [all-context]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route all command to display information about all IP
routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 98
The following example displays output from the show ip route all command.
20 Local host
> C 10.13.49.0/24 0 0 00:00: →
20 mgmt
> C H 10.13.49.0/32 0 0 00:00: →
20 Local host
> C H 10.13.49.158/32 0 0 00:00: →
20 Local host
> A H 10.13.49.254/3 10.13.49.254 254 0 00:00: →
20 mgmt
> C H 10.13.49.255/32 0 0 00:00: →
20 Local host
> A H 100.1.1.1/32 100.1.1.1 254 0 00:00: →
03 five
Example 99
The following example displays output from the show ip route all all-
context command.
Syntax
show ip route bgp
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route bgp command to display information about BGP routes.
Example 100
The following example displays information about BGP routes.
d14h
> e B 4.0.0.0/8 155.53.1.235 20 0 22:1 →
7:18
> e B 4.21.132.0/23 155.53.0.1 20 0 22:2 →
1:03
> e B 6.1.0.0/16 155.53.1.235 20 0 →
1w1d
> e B 6.2.0.0/22 155.53.0.1 20 0 22:2 →
1:03
> e B 6.3.0.0/18 155.53.1.235 20 0 →
1w1d
Syntax
show ip route client [<client-id>] [registered {fib-cache | next-hop |
prefix}] [all-context]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
registered fib-cache
Optional. Displays registered FIB cache entries for the
specified client.
registered next-hop
Optional. Displays registered next hop entries for the
specified client.
registered prefix
Optional. Displays registered prefix entries for the
specified client.
all-context
Optional. Displays information about RIB clients in all
contexts.
Default
Displays RIB client information for all clients.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route client command to display information about RIB
clients.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays information about RIB clients.
The following example displays information about RIB clients in all contexts.
L2 PW /NONE L2 PW /NONE
EoF counters:
Context counter: 0, All context counter: 0
Client type EoF counters:
Client type LOCAL (LO): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type CONNECTED (CO): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type NON-CONNECT (NC): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type MPLS-TUNNEL (MT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type TUNNEL-SC (TS): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type TUNNEL-OVER-TUNNEL (TT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type L2(PORTPW): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type VIRTUAL-CIRCUIT (VC): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type SUBSCRIBER (SU): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type NON-CONNECT-MPLS-TUNNEL (NCMT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type L2(PWE3): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type None: v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type IPSEC TUNNEL (IT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type None: v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Context :if1 Context id : 0x40080002
------------------------------------------------------------------
Rt Tbl Version: 0, Nh Tbl Version: 0
Protocol(ids) Tot Routes InQ OutQ Redist ver state ref →
Type:v4/v6 EoF:v4/v6
connected (1/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
LO /LO LO /LO
adjacency (2/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
CO /CO CO /CO
ip host (3/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
CO /CO CO /CO
subscriber address (4/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
SU /SU SU /SU
subscriber static (5/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
SU /SU SU /SU
subscriber dummy (6/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
SU /SU SU /SU
subscriber dhcp-pd (7/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
SU /SU SU /SU
subscriber nd (8/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
SU /SU SU /SU
aggregate (9/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
CO /CO CO /CO
application_loopback (10/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
LO /LO LO /LO
EoF counters:
Context counter: 0, All context counter: 0
Client type EoF counters:
Client type LOCAL (LO): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type CONNECTED (CO): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type NON-CONNECT (NC): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type MPLS-TUNNEL (MT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type TUNNEL-SC (TS): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type TUNNEL-OVER-TUNNEL (TT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type L2(PORTPW): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type VIRTUAL-CIRCUIT (VC): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type SUBSCRIBER (SU): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type NON-CONNECT-MPLS-TUNNEL (NCMT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type L2(PWE3): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type None: v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type IPSEC TUNNEL (IT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type None: v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Context :ers1 Context id : 0x40080003
------------------------------------------------------------------
Rt Tbl Version: 0, Nh Tbl Version: 0
Protocol(ids) Tot Routes InQ OutQ Redist ver state ref →
Type:v4/v6 EoF:v4/v6
connected (1/0) 0 0 0 0 Reg 0 →
LO /LO LO /LO
EoF counters:
Context counter: 0, All context counter: 0
Client type EoF counters:
Client type LOCAL (LO): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type CONNECTED (CO): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type NON-CONNECT (NC): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type MPLS-TUNNEL (MT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type TUNNEL-SC (TS): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type TUNNEL-OVER-TUNNEL (TT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type L2(PORTPW): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type VIRTUAL-CIRCUIT (VC): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type SUBSCRIBER (SU): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type NON-CONNECT-MPLS-TUNNEL (NCMT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type L2(PWE3): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type None: v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type IPSEC TUNNEL (IT): v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Client type None: v4 counter 0 v6 counter 0
Syntax
show ip route connected
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route connected command to display information about IP
routes from directly connected networks.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 101
The following example displays information about IP routes from directly
connected networks.
4d Local host
> C H 10.12.215.255/32 0 0 1w →
4d Local host
> C 10.100.1.5/32 0 0 1w →
4d lo1
> C 10.100.11.8/29 0 0 1w →
4d 1/1
Syntax
show ip route context summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route context summary command to display the tally of IP
routes for the current context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 102
The following example shows the IP route summary first for the local context and
next for VPN3003.
[local]Ericsson#context VPN3003
[VPN3003]Ericsson#show ip route context summary
Max context : 0x9F6 Max Tables : 0x0
Context ID : 0x40080004 Context State : 0x1
Total Routes : 0x50CA
ICMP src ifgrid: 0x0 ICMP src addr : 0.0. →
0.0
MIP Slot Mask : EMPTY
Syntax
show ip route counters global
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route counters global command to display RIB global
counters for all IP routes.
Examples
The following example displays RIB global counters for all IP routes.
IPC_BFD_MIN_TX_INTVL : 2
IPC_BFD_MIN_RX_INTVL : 2
IPC_RIB_SHW_IP_RT_GLOBAL : 1
IPC_RIB_SNMP_NOTIFY_CFG : 1
IPC_RIB_SHW_IP_RT_COUNTERS : 1
IPC_RIB_EOF : 30
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_IPC_ISM2_EVENT_NOTIFY_RCV : 9
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_IPC_MSG_RCV_IPC_RIB_RT_ADD_ADD : 35
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_IPC_MSG_RCV_RIB_INTERNAL_MSG_RT_CLEANUP_FOR_CNTXT: 26
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_RCV_RSO_SA_QUE : 62
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_RCV_RSO_LA_CHK : 1
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_IPC_MSG_RCV_RIB_NH_QUE_ALL : 21
RIB_EVENT_GLOBAL_IPC_MSG_RCV_RIB_L2_PREFIX_REG_ALL: 101
FIB messages:
Independent / Total downloads
FIB_ROUTE_ADD : 75 138
FIB_CNH_ADD : 94 154
PPA_REG : 4 4
FIB_TBL_ADD : 16 16
FIB_NCNH_ADD : 2 4
FIB_MGMT_FLG_RMV : 4 4
FIB_UPLOAD_MAC : 2 2
FIB_BFD_ADD : 2 4
FIB_HASH_CFG : 2 2
FIB_APP_EOF : 4 4
FIB_BFD_ROUTER_CONFIG : 6 8
Slot events:
RIB_EVENT_SLOT_IPC_SEND : 181
RIB_EVENT_SLOT_IPC_BLOCKED : 4
RIB_EVENT_SLOT_SYNC_ADD : 8
RIB_EVENT_SLOT_IPC_PPA_DROPPED_MSG_INVALID_EP : 1
Timers:
RIB_STALE_TIMER : 1
RIB_PROC_SKIP_TREE_TIMER : 2
RIB_REDIST_SEND_END_MARKER_TIMER : 1
RIB_REG_GRACE_TIMER : 1
RIB_FIB_EOF_GRACE_TIMER : 1
ARP messages
ARP_RESOLVE_ADDR : 5
ARP_RIB_READY : 1
ARP_READY_QUERY : 1
RIB_MAC_ADDR_ADD : 2
RIB_ARP_READY : 1
RIB_READY_QUERY : 1
ARP_RIB_EOF : 1
ARP_RIB_PORT_PW_EOF : 1
ND messages
ND_MSG_RESOLVE_ADDR : 4
ND_MSG_ADD_ENTRY : 8
ND_MSG_CLR_ENTRY : 1
ND_MSG_READY : 2
ND_MSG_READY_QUERY : 2
ND_MSG_EOF : 1
ND_MSG_PORT_PW_EOF
Syntax
show ip route fib-client [<client-id>] [all-context]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route fib-client command to display information about
FIB clients.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays information about FIB clients.
The following example displays information about FIB clients in all contexts.
Syntax
show ip route global
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route global command to display RIB global information for
all IP routes.
Examples
The following example displays RIB global information for all IP routes.
Syntax
show ip route hidden
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route hidden command to display information about hidden
IP routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 103
The following example displays information about hidden IP routes.
19 Local host
> A H 10.12.192.1/32 10.12.192.1 254 0 05:25: →
44 mgmt
> C H 10.12.192.73/32 0 0 05:23: →
19 Local host
> C H 10.12.199.255/32 0 0 05:23: →
19 Local host
> C H 10.12.208.0/32 0 0 05:25: →
56 Local host
> A H 10.12.208.1/32 10.12.208.1 254 0 05:25: →
44 lab
Syntax
show ip route interface [0x0-0xffffffff] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route interface command to display information about IP
routes. Use the detail keyword to display additional IP route information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 104
The following example displays basic information for IP route interface
0x10000001.
Syntax
show ip route iphost
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route iphostup state for all interfaces bound to a port or
PVC. This command does not show any IP hosts that are in a command to
display the IP hosts that are in an down state. IP hosts are remote endpoints
configured locally and connected physically to the port or PVC where they are
configured. To configure an IP host, use the ip host command.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 105
The following example displays output from the show ip route iphost
command. The entries with the IPH prefix are IP hosts manually defined using
the ip host command.
:11 ift2
> IPH 200.0.0.30/32 200.0.0.30 16 0 00:04 →
:11 ift2
> IPH 200.0.0.40/32 200.0.0.40 16 0 00:02 →
:24 ift2
Syntax
show ip route isis
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route isis command to display information about IS-IS
routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 106
The following example displays information about IS-IS routes.
> 10.100.11.27 →
2/1
> i L1 10.100.11.8/29 10.100.11.27 115 22 20:46 →
:52 2/1
> i L1 10.100.11.32/29 10.100.11.25 115 39 1 →
w1d 2/1
Syntax
show ip route log
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route log command to display log information for the
Routing Information Base (RIB).
Examples
The following example displays log information for the RIB.
Protocol logs:
adjacency (proto:2): Log Size(100) Count(7)
static (proto:16): Log Size(100) Count(8)
lm_l2vpn (proto:133): Log Size(100) Count(6)
Syntax
show ip route log message [detail | hex]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route log message command to display log information for
message APIs.
Examples
The following example displays detailed log information for message APIs.
0: Aug 20 04:53:31.419
{IPC_RIB_ARP_MSG, length 64}
msg_type RIB_READY_QUERY context 0
1: Aug 20 04:53:34.096
{IPC_RIB_SRC_ADDR_QUE, length 168}
First hop address query:
cntxt 0x40080001 afi 0
query address 10.94.110.59
replyEP e/xc/bsd/system/ntp/linux/src/ntp_conf.c
Detailed information:
conn_only 0 app_id 0 no_sub 144 no_adj 231 no_lsp 93
fh_cntxt 0x0 cct (null)/177:68:33/0/0/10977 fh_ifgrid 0x0 fh_addr_len 152
fh_address 0.0.0.0 nh_address 0.0.0.0
prefix 225.42.0.0/23
2: Aug 20 04:53:34.142
{IPC_RIB_SRC_ADDR_QUE, length 168}
First hop address query:
cntxt 0x40080001 afi 0
query address 10.94.110.62
replyEP e/xc/bsd/system/ntp/linux/src/ntp_conf.c
Detailed information:
conn_only 0 app_id 0 no_sub 0 no_adj 0 no_lsp 0
fh_cntxt 0x1652 cct 5/1:1:1/0/0/0 fh_ifgrid 0x175de7d0 fh_addr_len 240
fh_address 0.0.0.0 nh_address 0.0.0.0
prefix 0.0.0.0/0
3: Aug 20 04:53:34.166
{IPC_RIB_SRC_ADDR_QUE, length 168}
First hop address query:
cntxt 0x40080001 afi 0
query address 10.94.110.59
replyEP ntpd_mon
Detailed information:
conn_only 0 app_id 0 no_sub 240 no_adj 255 no_lsp 86
fh_cntxt 0x0 cct (null)/255:13:3:23/0/0/32767 fh_ifgrid 0x0 fh_addr_len 41
fh_address 255.127.0.0 nh_address 255.127.0.0
prefix 255.127.0.0/176
4: Aug 20 04:53:34.186
{IPC_RIB_SRC_ADDR_QUE, length 168}
First hop address query:
cntxt 0x40080001 afi 0
query address 10.94.110.62
replyEP ntpd_mon
Detailed information:
conn_only 0 app_id 0 no_sub 0 no_adj 0 no_lsp 0
fh_cntxt 0x1652 cct 5/1:1:1/0/0/0 fh_ifgrid 0xb0570060 fh_addr_len 240
fh_address 0.0.0.0 nh_address 0.0.0.0
prefix 0.0.0.0/0
5: Aug 20 04:53:36.256
{IPC_RIB_SRC_ADDR_QUE, length 168}
First hop address query:
cntxt 0x40080001 afi 0
query address 10.94.110.59
replyEP ntpd_mon
Detailed information:
conn_only 0 app_id 0 no_sub 5 no_adj 0 no_lsp 0
fh_cntxt 0x3d cct 9/255:13:3:23/0/0/32767 fh_ifgrid 0x2f222500 fh_addr_len 1 →
68
fh_address 61.0.0.0 nh_address 225.42.0.0
prefix 0.0.0.0/0
6: Aug 20 04:53:36.287
{IPC_RIB_SRC_ADDR_QUE, length 168}
First hop address query:
cntxt 0x40080001 afi 0
query address 10.94.110.62
replyEP ntpd_mon
Detailed information:
conn_only 0 app_id 0 no_sub 0 no_adj 0 no_lsp 0
fh_cntxt 0x1687 cct 5/1:1:1/0/0/0 fh_ifgrid 0xb0570060 fh_addr_len 45
fh_address 38.0.0.0 nh_address 0.0.0.0
prefix 0.0.0.0/0
7: Aug 20 04:53:36.530
{IPC_RIB_SNMP_NOTIFY_CFG, length 20}
Unknown requestId IPC_RIB_SNMP_NOTIFY_CFG, dumping mem:
[20 bytes]
00000000: 0000060c 00000000 00000014 00000000
00000010: 00000000
8: Aug 20 04:53:43.577
{IPC_RIB_ND_MSG, length 144}
msg_type ND_MSG_READY context 0
msg_type ND_MSG_READY_QUERY context 0
9: Aug 20 04:53:43.577
{IPC_ISM2_EVENT_NOTIFY, length 1504}
0 5 3 112 CCT state CCT create vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/1/3
hdr_flags 0x0010, issu_obj_id 475
mbe PEM, version 37, par_cct vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/0/2,
root_cct vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/1/3, encap 0x01000000,
slot_index 1, context_id 0x40080001
1 6 d 440 CCT cfg CCT ethcfg vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/1/3
hdr_flags 0x0010, issu_obj_id 446
mbe PEM, version 37, par_cct vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/0/2,
root_cct vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/1/3, encap 0x01000000,
slot_index 1, context_id 0x40080001
cfg_com_attr_set 0x0302007f, cfg_com_attr_set2 0x40010c00,
feature_flags 0x00000000 00002020,
cct_l3_proto_flags 0x00000001, admin_state 1,
media 0x00000001, encap 0x01000000, mode 0x00000001,
mtu 1500, ipv6 mtu 1500, port_type 0x0000000e,
speed 1000000, nas_port_type 4294967295, card type: 0,
cfg_attr_set 0x00000011, mac 00:50:56:89:62:9f,
open_flow_enabled 0
2 5 2 112 CCT state CCT up vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/1/3
hdr_flags 0x0010, issu_obj_id 475
mbe PEM, version 37, par_cct vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/0/2,
root_cct vRP1/1:511:63:31/1/1/3, encap 0x01000000,
slot_index 1, context_id 0x40080001
3 1 4 96 I/F state I/F create 0x10000000
hdr_flags 0x0010, issu_obj_id 715
mbe CSM/IFM, version 38, if_hdr_flags 0x00000001,
context 0x40080001
4 3 100 192 I/F cfg I/F cfg 0x10000000
hdr_flags 0x0010, issu_obj_id 718
mbe CSM/IFM, version 38, if_hdr_flags 0x00000001,
context 0x40080001
cfg_attr_set 0x000099ff, feature_flags 0x00000000 00000000,
media 0x00000001, encap 0x01000000, mode 0x00000001,
mtu 1500, ipv6 mtu 1500, speed 1000000,
port_type 0x0000000e, mac 00:50:56:89:62:9f,
lg_active_cct Cct invalid, if_name_len 5, if_pad_len 3,
if_name mgmt, ke_name eth0
Syntax
show ip route log protocol <number> [detail | hex]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<number>
RIB protocol number.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route log protocol command to display state messages
from RIB to client.
Examples
The following example displays the log information of RIB protocol 2 in hex
dump.
0: Sep 11 02:48:33.508
{MO_ODID 3811(offs=1049977), length 64}
Unknown requestId MO_ODID 3811(offs=1049977), dumping mem:
[64 bytes]
00000000: 00000ee3 00000000 00000040 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000030: 00000000 00000000 00000007 00000000
1: Sep 11 02:48:33.916
{MO_ODID 8211(offs=1049977), length 80}
Unknown requestId MO_ODID 8211(offs=1049977), dumping mem:
[80 bytes]
00000000: 00002013 00000000 00000050 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000030: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000040: 00000000 00000000 00000007 00000000
2: Sep 11 02:48:40.908
{MO_ODID 3811(offs=1049977), length 64}
Unknown requestId MO_ODID 3811(offs=1049977), dumping mem:
[64 bytes]
00000000: 00000ee3 00000000 00000040 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000030: 00000000 00000000 00000006 00000000
3: Sep 11 02:48:40.908
{MO_ODID 8211(offs=1049977), length 80}
Unknown requestId MO_ODID 8211(offs=1049977), dumping mem:
[80 bytes]
00000000: 00002013 00000000 00000050 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
4: Sep 11 02:48:40.915
{MO_ODID 3811(offs=1049977), length 64}
Unknown requestId MO_ODID 3811(offs=1049977), dumping mem:
[64 bytes]
00000000: 00000ee3 00000000 00000040 00000000
00000010: 40080001 10000000 00000000 ffff0014
00000020: 14000003 00000000 00000000 fe6d5e0a
00000030: 5e6d5e0a 00000000 00000001 00000000
Syntax
show ip route log route [detail | hex]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route log route command to display log information for
route APIs.
Examples
The following example displays detailed log information for route APIs.
0: Aug 20 04:53:43.586
{IPC_RIB_RT_ADD, length 288}
1: Aug 20 04:53:43.588
{IPC_RIB_EOF, length 36}
Route EOF:
proto id 12 context 0x40080001
v4_client_type NONE,
v6_client_type CONNECTED
2: Aug 20 04:53:43.778
{IPC_RIB_EOF, length 36}
Route EOF:
proto id 12 context 0x40080001
v4_client_type CONNECTED ,
v6_client_type CONNECTED
3: Aug 20 04:54:33.646
{IPC_RIB_EOF, length 36}
Route EOF:
proto id 11 context 0x40080001
v4_client_type L2-PortPW PWE3 ,
v6_client_type NONE
4: Aug 20 04:55:43.115
{IPC_RIB_EOF, length 36}
Route EOF:
proto id 12 context 0x40080001
v4_client_type CONNECTED NON-CONNECT ,
v6_client_type CONNECTED NON-CONNECT
5: Aug 20 05:38:19.664
{IPC_RIB_EOF, length 36}
Route EOF:
proto id 11 context 0x40080002
v4_client_type CONNECTED ,
v6_client_type CONNECTED
6: Aug 20 05:38:19.674
{IPC_RIB_EOF, length 36}
Route EOF:
proto id 11 context 0x40080002
v4_client_type CONNECTED NON-CONNECT ,
v6_client_type CONNECTED NON-CONNECT
7: Aug 20 05:38:20.108
{IPC_RIB_RT_ADD, length 1152}
192.0.2.102/32 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080001, afi 0 num_nh 1
src_proto 12, dist RIB_DIST_STATIC, metric 0 tag 0 RIB_RT_INT:NON_LSP, RTU_TAG
seq_num 0, sessn_time 0, flags RIB_RT_INT_NON_LSP, RIB_RT_INT_RTU_TAG
dist_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, dscp 255 traffic_idx 0
sub_rt_flags 0x0, sub_type 0, tag 0
opq_len 0, tlv_len 0, ret_cod RIB_SUCCESS aigp_metric 0
via 203.0.113.1, resolv_cntxt 0x0, afi 0
cct 2/3:511:63:31/1/1/9, intf 0x10000003
s_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, cookie 0
opq_ofs 0x0, opq_num_entry 0, opq_data_size 0
nhu_flags 0x10 RIB:NHU2_ENCAP_TYPE
nhu_flags2 0 RIB_NHU_FLAGS2:NONE
vpn_lbl 0, encap/adj_if ethernet(16777216), encap_type 0, pw_id 0
lbl_action LACT:NO_ACTION, adv_rtr NOT SET, adv_rtr_afi RIB_IP4_UCAST_TB →
L_AF_ID
remote_lbl 0, pass_thru.frr_eti_id: 0 seq_num: 0
pass_thru.vpn_attr: {app_type:0 cw_flags:0}
u4: [36 bytes]
00000000: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000
192::/64 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080001, afi 2 num_nh 1
src_proto 12, dist RIB_DIST_STATIC, metric 0 tag 0 RIB_RT_INT:NON_LSP, RTU_TAG
seq_num 0, sessn_time 0, flags RIB_RT_INT_NON_LSP, RIB_RT_INT_RTU_TAG
dist_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, dscp 255 traffic_idx 0
sub_rt_flags 0x0, sub_type 0, tag 0
opq_len 0, tlv_len 0, ret_cod RIB_SUCCESS aigp_metric 0
via 203::1, resolv_cntxt 0x0, afi 2
cct 2/3:511:63:31/1/1/9, intf 0x10000003
s_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, cookie 0
opq_ofs 0x0, opq_num_entry 0, opq_data_size 0
nhu_flags 0x10 RIB:NHU2_ENCAP_TYPE
nhu_flags2 0 RIB_NHU_FLAGS2:NONE
vpn_lbl 0, encap/adj_if ethernet(16777216), encap_type 0, pw_id 0
lbl_action LACT:NO_ACTION, adv_rtr NOT SET, adv_rtr_afi RIB_IP4_UCAST_TB →
L_AF_ID
remote_lbl 0, pass_thru.frr_eti_id: 0 seq_num: 0
pass_thru.vpn_attr: {app_type:0 cw_flags:0}
u4: [36 bytes]
00000000: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000
17.1.1.1/32 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080002, afi 0 num_nh 1
src_proto 11, dist RIB_DIST_STATIC, metric 0 tag 0 RIB_RT_INT:NON_LSP, RTU_TAG
seq_num 0, sessn_time 0, flags RIB_RT_INT_NON_LSP, RIB_RT_INT_RTU_TAG
dist_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, dscp 255 traffic_idx 0
sub_rt_flags 0x0, sub_type 0, tag 0
opq_len 0, tlv_len 0, ret_cod RIB_SUCCESS aigp_metric 0
via 200.200.200.200, resolv_cntxt 0x0, afi 0
cct 2/1:511:63:31/1/1/7, intf 0x10000004
s_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, cookie 0
opq_ofs 0x0, opq_num_entry 0, opq_data_size 0
nhu_flags 0x10 RIB:NHU2_ENCAP_TYPE
nhu_flags2 0 RIB_NHU_FLAGS2:NONE
vpn_lbl 0, encap/adj_if ethernet(16777216), encap_type 0, pw_id 0
lbl_action LACT:NO_ACTION, adv_rtr NOT SET, adv_rtr_afi RIB_IP4_UCAST_TB →
L_AF_ID
remote_lbl 0, pass_thru.frr_eti_id: 0 seq_num: 0
pass_thru.vpn_attr: {app_type:0 cw_flags:0}
u4: [36 bytes]
00000000: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000
17::1/128 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080002, afi 2 num_nh 1
src_proto 11, dist RIB_DIST_STATIC, metric 0 tag 0 RIB_RT_INT:NON_LSP, RTU_TAG
seq_num 0, sessn_time 0, flags RIB_RT_INT_NON_LSP, RIB_RT_INT_RTU_TAG
dist_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, dscp 255 traffic_idx 0
sub_rt_flags 0x0, sub_type 0, tag 0
opq_len 0, tlv_len 0, ret_cod RIB_SUCCESS aigp_metric 0
via 200::200, resolv_cntxt 0x0, afi 2
cct 2/1:511:63:31/1/1/7, intf 0x10000004
s_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, cookie 0
opq_ofs 0x0, opq_num_entry 0, opq_data_size 0
nhu_flags 0x10 RIB:NHU2_ENCAP_TYPE
nhu_flags2 0 RIB_NHU_FLAGS2:NONE
vpn_lbl 0, encap/adj_if ethernet(16777216), encap_type 0, pw_id 0
lbl_action LACT:NO_ACTION, adv_rtr NOT SET, adv_rtr_afi RIB_IP4_UCAST_TB →
L_AF_ID
remote_lbl 0, pass_thru.frr_eti_id: 0 seq_num: 0
pass_thru.vpn_attr: {app_type:0 cw_flags:0}
u4: [36 bytes]
00000000: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000
8: Aug 20 05:38:20.909
{IPC_RIB_RT_ADD, length 1152}
17.1.1.1/32 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080001, afi 0 num_nh 1
9: Aug 20 05:38:24.574
{IPC_RIB_RT_ADD, length 2776}
25.62.63.160/28 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080002, afi 0 num_nh 1
src_proto 12, dist RIB_DIST_EBGP, metric 0 tag 0 RIB_RT_INT:NON_LSP
seq_num 0, sessn_time 0, flags RIB_RT_INT_NON_LSP
dist_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, dscp 255 traffic_idx 0
sub_rt_flags 0x0, sub_type 2048, tag 0
opq_len 0, tlv_len 0, ret_cod RIB_SUCCESS aigp_metric 0
via 192.0.2.102, resolv_cntxt 0x40080002, afi 0
cct Cct invalid, intf 0x0
s_type RIB_DTYPE_MPLS_NONE, cookie 0
opq_ofs 0x0, opq_num_entry 0, opq_data_size 0
nhu_flags 0x28010040 RIB:NHU3_RESOLV_CNTXT_ID, NHU4_ORIG_AS_INFO, NHU_B →
GP_BESTPATH, NHU_ADV_RTR_ADDR
nhu_flags2 0x800 RIB_NHU_FLAGS2:ADJ_AS_INFO
vpn_lbl 0, encap/adj_if null(0), encap_type 0, pw_id 0
lbl_action LACT:NO_ACTION, adv_rtr 192.0.2.102, adv_rtr_afi RIB_IP4_UCAS →
T_TBL_AF_ID
remote_lbl 1, pass_thru.frr_eti_id: 0 seq_num: 49
pass_thru.vpn_attr: {app_type:0 cw_flags:0}
u4: [36 bytes]
00000000: 00000001 00000001 00000000 00000000
00000010: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000020: 00000000
25.80.0.0/13 RIB_ADD cntxt 0x40080002, afi 0 num_nh 1
src_proto 12, dist RIB_DIST_EBGP, metric 0 tag 0 RIB_RT_INT:NON_LSP
seq_num 0, sessn_time 0, flags RIB_RT_INT_NON_LSP
Syntax
show ip route lsp
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route lsp command to display IP routes for LSPs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 107
The following example displays the IP route for a static LSP configured on the
router.
Syntax
show ip route martian
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route martian command to display information about IP
martian routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 108
The following example displays information about IP martian routes.
Syntax
show ip route multicast [<ip-addr> [/ <prefix-length> [longer-prefixes |
shorter-prefixes | detail]]] | [bgpisis] | [] | [martian] | [next-hop [<nh-id>
| <nh-addr> | <detail>]] | [static] | [summary [all | <all-context>]]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
shorter-prefixes
Optional with <prefix-length>]. Displays also less-
specific routes.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route multicast command to display all unicast-dependent
multicast routing table information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 109
The following example displays output from the show ip route multicast
command issued on a router configured with three BGP multicast routes and two
mstatic routes.
Syntax
show ip route next-hop [<next-hop-id> | <next-hop-ip-addr>] [detail |
summary]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<next-hop-ip-addr>
Optional. The IP address of next hop.
summary
Optional. Displays summary information about IP route
next hops.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route next-hop command to display information about IP
route next hops.
Examples
The following example displays summary information about IP route next hops.
Syntax
show ip route ospf
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route ospf command to display information about OSPF
routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 110
The following example displays information about OSPF routes.
Syntax
show ip route registered {next-hop | prefix}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route registered command to display next-hop or prefix
information registered in the RIB.
Example 111
The following example displays next-hop information registered in the RIB.
1.1.1.2 bgp 1
BFD Clients : bgp
3.3.3.3/32 ldp
Version : 0xA Lookup type : EXACT
Return pfx ver : 0x18 Return pfx : 3.3.3.3/32
Default flag : 0x0
4.4.4.4/32 ldp
Version : 0x9 Lookup type : EXACT
Return pfx ver : 0xF7 Return pfx : 4.4.4.4/32
Default flag : 0x0
10.12.4.0/23 ldp
Version : 0x6 Lookup type : EXACT
Return pfx ver : 0x1 Return pfx : 10.12.4.0/2 →
3
Default flag : 0x0
22.22.22.0/24 ldp
Version : 0x7 Lookup type : EXACT
Return pfx ver : 0xA Return pfx : 22.22.22.0/ →
24
Default flag : 0x0
33.33.33.0/24 ldp
Version : 0xB Lookup type : EXACT
Return pfx ver : 0xF2 Return pfx : 33.33.33.0/ →
24
Default flag : 0x0
44.44.44.0/24 ldp
Version : 0xC Lookup type : EXACT
Return pfx ver : 0xF8 Return pfx : 44.44.44.0/ →
24
Syntax
show ip route rip
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route rip command to display information about RIP routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 112
The following example displays information about RIP routes.
Syntax
show ip route static
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route static command to display information about static IP
routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional By appending a space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at
the end of a context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
show command, you can filter the output using a set of modifier
keywords and arguments. For more information, see Modifying Outputs
of Commands in Using the CLI.
Examples
The following example displays information about static IP routes. Routes to
networks 10.89.0.0/16 and 10.89.89.0/24 use the null interface to prevent
routing loops, the route to 23.1.1.0/24 is a double-barrel static route, and the
route to 100.100.0.0/16 is a dynamically verified static route (DVSR).
ype 2
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, N →
- NAT
IPH - IP Host, SUB A - Subscriber address, SUB S - Subscr →
iber static
SUB P - AAA downloaded aggregate subscriber routes
SUB N - Subscriber ND, SUB D - Subscriber DHCP-PD
M F - Mobile Sub Foreign Agent, M H - Mobile Sub Home Age →
nt,
M G - Mobile Sub GTP
E P - EPS Aggregate(Prefix), E A - EPS Address, E S - EPS →
Static
ICR - Inter-Chassis Resilience
EPG - Evolved Packet Gateway
A - Derived Default, MeH - Media Nexthop
TSC - tunnel shortcut
> - Active Route, * - LSP, + IPFRR - backup
Syntax
show ip route summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route summary command to display summary information for
all IP routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 113
The following example displays summary information for all IP routes.
Connected 43 43 4 →
3
Static 4 4 →
4
Syntax
show ip route summary all-context
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip route summary all-context command to display summary
information for IP routes in all contexts.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 114
The following example displays summary information for all IP routes in the local
and new contexts.
Connected 2 2 →
2
Static 2 2 →
2
Syntax
show ipc card {all | <slot>} {npu {all | egress | ingress} |process
[<process-name> | <process-id>] | server <server-name>} [detail]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<process-name>/<process-id>
Optional. The name/ID of a process. Displays information
for this process only.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipc card command to display the IPC information related to one
or all cards.
Examples
--------------------------------------------------------------
Slot number : 1/LP
Card Type : vsfo
PNSD_SYNC_TX_00@LC.01 :
Summary:
-------:
Syntax
show ipc process [<process-name> | <process-id>]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<process-name> /<process-id>
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipc process command to display current IPC information for a
given process or all running processes.
Note: This command displays the IPC information for all processes if no
keyword is entered.
Example 115
Example 116
Syntax
show ipc server <server-name> [detail]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipc server command to display information about a given IPC
server.
Examples
ETI-CONF-EP-NAME :
Summary:
-------:
Num. of Client EPs : 2
Num. of Server EPs : 6
Packets Sent : 18
Fragments Sent : 0
Messages Packed : 0
Packets Sent Local : 0
Packets Rcvd : 1
Fragments Rcvd : 0
Packets Rcvd Local : 0
Retries : 0
Death Rcv : 0
Reborn Rcv : 2
Unorder Death Rcv : 0
Unorder Reborn Rcv : 0
Unorder Death Fixed : 0
Unorder Reborn Fixed: 0
threadTimeout : 0
Packets dropped : 0
Syntax
show ipv6 access-list
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 access-list command to display the status of configured
IPv6 ACLs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 117
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 access-list
command.
Syntax
show ipv6 all-host
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 all-host command to display a list of all static and dynamic
IPv6 hosts in the current context. The output of this command maps host names
to their IPv6 addresses.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 118
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 all-host
command.
Syntax
show ipv6 dynamic-host
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 dynamic-host command to display a list of all dynamic IPv6
hosts in the current context. The output of this command maps host names to
their IPv6 addresses.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 119
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 dynamic-host
command.
Syntax
show ipv6 host
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 host command to display all static hostname-to-IPv6
address mappings stored in the local host table for the current context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 120
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 host command.
Syntax
show ipv6 interface [<if-name>] [brief]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays detailed information for all configured IPv6 interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 interface command to display information about all IPv6
interfaces, including those on the controller card. Use this command without
optional syntax brief to display detailed information on all configured IPv6
interfaces.
— Up—at least one of the bound circuits is in the Up state; therefore, the
interface is also Up and traffic can be sent over the interface.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
show command, you can filter the output using a set of modifier
keywords and arguments. For more information, see By appending a
space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at the end of a Modifying
Outputs of Commands in Using the CLI.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 interface
command with the brief keyword.
Syntax
show ipv6 mroute [<group-addr><src-addr>] [count | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<group-addr><src-addr>
Optional. IP addresses of the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) group and the multicast
source.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 mroute command to display the PIM routing table for IPv6
routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 121
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 mroute command,
showing IPv6 routes.
Syntax
show ipv6 policy access-list [[summary] [<acl-name>] | first-match
<acl-name> [<protocol>] src-addr [<dest-addr>] [traffic-class
<class>] [fragments] | <acl-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
first-match <acl-name>
Optional. Name of the ACL for which you want to find the
first statement matched by the criteria that follows the
first-match <acl-name> construct.
— destination—Destination options
— fragment—Fragment header
— hop-by-hop—hop-by-hop options
— none—no next-header
— routing—routing header
traffic-class <class>
Optional. Type of traffic class to be matched. Table 69
describes the possible traffic classes.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 policy access-list command to display the status of
configured IPv6 ACLs.
Table 69 lists the valid keyword values for the traffic-class <class>
construct.
Keyword Definition
af11 Assured Forwarding—Class 1/Drop precedence
1
af12 Assured Forwarding—Class 1/Drop precedence
2
af13 Assured Forwarding—Class 1/Drop precedence
3
af21 Assured Forwarding—Class 2/Drop precedence
1
af22 Assured Forwarding—Class 2/Drop precedence
2
af23 Assured Forwarding—Class 2/Drop precedence
3
af31 Assured Forwarding—Class 3/Drop precedence
1
af32 Assured Forwarding—Class 3/Drop precedence
2
af33 Assured Forwarding—Class 3/Drop precedence
3
af41 Assured Forwarding—Class 4/Drop precedence
1
af42 Assured Forwarding—Class 4/Drop precedence
2
af43 Assured Forwarding—Class 4/Drop precedence
3
cs0 Class Selector 0
cs1 Class Selector 1
Keyword Definition
cs2 Class Selector 2
cs3 Class Selector 3
cs4 Class Selector 4
cs5 Class Selector 5
cs6 Class Selector 6
cs7 Class Selector 7
df Default Forwarding (same as cs0)
ef Expedited Forwarding
0..63 Differentiated services codepoint value
Examples
The following example displays the status of an IPv6 ACL ipv6_acc:
Syntax
show ipv6 prefix-list [<pl-name> | first-match <pl-name ipv6-addr> /
<prefix-length> | summary [<pl-name>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
first-match Optional. Searches for the line in the IPv6 prefix list
specified by the <pl-name> argument.
<ipv6-addr> / <prefix-length>
Specifies the IPv6 address, in the form <A> : <B> : <C> :
<D> : <E> : <F> : <G> : <H>, and the prefix length,
separated by the slash (/) character. The range of values
for the <prefix-length> argument is 0 to 128.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 prefix-list command to display information about
configured IPv6 prefix lists.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional contextctx-name construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context<ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 122
The following example displays output from the show ipv6 prefix-list
command.
Syntax
show ipv6 route [<ipv6-addr >[/ <prefix-length> [longer-prefixes |
shorter-prefixes | detail]] | all | application | bgp | connected | context
| fib-client <client-id> | hidden | interface [<nexthop-id>] [detail] |
iphost | isis | multicast [<ip-addr> [/ <prefix-length>]] [bgp] [next-hop]
[ripng] [static] [summary] | next-hop | ospf3 | registered | ripng | static |
summary | xcrp]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<ipv6-addr> Optional. IPv6 address, in the form <A> : <B> : <C> : <D> :
<E> : <E> : <F> : <G>, of the route to be displayed.
shorter-prefixes
Optional. Displays the route and less-specific routes.
Default
When entered with no keywords or arguments, this command displays all IP
routes.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 route command to display information about IPv6 routes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays information for the IPv6 routes for
2001:db8:b:2::/64
Path information :
Active path :
Known via subscriber nd , distance 15, metric 0,
Tag 0, NH-ID 0x34400005, Adj ID: slot number=2, adj id=0xe, Interface test1-v6
Circuit 3/1:511:63:31/6/2/21
External Circuit 3/1 vlan-id 101 pppoe 1
The following example displays information about next-hop IPv6 routes using
the show ipv6 route command.
** = Via interface
Next Hop Tbl Version : 14
Current Next Hops : 7
The following example displays information for registered next-hop IPv6 routes.
4001::2 static
Query flags : 0x40 Version : 0x1
Adj-id : 0x2000000 Conn Adj-id : 0x2000008
NH Magic : 0x1000000 Default flag : 0x0
Protocol : 0x1 IGP Metric : 0
Conn IF-GRID : 0x10000001 Conn cct id : 3/1:1023:63/1/1/5
IGP IF-GRID : 0x10000001 IGP cct id : 3/1:1023:63/1/1/5
Reslov cntxt : 0x40080001 IGP MTU : 1500
IGP first hop : 0.0.0.0 IGP next hop : 0.0.0.0
5001::1 static
Query flags : 0x0 Version : 0x0
Adj-id : 0xFFFFFFFF Conn Adj-id : 0xFFFFFFFF
NH Magic : 0x0 Default flag : 0x0
Protocol : 0x0 IGP Metric : -1
Conn IF-GRID : 0x0 Conn cct id : Cct invalid
IGP IF-GRID : 0x0 IGP cct id : Cct invalid
Reslov cntxt : 0x40080001 IGP MTU : 0
The following example displays information for the static IPv6 routes.
The following example displays summary information for the IPv6 routes.
Connected 7 7 7
Static 2 2 2
Rip 1 1 1
EBGP 2 2 2
The following example displays IPv6 route information for the controller card.
Routing tables
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Cntxt Interface
default link#10 UL1 1 27 1 xcrp
::1 ::1 UH 0 0 1 lo0
fe80::%fxp0/64 link#1 UC 0 0 1 fxp0
fe80::%lo0/64 fe80::1%lo0 U 0 0 1 lo0
fe80::%xcrp/64 link#10 UC 0 0 1 xcrp
ff01::/32 ::1 U 0 0 1 lo0
ff02::%fxp0/32 link#1 UC 0 0 1 fxp0
ff02::%lo0/32 fe80::1%lo0 UC 0 0 1 lo0
ff02::%xcrp/32 link#10 UC 0 0 1 xcrp
Examples
The following example displays information for an application-loopback IP route
aaaa:1::1/128 on which SGSN-MME is enabled.
Path information :
Active path :
Known via application_loopback , type-sgsn-mme, distance 0, metric 0,
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] adjacency [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for all IS-IS neighbors.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis adjacency command to display information about IS-IS
neighbors and LFA status.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Table 70 describes the output fields for the show isis adjacency command.
Field Description
SystemId ID of an IS-IS in an area.
Interface Interface advertising the IS-IS.
L Indicates the level. Indicates level 1 routing
only (1), level 2 routing only (2), or levels 1 and
2 (3) routing. Point-to-point adjacency is
indicated with the letter p; for example, a level
2 routing with point-to-point adjacency is
displayed as 2p.
MT Indicates whether each IS-IS instance performs
unicast (U), multicast (M), or unicast and
multicast (UM) topology-based routing.
Displays no value when the default routing
topology, unicast, is used.
Stat IS-IS adjacency state.
Hold Time, in seconds, before an adjacency time-out
occurs.
SNPA Subnetwork Point of Attachment or the data-
link address of the remote system.
Uptime Time that the adjacency has been up.
LFA Indicates whether LFA is configured for the
interface on which the neighbor is on.
Backup Indicates whether the neighbor is configured as
a backup.
Field Description
SPF Time Time required (from neighbor's perspective) to
run the Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation.
SPF Cost The number of hops from the neighbor to the
protected interface.
Last SPF Time of the last SPF calculation done on the
link for which the backup is configured.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isis adjacency
command.
dtse 5 1 U Up 28 0030.8800 →
.1115 03:44:46
IP Address(es): 11.1.1.1
The following example displays the output of the show isis adjacency
command where IPv6 is enabled:
IPv6: No
C3 to-C3-2 1p Uu Up 27 0050.5689.2512 00: →
07:55
Area Address(es): 47.0001
IP Address(es): 14.1.1.2
IPv6 Address: fe80::250:56ff:fe89:2512
neighbor IIH current seq 86, total iih pkt miss 0
adj nh-id 10
GR enabled state fresh
LFA Config: IPv4: No IPv6: No
Backup Config:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Adjacency SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
The following example displays detailed information about Adjacency SIDs of IS-
IS neighbors.
Adjacency SID:
IPv4: 123456 (absolute)
IPv6: No
LFA Config: IPv4: No IPv6: No
Backup Config:
IPv4: Yes
L1: SPFTime(ms):0 SPFCost(S->N):0 LastSPF:00:00:00 →
.000
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] adj-log [interface <if-name>] [is <sys-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
Optional. Interface name. Displays adjacency logs only
for the specified interface.
is <sys-id> Optional. System ID. Displays adjacency logs only for the
specified system. The <sys-id> argument is either
specified in <xxxx> . <xxxx> . <xxxx >format or as the
hostname.
Default
Displays the last adjacency event for all IS-IS interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis adj-log command to display adjacency logs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Table 71 describes the output fields for the show isis adj-log command.
Field Description
Interface Name of the interface to which the adjacency
log belongs.
Type Type of interface (LAN or point-to-point).
State Interface state when the event occurred (up or
down).
Adjs Number of adjacencies when the event
occurred.
Neighbor ID System ID or the dynamic hostname of the
neighbor system.
L Level of the IS-IS adjacency (level 1, level 2, or
levels 1 and 2).
Time Amount of time that passed since the
adjacency event.
MT Multi-Topology. Indicates whether each IS-IS
instance performs unicast (U), multicast (M), or
unicast and multicast (UM) topology-based
routing. Displays no value when the default
routing topology, unicast, is used.
Action Reason for the adjacency event.
Example 123
The following example displays adjacency logs for the gre0 interface.
Up 0 0 01:25:37 interf →
ace created
Syntax
show isis binding-tlv
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
None
Default
Provides binding type-length-value information for all IS-IS instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis binding-tlv command to display IS-IS binding type-
length-value information.
Example 124
The following example displays output from the show isis binding-tlv
command.
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] database [detail | extensive] [level-1 | l1 |
level-2 | l2] [<lsp-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for the LSP database.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis database command to display information about the IS-IS
link-state database.
The output from the show isis database detail command displays the >
symbol next to the extended IS reachability TLV when it has TE information for
the interface. Use the show isis database extensive command in any mode
to see the detailed TE information.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view output
for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Example 125
The following example displays basic information about the ISIS LSP database.
216
samedi.00-00* 0x503 0x3485 1195 0/0 →
583
samedi.02-00* 0xcac 0x15bb 399 0/0 →
55
The following example uses the show isis database detail command to
display IS-IS routing information.
The following example displays output from the show isis database detail
command for IS-IS level 1 routing.
The following example displays output from the show isis database
extensive command.
NLPID: IP
Hostname: dtse
Router ID: 10.14.100.1
IP Address: 11.11.11.1
M-Topology:
Metric: 10 IS-Extended sierra.01 >
Metric: 13 IS-Extended samedi.01 >
Metric: 10 IS-Extended sierra.02 >
Metric: 10 IP 11.11.11.0/24
Metric: 13 IP 5.5.5.0/24
Metric: 10 IP 12.12.12.0/24
sierra.00-00 0x88 0x37bf 952 0/0 →
240
Area Address: 47.0001
NLPID: IP
Hostname: sierra
Router ID: 10.14.200.1
IP Address: 11.11.11.2
M-Topology:
Metric: 10 IS-Extended sierra.01 >
Metric: 10 IS-Extended sierra.02 >
Metric: 10 IP 11.11.11.0/24
Metric: 10 IP 12.12.12.0/24
Metric: 10 IP 100.1.1.0/24
Metric: 10 IP 200.1.1.0/24
sierra.01-00 0x6f 0xfd4e 952 0/0 →
53
Metric: 0 IS-Extended sierra.00
Metric: 0 IS-Extended dtse.00
sierra.02-00 0x6c 0xfc51 952 0/0 →
53
Metric: 0 IS-Extended sierra.00
Metric: 0 IS-Extended dtse.00
samedi.00-00* 0xdd 0xadf7 599 0/0 →
141
Area Address: 47.0001
NLPID: IP
Hostname: samedi
Router ID: 6.6.6.6
IP Address: 5.5.5.6
M-Topology:
Metric: 20 IS-Extended samedi.01 >
Metric: 20 IP 5.5.5.0/24
samedi.01-00* 0x84 0x6d96 599 0/0 →
53
Metric: 0 IS-Extended samedi.00
Metric: 0 IS-Extended dtse.00
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] debug-setting
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
When entered without specifying an IS-IS instance, displays debug settings for
all configured IS-IS instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis debug-setting command to display all enabled debugging
settings for IS-IS instances.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 126
The following example displays output from the show isis debug-setting
command.
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] dynamic-hostname
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
When entered without specifying an IS-IS instance, displays dynamic hostname
and system ID mapping information for all configured IS-IS instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis dynamic-hostname command to display IS-IS dynamic
hostname and system ID mapping.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Table 72 describes the output fields for the show isis dynamic-hostname
command.
Field Description
System ID A 6-byte value that identifies an IS-IS system
in the domain. The plus (+) symbol denotes the
locally defined mapping.
Level The level of the IS-IS routing domain.
Updated The last time the dynamic hostname type-
length-value (TLV) was presented in a link-
state protocol data unit (LSP) of the system.
Hostname The symbolic name advertised by the system.
Example 127
The following example displays output from the show isis dynamic-hostname
command.
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] interfaces [<if-name>] [intercontext [<group-
id>]] [detail] [extensive]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Provides summary information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis interfaces command to display information about IS-IS
interfaces.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view output
for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
The following table describes the output fields for the show isis interface
command.
Field Description
Interface Interface advertising the IS-IS.
L Indicates the level. Indicates level 1 routing
only (1), level 2 routing only (2), or levels 1 and
2 (3) routing.
LFA Protection Indicates that Loop Free Alternate (LFA)
protection is enabled on the interface.
Protect When LFA is enabled on the interface, it
displays one of the following protection types:
— node-Protect node-only. Only LFAs offering
node protection are selected.
Field Description
option selected. This is mutually exclusive
to exclude ecmp. This is applicable to only
destinations having ECMP in the primary
SPF.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isis interfaces
command.
o 3 Up passive →
1
to-foo-10/ 1p UM Up up →
10
to_dopey_1 3p Up →
10
to_dopey_4 3p Up up →
10
The following example displays the IS-IS intercontext interfaces with group 30 in
all contexts. The > symbol indicates that the interface is an intercontext type.
IPv6: No
Level Adjs Priority Hello Hold Auth Blocked Metric
1 0 64 0 30 10
2 0 64 5 30 10
to-C1-1
Up, level: 3, Ckt Id: 2, p2p, Ucast v6ucast IP address: 11.1.1 →
.1/30
IPv6 address: 1100::1/64
mtu: 1500, speed 1000000, Grid: 0x10000005, nh-id: 3, ckt 2/1 →
vlan-id 1
metrics[L1/L2]: v4 ucast[10/10] v6 ucast[10/10]
GR Normal
IPv4 LFA Protection: Yes
Protect: default
ECMP: prefer
Remote-LFA: No
IPv4 LFA Backup: Yes
IPv4 BFD Enabled: Yes
IPv6 LFA Protection: Yes
Protect: default
ECMP: exclude
IPv6 LFA Backup: Yes
IPv6 BFD Enabled: Yes
Prefix-hiding
Prefix-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Adj-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Level Adjs Priority Hello Hold Auth Blocked Metric
3 1 64 4 30 10
to-C1-2
Up, level: 3, Ckt Id: 3, p2p, Ucast v6ucast IP address: 12.1.1 →
.1/30
IPv6 address: 1200::1/64
mtu: 1500, speed 1000000, Grid: 0x10000006, nh-id: 4, ckt 2/1 →
vlan-id 2
metrics[L1/L2]: v4 ucast[50/50] v6 ucast[10/10]
GR Normal
IPv4 LFA Protection: No
IPv4 LFA Backup: No
IPv4 BFD Enabled: No
IPv6 LFA Protection: No
IPv6 LFA Backup: Yes
IPv6 BFD Enabled: Yes
Srlg: 20
Prefix-hiding
Prefix-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Adj-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Level Adjs Priority Hello Hold Auth Blocked Metric
3 1 64 2 30 50
to-C3-1
Up, level: 3, Ckt Id: 4, lan, Ucast v6ucast IP address: 13.1.1 →
.1/30
IPv6 address: 1300::1/64
mtu: 1500, speed 1000000, Grid: 0x1000000d, nh-id: 11, ckt 4/1 →
vlan-id 10
metrics[L1/L2]: v4 ucast[10/10] v6 ucast[30/30]
GR Normal
IPv4 LFA Protection: No
IPv4 LFA Backup: Yes
IPv4 BFD Enabled: Yes
IPv6 LFA Protection: No
IPv6 LFA Backup: Yes
IPv6 BFD Enabled: Yes
Srlg: 10
Prefix-hiding
Prefix-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Adj-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Level Adjs Priority Hello Hold Auth Blocked Metric
1 1 64 5 30 10
2 0 64 4 30 10
To-C3-2
Up, level: 3, Ckt Id: 5, p2p, Ucast v6ucast IP address: 14.1.1 →
.1/30
IPv6 address: 1400::1/64
mtu: 1500, speed 1000000, Grid: 0x10000008, nh-id: 6, ckt 4/1 →
vlan-id 20
metrics[L1/L2]: v4 ucast[40/40] v6 ucast[40/40]
GR Normal
IPv4 LFA Protection: No
IPv4 LFA Backup: No
IPv4 BFD Enabled: No
IPv6 LFA Protection: No
IPv6 LFA Backup: No
IPv6 BFD Enabled: No
Srlg: 10
Prefix-hiding
Prefix-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Adj-SID:
IPv4: No
IPv6: No
Level Adjs Priority Hello Hold Auth Blocked Metric
3 1 64 5 30 40
The following example displays the output for show isis interfaces detail.
Syntax
show isis ipv4 {adj-log | adjacency | database | debug-setting |
dynamic-hostname | interfaces | lfa-coverage | malform | multicast
<multicast_arg> | protocol-summary | routes | spf-log | statistics |
summary-address | topology | unicast <unicast_arg>}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
dynamic-hostname
Displays IS-IS dynamic hostname mapping.
— interfaces
— routes
— spf-log
— summary-address
— topology
protocol-summary
Displays IS-IS protocol summary information.
summary-address
Displays IS-IS summary addresses.
Default
None.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis ipv4 with the variables described in the Syntax Description
above to display IPv4-related IS-IS information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional By appending a space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at
the end of a context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
show command, you can filter the output using a set of modifier
keywords and arguments. For more information, see Modifying Outputs
of Commands in Using the CLI.
The following example displays the output for show isis ipv4 routes.
Syntax
show isis ipv6 {adjacency | interfaces | multicast <multicast_arg> |
routes | spf-log | statistics | summary-address | topology | unicast
<unicast_arg>}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
— adjacency
— interfaces
— routes
— spf-log
— summary-address
— topology
summary-address
Displays IS-IS summary addresses.
— interfaces
— routes
— spf-log
— statistics
— summary-address
— topology
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis ipv6 with the keywords described in the Syntax Description
above to display IPv6-related IS-IS information.
The following example displays the output of the show isis ipv6 command for
route:
1 40 to-C1-2
1500::/64 fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 30 to-C1-1
+ fe80::250:56ff:fe89:2512
1 50 to-C3-1
fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 30 to-C1-2
1600::/64 fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 20 to-C1-1
fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 20 to-C1-2
4444::1/128 fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 30 to-C1-1
+ fe80::250:56ff:fe89:2512
1 50 to-C3-1
fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 30 to-C1-2
+ fe80::250:56ff:fe89:2512
1 50 to-C3-1
fe80::250:56ff:fe89:39b6
1 30 to-C1-2
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Syntax
show isis [ipv4] lfa-coverage
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis lfa-coverage command to display IS-IS LFA FRR
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <> construct, see context.
show command, you can filter the output using a set of modifier
keywords and arguments. For more information, see By appending a
space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at the end of a Modifying
Outputs of Commands in Using the CLI.
Example 128
The following example displays LFA information for all IPv4 IS-IS instances.
Example 129
The following example displays the output for show isis lfa-coverage.
Syntax
show isis link-state [[link | node | prefix] <system-id>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Provides link-state information for all IS-IS instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis link-state command to display IS-IS link state
information.
By default, most show commands in any mode display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If you are an
administrator for the local context, you can insert the optional context <ctx-
name> construct before the show command to view output for the specified
context without entering that context. For more information about using the
context <ctx-name> construct, see context.
Example 130
The following example displays output from the show isis link-state node
command.
The following example displays output from the show isis link-state link
command.
The following example displays output from the show isis link-state
prefix command.
Prefix: 1.1.1.1
Sys-ID: 2155.3990.0001.00
Tag: 1 LEVEL: 1 MT ID: 1
Prefix: 192.168.10.0
Sys-ID: 2155.3990.0001.00
Prefix: 2.2.2.2
Sys-ID: 2155.3990.0002.00
Tag: 1 LEVEL: 1 MT ID: 1
Prefix: 192.168.10.0
Sys-ID: 2155.3990.0002.00
Tag: 1 LEVEL: 1 MT ID: 1
The following example displays detailed information on an IS-IS node with a net
of 2155.3990.0001.00.
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] malform [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis malform command to display information about received
malformed packets.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about received malformed packets.
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] protocol-summary [l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Provides protocol summary information for all IS-IS instances on all levels.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis protocol-summary command to display IS-IS protocol
summary information.
An autonomous system (AS) running IS-IS can be partitioned into multiple level
1 areas and a level 2 subset that interconnects all the level 1 areas. Within each
level 1 area, all routers exchange link-state information. Level 2 routers also
exchange level 2 link-state information to compute routes between areas. You
can use the l1 or level-1 keyword to show only level 1 information; use the l2
or keyword to show only level 2 information.
Examples
The given example shows that the router has the following characteristics:
— The router runs level 1 and level 2 with both short and wide metric style.
— The router has 14 level-1 Link-State Protocol Data Units (LSPs) and 26
level-2 LSPs.
— The router has 104 IS-IS routes: 87 level-1 routes and 17 level-2 routes.
— 87 routes are leaked from level 1 into level 2 without summary information.
— The last Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation on level 1 was run 1 minute 25
seconds ago, with a duration of 4 milliseconds.
— The last level 2 SPF duration was 10 milliseconds, with 21 nodes and 17
routes.
— The last UP adjacency was 2 minutes 29 seconds ago on the interface named
to-edge1 from neighbor opt-edge1.
— The router has been up for 1 day 16 hours 7 minutes, and the IS-IS instance
has been up for 32 minutes 7 seconds.
Examples
commands in any mode display information for the[local]Ericsson#show isis new-net protocol-summary
--- ISIS Instance: new-net / systemID: 0008.0008.0008(opt-core2) ---
This example shows that the router has the following characteristics:
— The router runs level 1 and level 2 with wide metric style only.
— The router has one level 1 LSP and four level 2 LSPs.
— The last level-1 SPF calculation was run 2 minutes 14 seconds ago and was
a periodic SPF.
— The last level-2 SPF calculation was run 1 minute 14 seconds ago and was a
periodic SPF.
— The router has one level-2 LAN adjacency that was up one day 10 hours ago
on interface to-e2 with neighbor vpn-e2.
— The router has been up for 11 days 3 hours 12 minutes, and the IS-IS
instance has been up for 12 hours 42 minutes 22 seconds.
Examples
NSR
The output of this command shows whether Nonstop Routing (NSR) or graceful
restart (GR) is enabled.
Examples
LFA
The output of this command shows that LFA is enabled for ISIS instance 1.
Examples
Segment Routing
The following example is the default output on a router configured with SR.
Examples
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name> | detail] [{ipv4 | ipv6} unicast | multicast]
routes | <ip-addr >| <ip-addr>/<prefix-length> | redistribute [l1 | l2 |
level-1 | segment-routing [lsp] | summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<ip-addr>/<prefix-length>
IP address and prefix length. Exactly matched IS-IS route
for the IP address and prefix length. The IP address is
specified in the form <A.B.C.D>. The range of values for
the prefix length is 0–32.
segment-routing Optional. Displays the IS-IS routes, along with next hops,
incoming label, label action, and outgoing label for which
Segment Routing is configured.
Default
Provides summary information about all IPv4 unicast routes.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis routes command to display IS-IS routes. If entered without
any optional keywords, this command displays IPv4 unicast routes only.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
The following table describes the output fields for the show isis routes
command using the <ip-addr>/<prefix-length> construct.
Field Description
Prefix IP prefix
Level IS-IS level
Metric Metric used to reach this prefix
Interface Interface used to reach this prefix
Nexthop IP next hop used to reach this prefix
LFA sourced from LSP(s) Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) next hop used for a
prefix
LSP ID Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) ID that
advertised this prefix
Seq # Sequence number of the LSP
System Name Router that advertised the LSP and prefix
Arrive Last time the system received this LSP
Interface Interface from which the last LSP arrived
RIB Download Priority Queue ID into which the route is placed. IS-IS
supports 3 levels of queuing: high, medium, or
low.
The following table describes the output fields for the show isis routes
summary command.
Table 75 Field Descriptions for the show isis routes summary Command
Field Description
Route Type Route type. The route type can be IS-IS,
redistributed, interarea, or summary.
Level-1 Number of routes, per route type, in level 1
area.
Level-2 Number of routes, per route type, in level 2
domain.
Summarize (L1/L2) Number of routes, per route type, that are
summarized in each level. The <x>/<y> output
(for example, 0/1) indicates the number of
routes summarized in level 1/ number of routes
summarized in level 2.
L2-to-L1 Leak Number of IS-IS routes distributed from level 2
to level 1. These routes are not leaked on this
system, but are leaked from level 2 into level 1
from other systems.
Examples
The following example displays information about IS-IS IPv4 routes.
The following example displays information about IS-IS IPv6 unicast routes.
The following example displays information about IS-IS IPv4 multicast routes.
The following example displays information about IS-IS routes for which
segment routing is configured.
The following example displays information about IS-IS routes using the <ip-
addr>/<prefix-length> construct. The IP prefix 6.6.6.6 is a level 1 domain with
a metric of 30 and prefix priority medium. The next hop(s) for this prefix is
16.1.1.2 and 14.1.1.2. This prefix is advertised by system Ericsson in LSP
6666.6666.6666.00-00. This LSP has the sequence number 0x30e, and it
arrived 7 minutes 29 seconds ago on the to_R3 interface.
R3
RIB downloaded Priority: Medium
The following example displays information about IS-IS topologies that are LFA
enabled, including the LFA next hop for the prefix and the LSP from which the
LFA next hop is sourced.
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] [{ipv4 | ipv6} [unicast | multicast]] spf-log
[l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2] [lfa]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isisspf-log command to display a history of the IS-IS SPF
calculation results.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Table 76 describes the output fields for the show isis spf-log command.
Field Description
When Time elapsed since the last SPF calculation
took place.
Duration Duration, in milliseconds, of an SPF calculation.
Nodes Number of nodes involved in an SPF
calculation.
Count Number of times an SPF calculation is initiated.
Routes Number of routes involved in an SPF
calculation.
Last Trigger LSP Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) ID that
initiated the last SPF calculation.
Reasons Reason for the last SPF calculation; see Table
77 for a list of explanations.
Table 77 describes the reasons and explanations for the show isis spf-log
SPF recalculation.
Reason ID Explanation
ADMINDIST The administrative distance was reconfigured.
Reason ID Explanation
AREASET A set of areas was changed.
ATTACHFLAG A Level 2 attachment has changed.
DISELECT Designated IS (DIS) election was rerun.
IPRTLEAK Routes were leaked between levels.
LOSTADJ Adjacency has been lost.
LSPHEADER An LSP header has changed.
NEWADJ A new neighbor has come up.
NEWAREA A new area has come up.
NEWLSP A new LSP has arrived.
NEWMETRIC A metric has changed.
OVLD Overload.
PERIODIC REDIST An internal LSP has been regenerated.
PREFIX An SPF prefix has changed.
PURGELSP An LSP was purged.
REDIST A route was redistributed.
RTCLEARED Routes were manually cleared.
TLVCONTENT The content of an LSP changed.
TLVROUTES An LSP route changed.
ADJNEXTHOP A new next hop was added.
USERTRIG The SPD recalculation was triggered by the
user.
TOPOCHG The network topology changed.
SYSCHG The system ID changed.
Examples
The following example displays information about the IS-IS SPF log.
The following example displays information about IS-IS SPF logs for LFA. Each
topology (IPv4 or IPv6) shows the LFA SPF details for level-1 or level-2,
including the last time the LFA SPF was triggered for that topology and its
duration, the number of neighbors for which the LFA SPF was calculated, and the
number of routes added and deleted.
NEWMETRIC
RTCLEARED
TOPOCHG
SYSCHG
REDIST
LFACFGCHG
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] statistics [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Provides summary information if no options are specified.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis statistics command to display IS-IS traffic information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isis statistics
command.
LSP 25 18 7 16
CSNP 17 0 17 442
PSNP 0 0 0 0
LSP 10 10 0 18
CSNP 0 0 0 453
PSNP 0 0 0 0
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] [{ipv4 | ipv6} [unicast | multicast]] summary-
address [l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Provides summary information if no options are specified.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis summary-address command to display information about IS-
IS IP summary addresses.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Table 78 describes the output fields for the show isis summary-address
command.
Field Description
Prefix Summary address.
Level IS-IS level to which the summary address is
applied.
Metric Metric used for the summary address.
Num-Routes Number of more-specific routes that are
suppressed by the summary address.
Active Status flag that indicates whether the summary
address is being used.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isis summary-address
command. In level 2, two summary addresses are displayed. The summary
address 64.0.0.0/16 is not active. The summary address 44.1.0.0/23 is active and
one route has an IS-IS metric of 3.
64.0.0.0/16 2 0
44.1.0.0/23 2 3 1 Y
Syntax
show isis [<instance-name>] [{ipv4 | ipv6} [unicast| multicast]] topology
[l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
l1 or level-1
Optional. Displays only IS-IS level 1 protocol summary
information.
l2 or level-2
Optional. Displays only IS-IS level 2 protocol summary
information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isis topology command to display IS-IS topology information.
An autonomous system (AS) running IS-IS can be partitioned into multiple level
1 areas and a level 2 subset that interconnects all the level 1 areas. Within each
level 1 area, all routers exchange link-state information. Level 2 routers also
exchange level 2 link-state information to compute routes between areas. You
can use the l1 or level-1 keyword to show only level 1 information, or you can
use the l2 or level-2 keyword to show only level 2 information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Table 79 describes the output fields for the show isis topology command.
Field Description
System System ID or dynamic hostname.
Distance IS-IS metric to reach the system.
Routes Number of IP prefixes advertised by the
system.
Field Description
IS Number of IS neighbors advertised by the
system.
Next-Hop Next-hop router to reach the system.
Interface Interface used to reach the system.
IP-Gateway IP next-hop address used to reach the system.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isis topology
command.
samedi 0 6 0
samedi 0 17 1
The following example displays output from the show isis topology command
with the ipv4 keyword.
samedi 0 2 1
Syntax
show ism circuit [circ-handle-id] [log | summary | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ism circuit command to collect data when a problem or outage
is observed at the customer node. Because the output is targeted at support
engineers, the format might differ from a typical show command output and
might not be readable.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows partial output when the show ism circuit
command is entered.
The following example shows partial output when the show ism circuit log
command is entered.
The following example shows partial output for the show ism circuit summary
command.
The following example shows specific circuit information. In this case the
subscriber is a traditional subscriber.
interface bound : →
subscriber bound : →
bind type : →
cardtype : 161 →
profile id : 0 version : 0 →
nd profile : 0 h node id : 0 →
lg_id : 0 spg_id : 0 →
open_flow_enabled : No →
if index : 0xa084064 →
The following example shows specific circuit information. In this case the
subscriber is a vCPE subscriber
et
mtu size : 1500 cfg mtu size : 1500
ipv6 mtu size : 1500 ipv6 cfg mtu size : 0
cct speed : 1000000 cct rx speed : 0
cct flags (attr) : 0x8107 cct flags2 (attr) : 0x0
cct sync flags : 0x10
L3 proto flags : 0x1 L3 proto valid : YES
L3 v4 proto : ENABLED L3 v6 proto : ENABLE →
D
L3 v4 proto : UP L3 v6 proto : DOWN
slot mask : EMPTY parent slot mask : EMPTY
adj slot mask : EMPTY
Ingress pfemask : (1) PFE-0
Egress pfemask : (1) PFE-1
cardtype : 169
ingress qos grid : 0 egress qos grid : 0
ppa cct clear : FALSE
if flags : 0x0 aaa index : 0x5000 →
0009
profile id : 0 version : 24035
nd profile : 0 h node id : 0
lg_id : 0 spg_id : 0
aps_id : 0 const port id : 0
ccct state : INACTIVE
parent_child_cct : Cct invalid
open_flow_enabled : No
current events : 0x0 cumulative events : 0x4000 →
16
cct flags (node) : 0x0 cct flags2 (node) : 0x4000 →
100
ccthdr flags : 0x2004 ccthdr flags2 : 0x0
ccthdr trans flg : 0x0
sub term cause : 0 transit state id : 0x0
transit type : 0 transit value : 0x0
com attr set : 0x626567f com attr set2 : 0xc081 →
0c00
com attr set3 : 0x10
media attr set : 0x1a3
mbe id : 17 mbe instance : 0
slot unique idx : 2222
last state mbe id : 0 last state mbe inst: 0
last cfg mbe id : 13 last cfg mbe inst : 0
last state mbe ev : CCT create down cplt forced #: 0
child q cnt : 0 lg ccct q cnt : 0
subs cct cnt : 0 subs cct bind cnt: 0
subs aaa sess cnt : 0 iphost q cnt : 1
1q vlan id : 200 1q inner vlan id : 0
dot1q ether type : 8100 nas port type : 0
dot1q flags : 0 dot1q flags2 : 0
cfg mac addr set : 0 cfg mac addr : 00:00: →
00:00:00:00
egress class map grid : 0x0 ingress class map grid : 0 →
x0
ppp_mru : 0 mcast_bw : 0
The following example shows detailed information about a parent circuit output.
3b:05:2d:c2
media type : ethernet encap type : ether- →
dot1q
mode type : 0x1 port type : ethern →
et
mtu size : 1500 cfg mtu size : 1500 →
profile id : 0 version : 0 →
nd profile : 0 h node id : 0 →
lg_id : 0 spg_id : 0 →
vni : 74580
1q vlan id : 100 1q inner vlan id : 0 →
profile id : 0 version : 0 →
nd profile : 0 h node id : 0 →
lg_id : 0 spg_id : 0 →
vni : 74580
1q vlan id : 100 1q inner vlan id : 0 →
Syntax
To show the ISM client information for all clients, the syntax is:
To show the ISM client information for a specific client, the syntax is:
To show the summary info for all IFACE-FABL clients, the syntax is:
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ism client command to display ISM client information.
By default, this command lists the total number and the general information of
all available ISM clients.
Table 80 lists the fields for the <client-name> argument and the summary
keyword.
Table 81 lists the fields for the log, detail, and register keyword.
Examples
To display the total number and the general information of all ISM clients, see the
following example:
Total clients: 17
Table version : 35,
Name State Table Version Reg# M/UMac Ipc:Q/sent/err/drop
pem OK 35 1 0 3/3/0/0
nd OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
tunnel OK 35 6 0 2/2/0/0
RIB OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
arp OK 35 2 0 2/2/0/0
cls OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
lblmgr OK 35 2 0 2/2/0/0
AAAD OK 35 1 0 3/3/0/0
ppp OK 35 3 0 2/2/0/0
flow OK 35 2 0 2/2/0/0
pppoe OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
eipfix OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
stat OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
sctp OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
tsmrp_ism_ep OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
l2tp OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
snmp OK 35 1 0 2/2/0/0
To display the detailed information of ISM client, see the following command:
Total clients: 21
Table version : 60,
Client: pem, ipc name: PEM-ISM-EP-NAME, state: OK,
==============================================================
Internals:
IPC EP: 0x7f02fc01 0xcdbd0004
IPC is not blocked, total blocked 0
IPC is not waiting, total waits 0
IPC total msecs blocked 0, max msecs blocked 0
IPC total msecs waiting 0, max msecs waiting 0
Event Out: total waits on peers 2
Event Out: total msecs wait on peers 0, max msecs wait on peers 0
Event Out: Start: secs 1527158738, usecs 576619, May 24 10:45:38
End : secs 1527158738, usecs 576619, May 24 10:45:38 (last eof)
EOF logged time: secs 1527158738, usecs 576427, May 24 10:45:38
EOF (mbe all) logged time: secs 1527158741, usecs 405166, May 24 10:45:41
Statistics:
Registrations: cct scope: reg 1, unreg 0, duplicate 0, filter : reg reg 0, unreg 0
Total events out: 6 ipc: queued: 3, sent: 3, err 0, drop 0
Total events in (for PPAs): eofs: 0
Total version gap cases: 0
Events not sent due to NO_OWN_MBE_CCT_EVENTS reg
state: 1, cfg 0
Pack Statistics:
Events packed: min 1, max 4, average 2.000000
Event sizes : min 20, max 440, average 255.333333
ISM Statistics:
Total events: ipc rcvd: 0, ipc err 0, unknown event 0
Event Scope: 0x1600000, time secs 1527158738, usecs 575500, May 24 10:45:38
Port: slot 1, handle 0, Derived
LG: category 2 type ff flags 1
Features Enabled: 0x00000000 00080020
To display the event log information of the RIB client, see the following example:
To display the event log information of the RIB client in detail, see the following
example:
To display the register information of the RIB client, see the following example:
To display the summary information of the RIB client, see the following example:
Total clients: 21
Table version : 41,
Name State Table Version Reg# M/UMac Ipc:Q/sent/err/drop
RIB OK 41 1 0 2/2/0/0
To display the summary information for all IFACE-FABL clients, see the following
example:
Syntax
show ism dropped log [cct {handle <circuit-handle> | <slot> [/ <port>]} |
index <index> | interface <interface-grid>] [detail | reason | timestamp]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ism dropped log command to display the dropped event
information.
Examples
To display the detailed information of the dropped events, see the following
command:
ipv4_secondary_dns 41.110.32.3
reason 1: ISM2_PVT_REASON_CCT_UNBIND_PEND, rc 0x00420000
requeued at head 9064, total 9064
Input : secs 1486537922, usecs 258403, Feb 8 08:12:02
Output : secs 1486538521, usecs 977362, Feb 8 08:22:01
Syntax
show ism global [complete log | dropped log | error log]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ism globalshow command output and might not be readable.
command to collect data when a problem or outage is seen at the customer node.
Because the output is intended for use by the support engineers, the format
might differ from typical
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows partial output for the show ism global command.
Number of clients : 29
ISM Restarted : FALSE
Receive EOF from IFM : TRUE secs 1300998014, usecs 17596, Mar 24 20:20:14
Receive EOF from CSM : TRUE secs 1300998013, usecs 976624, Mar 24 20:20:13
Processed EOF from IFM : TRUE secs 1300998014, usecs 93010, Mar 24 20:20:14
Processed EOF from CSM : TRUE secs 1300998014, usecs 75732, Mar 24 20:20:14
Receive EOF from all MBE's : TRUE secs 1300998023, usecs 610620, Mar 24 20:20:23
Receive EOF from all PPA's : TRUE secs 1300998023, usecs 648675, Mar 24 20:20:23
Sent EOF to all Clients : TRUE secs 1300998023, usecs 674266, Mar 24 20:20:23
Sent EOF to all PPA's : TRUE
Sent EOF to standby ISM : TRUE
IFM download triggered : TRUE
OK for client updates : TRUE
CSM is alive : TRUE
Signal sent to main : TRUE
MBE EOF Timer started : FALSE
Client EOF Timer started : FALSE
MBE Wait Timer started : FALSE
XC DONE Timer started : FALSE
XC Switchover Processing : FALSE
RCM Re-sync Sent : FALSE secs 0, usecs 0, Jan 1 00:00:00
CSM Re-sync Sent : FALSE
AAA XC Done Sent : FALSE secs 0, usecs 0, Jan 1 00:00:00
RCM XC Done Sent : FALSE secs 0, usecs 0, Jan 1 00:00:00
SNMP XC Done Sent : FALSE
Table Version Wrap : FALSE
The following example shows partial output for the show ism global complete
log command.
The following example shows partial output for the command to collect
datashow ism global dropped log command.
The following example shows partial output for the show ism global error
log command.
Syntax
show ism interface [log | summary | detail | interface-grid | interface-
name]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ism interface command to collect data when a problem or
outage is seen at the customer node. Because the output is intended for use by
the support engineers, the format might differ from typical show command
output and might not be readable.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example shows partial output for the show ism interface
command.
The following example shows partial output for the show ism interface
detail[local]Ref_1d02_caldera# command.
The following example shows partial output for the show ism interface
summary command:
DHCPV6 server IP : ::
DHCP svr grp : 0x0
# of sec IP : 0 # of bound ccts : 3
# cct change q cnt: 0
ipv4: Ingress class map grid: 0
ipv4: Egress class map grid: 0
ipv6: Ingress class map grid: 0
ipv6: Egress class map grid: 0
TCP MSS ingress : 0 TCP MSS egress : 0
Syntax
show ism linkgroups
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ism linkgroups command to collect data when a problem or
outage is seen at the customer node. Because the output is intended for use by
the support engineers, the format might differ from typical show command
output and might not be readable.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
To display the ports to which an SPG-ID points to, use the show ism
subprot command.
Examples
The following example shows partial output for the show ism linkgroups
command.
Syntax
show isp-log
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isp-log command to display the contents of the ISP log file.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isp-log command.
Switch;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;1632;
Wed Jan 28 00:12:21 2015 UTC;Card_down;System;Auto;Slot SW1, sw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;1638;
Wed Jan 28 00:12:25 2015 UTC;Card_down;System;Auto;Slot RPSW1, rpsw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;164 →
2;
Wed Jan 28 00:12:26 2015 UTC;Card_down;System;Auto;Slot SW2, sw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;1643;
Wed Jan 28 00:12:31 2015 UTC;Card_down;System;Auto;Slot SW3, sw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;1648;
Wed Jan 28 00:12:46 2015 UTC;Card_down;System;Auto;Slot SW4, sw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;1663;
Wed Jan 28 00:15:39 2015 UTC;Card_up;System;Auto;Slot RPSW1, rpsw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;1836;
Wed Jan 28 00:33:53 2015 UTC;Card_up;System;Auto;Slot SW4, sw2;27Jan11:54:522015egeroke;;2930;
Syntax
show isp-log state
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show isp-log state keyword to display information about the ISP log,
including whether the ISP log is enabled, the size of the file, and the size limit.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show isp-log state
command.
469553
Syntax
show key-chain [summary] [<key-chain-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for all key chains configured in the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show key-chain command to display information for key chains
configured in the system.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information for all key chains.
[local]Ericsson#show key-chain
key-chain superkeychain:
Algorithm: HMAC-SHA-256
key-chain se1400:
Algorithm: HMAC-SHA-256
The following example displays summary information for the superkeychain key
chain.
key-chain superkeychain:
Syntax
show lacp actor [circuit <circuit>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a brief summary of all LACP circuits.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lacp actor command to display the actor information of all the
LACP circuits.
Use the circuit <circuit> construct to display the actor information associated
with the LACP port circuit.
Use the detail keyword to display additional details of the LACP actor
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 131
The following example displays a list of LACP actor information.
---------------------------------------------------------------- →
------
Circuit State : UP
Syntax
show lacp counters
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays the counters for all LACP circuits on the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lacp counters command to display all LACP circuit counters on
the system.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 132
The following example displays a list of link group counters on the system.
Syntax
show lacp lg-id <id> [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a brief summary for the specified LACP link group.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lacp lg-id command to display information for the specified
LACP link group.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 133
The following example displays a brief summary of the specified LACP link group
26.
Link-group ID : 26
Admin Key : 5
Revertible : NO
Min-Links : 2
Max-Links : 1
Active Links : 1
Standby Links : 2
Actor-Stdby Links : 2
Partner-Stdby Links : 0
Both-Stdby Links : 0
Force-Revert Links : 0
Lg-flags : 0x4
Syntax
show lacp lg-name <name> [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a brief summary for the specified LACP link group.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lacp lg-name command to display the LACP information for the
specified link group.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 134
The following example displays LACP detailed information for link group foo.
Link-group ID : 26
Admin Key : 5
Revertible : NO
Min-Links : 2
Max-Links : 1
Active Links : 1
Standby Links : 2
Actor-Stdby Links : 2
Partner-Stdby Links : 0
Both-Stdby Links : 0
Force-Revert Links : 0
Lg-flags : 0x4
Syntax
show lacp partner [circuit <circuit>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a brief summary of all LACP circuits.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lacp partner command to display the partner information of the
LACP circuits.
Use the detail keyword to display additional details of the LACP partner
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 135
The following example displays a summary of link groups.
------------------------------------------------------------
Syntax
show lacp system-id
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays the LACP system information for the router.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lacp system-id command to display LACP system information
for the router.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays the LACP system ID for the router.
System Priority : 2
System MAC : 00:30:88:00:09:84
Syntax
show ldap server <name> [detail | statistics]
Scope
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldap server command to displays the basic information about
the configured LDAP servers.
Use the <name> argument to display the basic information about a specific
configured LDAP server.
Use the statistics keyword to display the state of the most relevant counters
for the configured LDAP servers and the time when the counters were cleared the
last time. If there is no counter, the keyword displays the start of the UNIX epoch.
Limitations
A maximum of 16 characters are allowed in the server name. Servers having
longer name are truncated to 16 characters by the command automatically.
— If show ldap server command is used without the server name, then all the
server information are shown except the server names which are truncated
to 16 characters only.
Example 136
The following example displays the basic information about the configured LDAP
servers.
Example 137
The following example displays the basic information about a specific configured
LDAP server.
Example 138
The following example displays the basic information about one specific
configured LDAP server as the same command without detail.
Example 139
The following example displays the state of the most relevant counters for the
given LDAP server and the time when the counters were cleared the last time (or
the start of the UNIX epoch, if there was none).
Example 140
The following example displays the basic information about the configured LDAP
servers as the same command without detail.
Example 141
The following example displays the state of the most relevant counters for the
configured LDAP servers and the time when the counters were cleared the last
time (or the start of the UNIX epoch, if there was none).
Example 142
The following example displays the output with long server names.
Syntax
show ldap server statistics [clear | detail]
Scope
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldap server statistics command to display the state of the
most relevant counters for the configured LDAP servers.
Use the clear keyword to reset the counters of the configured LDAP servers to
zero.
Use the detail keyword to display the state of all the available counters for the
configured LDAP servers.
Note: LDAP bind parameters are common for all servers. If bind failure is
encountered, the system stops trying the remaining servers.
Example 143
The following example displays the state of the most relevant counters for the
configured LDAP servers.
Example 144
The following example resets the counters of the configured LDAP servers to
zero.
Example 145
The following example displays the state of all the available counters for the
configured LDAP servers.
Syntax
show ldap tls ciphers
Scope
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldap tls ciphers command to display the cipher suites currently
configured for LDAP usage, and the way OpenSSL interprets them.
Example 146
The following example displays the cipher suites currently configured for LDAP
usage, and the way OpenSSL interprets them.
Syntax
show ldp address
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp address command to display LDP interface IP address to LSR
ID mappings, on either active or standby controller card.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 147
The following example displays LDP interface IP address information.
Flags - (S - Stale)
Address RemoteLSRId #Path Flag
10.12.210.37 local 1
172.16.1.1 local 1
Syntax
show ldp binding [hexadecimal] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays label binding information in decimal format.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp binding command to display LDP label binding information,
on either active or standby controller card. Use the hexadecimal argument with
the show ldp bindingdetail argument with the show ldp binding command
to display information in hexadecimal format. Use the command to
display detailed information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 148
The following example displays LDP label binding information. The + sign
preceding an entry indicates that the LSP is a backup supporting IP Fast Reroute
(IP FRR) Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) for OSPF.
5.5.5.5:0 3
> 17.1.1.0/30 3.3.3.3:0 655367 3 →
to_dev3_1
+ local 0
5.5.5.5:0 655368
> 19.1.1.0/30 3.3.3.3:0 655369 655369 →
to_dev3_1
+ local 0
5.5.5.5:0 3
> 30.1.1.0/24 local 3
3.3.3.3:0 655367
5.5.5.5:0 655369
> 40.1.1.0/24 3.3.3.3:0 655370 655370 →
to_dev3_1
+ local 0
5.5.5.5:0
The following example displays the targeted remote LFA tunnel for Forwarding
Equivalence Classes (FECs) that have a remote LFA backup path.
Examples
The following example displays LDP label binding information. The + sign
preceding an entry indicates that the LSP is a backup supporting IP Fast Reroute
(IP FRR) Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) for OSPF.
The following example displays the targeted remote LFA tunnel for Forwarding
Equivalence Classes (FECs) that have a remote LFA backup path.
Syntax
show ldp interface [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp interface command to display LDP interface information, on
either active or standby controller card.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 149
The following example displays LDP interface information.
Flag:
(B - Bound, U - Up, D - Deleted, S - Stale, E - Hold expired, T →
- Bind Stale
Interface Local Addr Flag RemoteLSRId →
HoldExpr
to_edge_10/11 10.14.37.1/24 BU 10.14.200.2:0 →
12
to_core_10/1 10.14.30.1/24 BU 10.14.210.2:0 →
11
to_metro_9/2 10.14.31.1/24 BU 10.14.210.2:0 →
11
Syntax
show ldp l2vpn fec [detail | pw-id <pw-id> [detail]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp l2vpn fec command to display LDP information about PWs
in VPWS configurations, on either active or standby controller card.
The forwarding equivalence class (FEC) is a set of destinations that are identified
in the prefix list which is used to filter LDP label advertisements. A single virtual
circuit (VC) FEC element must be advertised per VC label.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays L2VPN-related information for LDP L2VPN
cross-connections.
Syntax
show ldp mldp binding[detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays MLDP binding information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp mldp binding detail command to display MLDP binding
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context. By appending a space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at
the end of a show command, you can filter the output using a set of
modifier keywords and arguments. For more information, see Modifying
Outputs of Commands in Using the CLI.
Example 150
The following example displays MLDP binding information.
Example 151
The following example displays detailed MLDP binding information.
Syntax
show ldp mldp binding fec {[root [ip-addr [type [transit-vpnv4
[<source> [<ip-addr > [group [<ip-addr> [rd]]]]]]| transit-vpnv 6
[<source> [<ip-addr> [group [<ip-addr> [rd]]]] [detail]]]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays MLDP binding information for FEC.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp mldp binding fec command to filter MLDP binding
information on partial or complete fec fields.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays MLDP binding FEC information on router R1.
This command filters the MLDP bindings and displays the output with fec root
198.51.100.200 and fec type transit-vpnv4.
Syntax
show ldp mldp binding neighbor[advertised | received][detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays MLDP binding for all neighbors.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp mldp binding neighbor command to display MLDP binding
neighbor information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays MLDP binding neighbor information on router
R1. This command filters the MLDP bindings and display the bindings, received
from the neighbor 192.0.2.233.
Syntax
show ldp log
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command contains no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays LDP internal log history.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp log command to display global state changes and events, on
either the active standby controller card. This command also shows events such
as peers going up and down, graceful restart for a peer, and notifications sent to
a peer.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays the LDP log.
Num Entries: 31, Start: 0, End: 30, Max: 8192, Entry Size: 48
0 Mar 21 11:12:19.067 STR LDP internal log initialized. Max numbe
1 Mar 21 11:12:19.067 STR r of log entries is 8192. Log entry siz
2 Mar 21 11:12:19.067 STRE e is 48. Total memory consumption 393K.
3 Mar 21 11:12:19.233 STRE switch callback! flag = 2
4 Mar 21 11:12:19.237 STRE LDP state Initializing
5 Mar 21 11:12:19.284 STRE init tcp listen done
6 Mar 21 11:12:20.286 STRE RIB ALIVE
7 Mar 21 11:12:34.652 STRE LM ALIVE
8 Mar 21 11:12:34.652 STRE LDP state Recover Label
9 Mar 21 11:12:40.226 STRE LDP state Calculating Bestpath
10 Mar 22 16:45:22.838 STRE RIB regist 40080001 success
11 Mar 22 16:45:22.839 STRE LM Regist Success
12 Mar 22 16:45:22.839 STRE LDP state Converging
13 Mar 22 16:45:22.839 STRE LDP state Downloading Label
14 Mar 22 16:45:22.839 STRE LDP state Normal
15 Mar 22 16:48:26.041 STR find or add peer: peer allocated 5.5.5
16 Mar 22 16:48:26.041 STRE .5
17 Mar 22 16:48:26.041 PEER 5.5.5.5 sched for reset reason CONF SEQ ID CHANGED
18 Mar 22 16:49:18.739 STRE ldp_listen_active: fd 21
19 Mar 22 16:49:18.739 STR ldp_listen_active found peer: fd 21 pe
20 Mar 22 16:49:18.739 STRE er 5.5.5.5
21 Mar 22 16:49:18.739 PEER 5.5.5.5 state changed from None to Init
22 Mar 22 16:49:18.739 STR ldp_listen_active cmplt: fd 21 peer 5.
23 Mar 22 16:49:18.739 STRE 5.5.5
24 Mar 22 16:49:18.744 PEER 5.5.5.5 state changed from Init to OpenRcv
25 Mar 22 16:49:18.764 PEER 5.5.5.5 UP
26 Mar 22 16:49:18.830 L2VPN-FEC LOCAL peer 5.5.5.5 vc-id 100 label 262144 vc
cv param :(cc type :0x2 cv type :0x2)
27 Mar 22 16:49:18.890 L2VPN-FEC REMOTE peer 5.5.5.5 vc-id 100 label 262144 v
ccv param :(cc type :0x2 cv type :0x2)
28 Mar 22 16:49:18.891 L2VPN-FEC LOCAL peer 5.5.5.5 vc-id 100 label 262144 vc
cv param :(cc type :0x2 cv type :0x2)
29 Mar 22 16:49:18.891 L2VPN-FEC LOCAL peer 5.5.5.5 vc-id 100 label 262144 vc
cv param :(cc type :0x2 cv type :0x2)
30 Mar 22 16:49:44.255 L2VPN-FEC REMOTE peer 5.5.5.5 vc-id 100 label 262144 v
ccv param :(cc type :0x2 cv type :0x2)
Syntax
show ldp malform [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays malformed LDP messages that are received.
Usage Guidelines
Displays malformed Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) messages received, on
either the active or standby controller card.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode displays information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays a malformed LDP.
Syntax
show ldp neighbor [<ip-addr>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays LDP information for all neighbors.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp neighbor command to display LDP neighbor information, on
either the active or standby controller card.
If the LDP neighbor’s transport IP address differs from its router ID, the IP
address specified in the neighbor<ip-addr> construct must be the LDP
neighbor’s transport IP address.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context<ctx-name> construct before the show command to view output
for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context. By appending a space followed by the pipe
( | ) character at the end of a show command, you can filter the output
using modifier keywords and arguments. For more information, see
Modifying Outputs of Commands in Using the CLI.
Example 152
The following example displays summary LDP neighbor information.
nded
U - Unrecognized Notification Capable, V - Reachable →
Via Tunnel-Shortcut
W - Typed wildcard FEC capable, Y - Dynamic Capabilit →
y announcement
M - P2MP capable
SHld - Session Holdtime Left, HHld - Hello Holdtime Left
Rcvd - Hello Holdtime Received, Used - Hello Holdtime Used
Left - Hello Holdtime Left, Intv - Hello Interval Used
1 : int3 192.0.2.145/29 15 15 13 5
Syntax
show ldp summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ldp summary command to display a summary of LDP information,
on either the active or standby controller card.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context<ctx-name> construct before the show command to view output
for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context. By appending a space followed by the pipe
( | ) character at the end of a show command, you can filter the output
using modifier keywords and arguments. For more information, see
Modifying Output of show Commands in Using the CLI.
Example 153
The following example displays a summary of LDP information.
Syntax
show link-group [<group-name>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a brief summary of all link groups.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show link-group command to display link groups, circuits, and
bindings. For link groups in a Multichassis Link Aggregation Group (MC-LAG)
pair, use the detail keyword to display information related to their switchover
history.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays a brief summary of all link groups in the system.
In the display, the Ccct field provides the number of constituent circuits that
make up a logical or aggregated circuit in the link group. Constituent circuits are
the physical ports in the link group bundle.
[local]Ericsson#show link-group
Linkgroup ID Type Ccct Min-links Max-links St →
ate
---------------------------------------------------------------- →
-----------
test 1 default 2 1 1 Up →
The following example shows detailed information for the link group mclag. The
switchover details are in the Redundancy Activities section.
The following example shows detailed information for the link group lag1. This
link group is replicated (the default behavior).
The following example shows detailed information for a link group on which
OpenFlow forwarding is enabled.
Syntax
show link group statistics [lg-name] [bfd]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show link-group statistics command to display statistics about
communication between the link group process and other system components.
Statistics include the number of true, false, and other event tracking
infrastructure (ETI) state events published by other ETI components to which the
link group process subscribes. The command also displays the number of
interchassis redundancy (ICR) events received by the link group process.
Use the bfd command to display the micro BFD status of a link-group.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays link group communication statistics information.
Following example displays the micro BFD status of the smclag link group.
2.285 show lm
Displays license management information.
Syntax
show lm {autonomous-mode | capacity-key | emergency-unlock |
feature-key | fingerprint | fingerprint-updateable | integration-
unlock | key-file-management | last-inventory-change | last-
license-inventory-refresh | nels-configuration | state}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
autonomous-mode
Displays autonomous stats information.
emergency-unlock
Displays emergency unlock information.
fingerprint-updateable
Displays whether the fingerprint of the Managed Element
can be updated.
integration-unlock
Displays integration unlock information.
key-file-management
Displays basic information about the installed license key
file.
last-inventory-change
Displays date and time of the last change in the license
inventory.
last-license-inventory-refresh
Displays date and time when License Manager last
synchronized the license inventory of the Managed
Element.
nels-configuration
Displays NeLS configuration parameters.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show lm command to display licensing information.
Before executing the command show lm, always execute the command lm
publish-license-inventory and lm refresh-license-inventory to get the
up-to-date licensing information.
Examples
The following example displays general configuration and runtime information
about licensing.
[local]Ericsson#show lm
Capacity Alarm hysteresis(%): 5
Capacity Alarm threshold(%): 80
Fingerprint: 10-94-109-21
Fingerprint Updatable: false
Last Inventory Change: NULL
Last License Inventory Refresh: 2018-04-24T12:07:26+00:00
License Expiration Warning(day): 7
State: NORMAL
Locking Code:
Reconnect Attempt Interval(sec): 30
Synchronization Interval(sec): 30
Note: The attributes Fingerprint and Fingerprint Updatable are valid for
License Manager under Local mode only.
The following example displays basic information about installed license key
files.
[local]Ericsson#show lm key-file-management
lm key-file-management
...
key-file-information 1
sequence-number 1000
installation-time 2018-12-06T08:27:12+00:00
locatable true
product-type SSR 8000
[local]Ericsson#show lm feature-key
lm feature-key 1
name "Key - LAWFUL INTERCEPT"
valid-from 2018-07-29T00:00:00+00:00
expiration 2019-07-29T00:00:00+00:00
key-id FAT1023243/1
product-type EVR
granted false
....
When granted status shows true, it means that the license is requested and
successfully granted by LM server. When granted status shows false, it means
that the license is released or not reserved by application yet.
In the example above, the license FAT1023243/1 granted status shows false,
which means that the license FAT1023243/1 is included in the installed LKF, but
it has not been requested by application yet.
If expiration is not shown in the output as in the example below, it means there
is no ending time for this license key.
[local]Ericsson#show lm feature-key
lm feature-key 1
name "Key - LAWFUL INTERCEPT"
valid-from 2018-07-29T00:00:00+00:00
key-id FAT1023243/1
product-type EVR
granted false
...
The following example displays part of the capacity key information in Local
(ELIM) licensing mode. value under licensed-capacity-limit means the
number of tokens set in the installed LKF. granted-capacity-level means the
number of tokens reserved by the application.licensed-capacity-limit-
reached is set to true when all the tokens set in the installed LKF are reserved by
the application.
[local]Ericsson#show lm capacity-key
lm capacity-key 1
licensed-capacity-limit
value 24000
no-limit false
capacity-unit token
granted-capacity-level 0
licensed-capacity-limit-reached false
name "Key - L3-VPN-1"
valid-from 2019-06-11T00:00:00+00:00
expiration 2020-06-10T00:00:00+00:00
shared false
key-id FAT1023230/1
product-type EVR
...
If expiration is not shown in the output as in the example below, it means there
is no ending time for this license key.
[local]Ericsson#show lm capacity-key
lm capacity-key 1
licensed-capacity-limit
value 24000
no-limit false
capacity-unit token
granted-capacity-level 0
licensed-capacity-limit-reached false
name "Key - L3-VPN-1"
valid-from 2017-05-14T00:00:00+00:00
shared false
key-id FAT1023230/1
product-type EVR
...
The following example displays part of the capacity key information in Network
(NeLS) licensing mode. Both value and granted-capacity-level mean the
number of tokens reserved by the application, therefore value always displays
[local]Ericsson#show lm capacity-key
lm capacity-key : 1
licensed-capacity-limit:
value : 13000
no-limit : false
capacity-unit : token
granted-capacity-level : 13000
licensed-capacity-limit-reached : true
Name :
valid-from : 2019-01-23T00:00:00+00:00
Expiration : 2020-01-23T00:00:00+00:00
Shared : false
key-id : FAT1023467/1
product-type : EVR
....
[local]Ericsson#show lm emergency-unlock
Activation state: ACTIVATED
Expiration: 2015-12-12T12:12:12
Activation left: 3
[local]ref_1d01-ipos1#show lm integration-unlock
Activation state : ACTIVATED
Expiration : 2017-04-25T08:11:57
Activation left : 0
The following example displays the success result of the action switch-to-nels.
The following example displays the failure result of the action switch-to-nels:
The following example displays connection status to the Network License Server.
Syntax
show log [card <slot>] [{active | file <filename>}] [{all | fac <fac-name>}]
[level <level>] [since <start-time>] [until <end-time>] [persistent]
[startup]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
card <slot>
Displays information about the device specified by the
<slot> argument. A valid range of values is one of the
following:
— vFRWD, vSFO : 1 to 30
file <filename>
Optional. Log stored in the specified filename. Displays
text or binary log files. For binary files, displays only files
generated by current version of the Ericsson IP Operating
System.
fac <fac-name>
level <level>
Optional. Displays only events of the specified level or of
higher severity. For the supported levels, see Table 84.
since <start-time>
Optional. Displays only the events that happened after
the specified time. This option is useful for viewing the
last portion of a log. The <start-time> argument is in the
<yyyy> : <mm> : <dd> : <hh> : <mm>[: <ss>] format, where:
— <yyyy> = year
— <mm> = month
— <dd> = day
— <hh> = hour
— <mm> = minute
until <end-time>
Optional. Displays only the events that happened before
the specified time. This option is useful for viewing the
last portion of a log. The <end-time> argument is in the
<yyyy> : <mm> : <dd> : <hh> : <mm>[: <ss>] format, where:
— <yyyy> = year
— <mm> = month
— <dd> = day
— <hh> = hour
— <mm> = minute
persistent Optional. Displays persistent logs for the system or for the
specified card.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show log command to display information about system event logs or a
previously saved log file from the controller card or a line card local processor.
The since, until, and level keywords are only available after specifying the
active keyword or the file <filename> construct.
When you enter the reload command from the command-line interface (CLI), or
a reboot command from the boot ROM, the system copies its log and debug
buffers into two special files: /md/loggd_dlog.bin and /md/loggd_ddbg.bin.
As an aid to debugging, you can display these files using the show log
command.
The show log command can show both binary and text log files. The show log
command can only show binary log files that have been generated by the current
version of the Ericsson IP Operating System. There are no restrictions on showing
the text log files.
To display the persistent log for the system or a line card, use the persistent
keyword.
To display the startup log for a line card, use the card <slot> startup
construct.
Level Description
emergency Logs only emergency events.
alert Logs alert and more severe events.
critical Logs critical and more severe events.
error Logs error and more severe events.
warning Logs warning and more severe events.
notice Logs notice and more severe events.
informational Logs informational and more severe events.
debug Logs all events, including debug events.
Keyword Facility
<aaa> Authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) facility
<aaahelper> AAA helper facility
<amcm> SSC Advanced Mezanine Card (AMC) manager facility
<aos> AOS manager facility
<app> Application facility
<arp> Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) facility
<asesdk> ASE Software Development Kit (SDK) facility
<asm> Remote mini-CSM facility
<aspha> ASP HA Manager facility
<atm> Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) facility
Not supported
<bgp> Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) facility
<bot> SSC File Manager facility
<bprelay> Bootp Relay facility
<cad> LC Card Administrator daemon facility
<cal-handler> Common Access Layer (CAL)-Handler debug facility
<card-watch> Card watch library facility
<ccth> Circuit handle (Ccth) library facility
<cdr-lib> Charging library facility
<cfm> Ethernet connectivity fault management (CFM) facility
<cgfd> Charging Gateway Function (CGF) daemon facility
<chunk> Chunk library facility
<clibe> CLI backend facility
<clips> Clientless IP Service Selection (CLIPS) facility
<cls> Classifier facility
<cma> Chassis Management Abstraction facility
<cms> Chassis Manager facility
<csm> Card State Manager (CSM) facility
<cspf> Constrained Shortest Path First (CSPF) facility
<cxtmgr> Context Manager facility
Keyword Facility
<dbs> DBS option facility
<dds> Distributed Data System (DDS) facility
<dhcp> DHCP Relay facility
<dhcpv6> DHCP version 6 (DHCPv6) relay facility
<dhelper> DHCP Helper facility
<dhelperv6> DHCPv6 Helper facility
<dlm> Download Manager facility
<dns> Domain Naming System (DNS) facility
<dot1q> 802.1Q manager facility
<dpi> Deep packet inspection facility
<dpmon> DP core monitor facility
<engine> ASE engine log facility
<epsc-charging> Evolved Packet System Control (EPSC) charging facility
<epsc-diameter> EPSC for Diameter Base Protocol (DBP) facility
<epsc-general> EPSC general facility
<epsc-gtp> EPSC for General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) Tunneling
Protocol (GTP) facility
<epsc-li> EPSC for Lawful Intercept (LI) facility
<epsc-oam> EPSC for OAM facility
<epsc-pmip> EPSC for Proxy Mobile IP (PMIP) serving node type facility
<epsc-radius> EPSC for RADIUS facility
<epsc-redundancy> EPSC redundancy facility
<epsc-session> EPSC sessions facility
<eopscsim> EPSC simulator facility
<evlog> Event Log facility
<fabl-acl> Forwarding Abstraction Layer (FABL) access control-list facility
<fabl-aldmsg> FABL Adaptation Layer Daemon (ALD) message facility
<fabl-aldsupport> FABL ALD support facility
<fabl-arp> FABL ARP facility
<fabl-bfd> FABL BFD facility
<fabl-cfm> FABL CFM facility
Not supported
Keyword Facility
<fabl-ether> FABL Ethernet facility
<fabl-featblk> FABL feature block facility
<fabl-femu> FABL software forwarding emulator (FEMU) facility
<fabl-ffn> FABL FFN Library facility
<fabl-fib> FABL Forwarding Information Base (FIB) facility
<fabl-icmp> FABL Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) facility
<fabl-iface> FABL interface functions facility
<fabl-ifacedb> FABL interface database facility
<fabl-infod> FABL INFOD (receives and processes show requests) facility
<fabl-infralib> FABL infrastructure library facility
<fabl-l4l7> FABL Layer 4 through Layer 7 facility
<fabl-lacp> FABL Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) facility
<fabl-mcast> FABL multicast facility
<fabl-mpls> FABL MPLS facility
<fabl-pakio> FABL packet I/O module (PAKIO) (demultiplexes packets based
on their protocol type) facility
<fabl-pdb> FABL Persistent Database (PDB) facility
<fabl-pubsub> FABL Publisher/Subscriber facility
<fabl-qos> FABL Quality of Service (QoS) facility
<fabl-smm> FABL Shared Memory Manager (SMM) facility
<fabl-ssc> FABL SSC facility
<fabl-stats> FABL statistics facility
<fabl-tsm> FABL Traffic Slice Manager facility
<fabl-vlan> FABL Virtual LAN (VLAN) facility
<fabl-vrrp> FABL Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) facility
<fabl-xcd> FABL cross-connection daemon (XCD) facility
<fabricd> Fabric Daemon facility
<fast-restart> Fast restart library facility
<fefma> FE600 switch fabric ASIC Manager (FEFMA) facility
<fib-ald> FIB-related ALD facility
<flow> Flow facility
Not supported
Keyword Facility
<fm> Feature Manager facility
<fmm> Fabric Multicast Manager (FMM) facility
<fmr> Fabric Manager (FMR) facility
<fr> Frame Relay Manager facility
Not supported
<fsm> File Server Module (FSM) facility
<fssbcsim> FSSB-C simulator facility
<gesw> Gigabit Ethernet Switch (GESW) facility
<gsmp> General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) facility
Not supported
<halib> HA PG library facility
<hr> HTTP redirect facility
<hwmon> Hardware Monitor facility
<icr> Inter-Chassis Resilience facility
<icrlib> Inter-Chassis Resilience library facility
<if> Interface configuration facility
<igmp> Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) facility
<ike> Internet Key Exchange (IKE) facility
<ipc> Interprocess communication (IPC) facility
<ipcpack> IPCPACK facility
<ipfix> IP Flow Information Export (IPFIX) facility
Not supported
<ipmul> IP multicast facility
<ippool> IP pool facility
<iprwlock> Interprocess locks facility
<ipsec> Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) facility
<isis> Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) facility
<ism> Interface and Circuit State Manager (ISM) facility
<ism-pubsub> ISM pubsub facility
<isp> ISP logging libraryfacility
<issu> In Service Software Upgrade (ISSU)facility
<l2tp> Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) facility
Keyword Facility
<l2vpnmgr> Layer 2 Virtual Private Network (L2VPN) configuration facility
<lacp> LACP facility
<ldcl> Lite Data Communication Library facility
<ldp> Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) facility
<lg> Link group facility
<lim-client> Load Index Map (LIM) client library facility
<limm> LIM Manager facility
<lm> Label Manager facility
<log> Event logger facility
<mcastmgr> Multicast Manager facility
<mcs> (EPS-C) Micro-Circuit Services (MCS) facility
<memmgr> Memory Manager facility
<meta> META daemon facility
<mgd> Media Gateway daemon facility
<mgmd> Media Gateway Manager daemon facility
Not supported
<minst> Test Multi-instance facility
<mo> Managed Object (MO) messages facility
<momi> MOMI messages facility
<mpls-static> Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)-Static facility
<mplsmgr> MPLS configuration facility
<ms> MPLS Static facility
<msdp> Multicast Search Discovery Protocol (MSDP) facility
<mtrace> Multicast trace route facility
<nat> Network Address Translation (NAT) facility
<nd> Neighbor Discovery (ND) facility
<netdbginfra> Netdebug infrastructure facility
<netdbglib> Netdebug libraryfacility
<netopd> NetOp daemon facility
<npald> Platform independent forwarding facility
<ns> IPC Nameserver facility
Keyword Facility
<ntm> NTM library facility
<ntp> Network Time Protocol (NTP) facility
<odd> Out-of-service Diagnostics facility
<omi-backend> Open Management Interface (OMI) backend facility
<ospf> Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) facility
<ospf3> OSPFv3 facility
<PAd> Platform Administrator Daemon facility
<Pal> Packet I/O abstraction layer facility
<pem> Port encapsulation module (PEM) facility
<pim> Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) facility
<pm> Process Manager facility
<ppaeps> PPA EPS facility
Not supported
<ppafwd> PPA forwarding infrastructure facility
Not supported
<ppainfra> PPA infrastructure facility
Not supported
<ppaip> PPA IP facility
Not supported
<ppal2> PPA Layer 2 facility
Not supported
<ppal4> PPA Layer 4 facility
Not supported
<ppalg> PPA Link Group facility
Not supported
<ppamedia> PPA Media facility
Not supported
<ppampls> PPA MPLS facility
Not supported
<ppapedgr> PPA Pedgraph facility
Not supported
<ppaplat> PPA platform facility
Keyword Facility
Not supported
<ppaqos> PPA QoS facility
Not supported
<pparedun> PPA redundancy facility
Not supported
<ppasub> PPA subscriber facility
Not supported
<ppp> Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) facility
<pppoe> PPP over Ethernet facility
<prefixlib> IPv6 prefix library facility
Not supported
<progress> Progress notification facility
<prp> Ped Rule Parser facility
Not supported
<pubsub> Ericsson IP Operating System Publish and Subscribe library
facility
<qos> Quality of service (QoS) facility
<radiuslib> RADIUS library facility
<rbnevt> RBOS events facility
<rbos> RBOS (early name for Ericsson IP Operating System) facility
<rcm> Router Configuration Manager (RCM) facility
<rdb> Redundant Database facility
<rfm> Redundant File Manager facility
<rib> Routing Information Base (RIB) facility
<rip> Routing Information Protocol (RIP) facility
<rpl> Router Policy Library facility
<rpm> Router Policy Manager facility
<rsdb> Runtime Shared Database facility
<rsvp> Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) facility
<rtdb> Runtime Database facility
<sctp> Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) facility
<security> Security manager facility
Keyword Facility
<serlib> Steam Serializer library facility
<servmon> Service Monitor facility
<sf> System Function facility
<sftp> Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) facility
<sftpd> SFTP server facility
<shmlib> Shared memory library facility
<shmm> Shared memory manager library facility
<sm-radix> Shared memory radix tree (a set data structure; for example, to
store circuit and route information) facility
<smr> Shared memory RIB facility
Not supported
<smrlib> Shared memory RIB library facility
Not supported
<snmp> Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) facility
<ssc-fwd> SSC forwarding facility
<ssh> Secure Shell (SSH) facility
<sshd> SSH daemon facility
<ssm> Source-Specific Multicast (SSM) facility
<stat> Statistics facility
<static> Static route facility
<stp> Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) facility
Not supported
<sysmgr> System Manager facility
<sysmon> System monitoring facility
<sysstat> System status facility
<tacplus> Terminal Access Controller Access Control System Plus (TACACS
+) facility
<talk> Talk facility
<tasksrv> Task services facility
<tcm> Timing Control Module facility
<throttle> Throttle library facility
<tsm> (SSC) Traffic Slice Manager facility
Keyword Facility
<tunnel> Tunnel facility
<vlan> Virtual LAN (VLAN) ID facility
<vrrp> Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) facility
<xcd> Cross-connect daemon (XCD) facility
<xcdlib> XCD library facility
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays a partial listing of the active system event log
and then the log for the line card in slot 1.
[local]Ericsson#show log
Dec 5 11:12:07.227: %DLM-6-INFO: Standby RPSW's /flash may not be in sy →
nc
Dec 5 11:12:07.573: %DLM-6-INFO: Standby RPSW synced /flash successfull →
y
Dec 5 11:12:10.953: {1/LP}: %CAD-5-NOTICE: caLcSmSetState: Old State: B →
ooting (1)
Dec 5 11:12:10.954: {1/LP}: %CAD-5-NOTICE: caLcSmSetState: New State: R →
unning (2)
Dec 5 11:12:11.338: %CSM-6-PORT: ethernet 1/1 link state UP service sta →
te UP, overall admin is UP
Dec 5 11:12:11.338: %CSM-6-PORT: ethernet 1/2 link state UP service sta →
te UP, overall admin is UP
Dec 5 11:12:11.339: %CSM-6-PORT: ethernet 1/3 link state UP service sta →
te UP, overall admin is UP
Dec 5 11:12:11.340: %CSM-6-PORT: ethernet 1/6 link state UP service sta →
te UP, overall admin is UP
Dec 5 11:12:11.341: %CSM-6-PORT: ethernet 1/11 link state UP service st →
ate UP, overall admin is UP
Dec 5 11:12:11.341: %CSM-6-PORT: ethernet 1/13 link state UP service st →
ate UP, overall admin is UP
Dec 5 11:12:13.104: [0001]: %BGP-6-INFO: 10.2.250.15 UP
....
Examples
The following example displays only that portion of the active log that was
entered after 00:00 a.m. on March 20.
The following example displays the startup log for the line card in slot 5.
Syntax
show log alarm-history
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show log alarm-history command to display alarm and alert history
information for troubleshooting purposes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
only the current context or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. Administrators of local contexts can insert the optional
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 154
The following example displays the outputs from the show log alarm-history
command.
Syntax
show log audit
Syntax Description
None
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show log audit command to display the activities performed on the
router by all users including configuration changes. It displays only the latest 250
records.
If this command is partially typed, the system returns an error. To execute this
command successfully, manually type the complete command name or press the
Tab key to supplement the incomplete command name.
Example
The following example displays the output of the show log audit command:
Syntax
show memory [card {<slot-number> | ALSW1 | ALSW2 | RPSW1 | RPSW2 | all |
standby} | peak]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot-number> Slot number of the line card, for which system memory
information must be displayed. The range of values is 1 to
20.
peak
Displays the peak memory utilization information from
when the system boots up. The system tracks the memory
utilization information at intervals of 2 seconds. The
displayed value is the highest value from when the
system boots up and is reset when the system reboots.
The peak memory utilization value can have a deviation
from the actual peak memory information because it is
not tracked in real time.
Default
Displays memory information for the entire system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show memory command to display statistics about the available and
allocated memory in the system memory partition, which is useful for
determining if the system is running low on available memory.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 155
The following example displays output from the show memory command.
[local]Ericsson#show memory
Syntax
show mld circuits [<circuit-handle> | all] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for all MLD-enabled circuits in the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld circuits command to display information about MLD-
enabled circuits. If the all keyword is not included, the display includes only
information for the current context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 156
The following example displays basic information about all configured MLD
circuits.
The following example displays detailed information about all configured MLD
circuits.
usted,
B - Bulkstats Enabled
Circuit handle Interface Up/Dn Ba →
ndwidth(kbps) Flags
Queries Reports Le →
aves
7/1:511:63:31/1/1/18 d Up 0 →
Sent : 5 0 0 →
Rcvd : 0 0 0 →
Error: 0 0 0 →
SSM ignores(records): 0 0 0 →
7/1:511:63:31/1/2/19 d Up 0 →
P
Sent : 4 0 0 →
Rcvd : 0 0 0 →
Error: 0 0 0 →
SSM ignores(records): 0 0 0 →
7/1:511:63:31/7/2/1 d Up 0 →
C
Sent : 2 0 0 →
Rcvd : 0 0 0 →
Error: 0 0 0 →
SSM ignores(records): 0 0 0 →
7/1:511:63:31/7/2/2 d Up 0 →
C
Sent : 1 0 0 →
Rcvd : 0 0 0 →
Error: 0 0 0 →
SSM ignores(records): 0 0 0 →
Syntax
show mld group [<group-addr> [circuit <circuit-handle>] | circuit
<circuit-handle> | interface <if-name> | static | version <ver-num>]
[detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
circuit <circuit-handle>
Optional. Internally-generated, unique ID assigned by the
router to the circuit. Limits the display to a particular
circuit. The circuit handle format is <slot>/
<port>:<channel>:<subchannel>/<authority>/<level>/
<circuit-id>.
interface <if-name>
Optional. Name of the specific MLD-enabled interface to
be displayed.
Default
Displays information for all MLD groups.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld group
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional command to display information about MLD
groups.context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 157
The following example displays information about all MLD groups.
18
The following example displays detailed information about all MLD groups.
Group : ff3e::5c
Interface : d
Circuit : 7/1:511:63:31/7/2/1
Uptime : 00:00:07
Expires : 00:04:13
Last Reporter : fe80::200:64ff:fe01:203
Running Version : v2
Filter mode : INCLUDE
Source list :
Source Address Last Reporter →
Uptime/
→
Expires
Sources in INCLUDE list
3ffe::c012:101 fe80::200:64ff:f →
e01:203 00:00:07
→
00:04:14
Group : ff3e::5d
Interface : d
Circuit : 7/1:511:63:31/7/2/1
Uptime : 00:00:07
Expires : 00:04:13
Last Reporter : fe80::200:64ff:fe01:203
Running Version : v2
Filter mode : INCLUDE
Source list :
Source Address Last Reporter →
Uptime/
→
Expires
Sources in INCLUDE list
3ffe::c012:101 fe80::200:64ff:f →
e01:203 00:00:07
→
00:04:14
Group : ff3e::5e
Interface : d
Circuit : 7/1:511:63:31/7/2/1
Uptime : 00:00:07
Expires : 00:04:13
Last Reporter : fe80::200:64ff:fe01:203
Running Version : v2
Filter mode : INCLUDE
Source list :
Source Address Last Reporter →
Uptime/
→
Expires
Sources in INCLUDE list
3ffe::c012:101 fe80::200:64ff:f →
e01:203 00:00:07
→
00:04:14
The following example displays MLD group information for interface delta.
d 1/1:511:63:31/7/2/1 →
00:04:05
ff3e::5d V fe80::200:64ff:fe01:203 →
00:00:15
d 1/1:511:63:31/7/2/1 →
00:04:05
ff3e::5e V fe80::200:64ff:fe01:203 →
00:00:15
d 1/1:511:63:31/7/2/1 →
00:04:05
Syntax
show mld group-bandwidth [<group-addr>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays bandwidth recommendations for all multicast groups.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld group-bandwidth command to display bandwidth
recommendations for multicast groups.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see the context command description.
Examples
The following example displays bandwidth recommendations for multicast
groups.
Syntax
show mld interface [<if-name> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld interface command to display information about MLD-
enabled interfaces.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 158
The following example displays information about all MLD-enabled interfaces.
Interface 1
IPv6 Link-local address is fe80::1112
Querier is fe80::1112
Interface status is up
Configured version is 2
Robust value is 2
Query interval is 125 seconds
Query response interval is 10 seconds
Last member query interval is 1 seconds
Number of ccts bound are 1
Syntax
show mld max-bw [<circuit-handle>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays MLD maximum bandwidth information for all ports and circuits.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld max-bw command to display maximum bandwidth
information for ports and circuits.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays MLD maximum bandwidth information for all
ports and circuits.
Syntax
show mld profile {<prof-name> | circuit <circuit-handle>}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
circuit <circuit-handle>
The specific circuit to display. Circuit handle format is
<slot>/<port>:<channel>:<subchannel>/<authority>/
<level>/<circuit-id>. Use the show mld circuits all
command to display circuit handles for all MLD-enabled
circuits.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld profile command to display usage information about MLD
service profiles.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 159
The following example displays usage information about the MLD profile mld-
prof-2.
Circuit Interface
1/1:511:63:31/1/1/5 if-mld
7/1:511:63:31/1/1/18 if-mld
7/1:511:63:31/1/2/19 if-mld
7/1:511:63:31/7/2/1 if-mld
7/1:511:63:31/7/2/2 if-mld
Circuit Interface
1/1:511:63:31/1/1/5 if-mld
1/1:511:63:31/1/1/18 if-mld
1/1:511:63:31/1/2/19 if-mld
1/1:511:63:31/7/2/1 if-mld
1/1:511:63:31/7/2/2 if-mld
Priority : 1
Instant-leave : TRUE
Bulkstats : TRUE
Bandwidth used (kbps)/port percent : 0/0
Groups (Max Allowed/Joined) : 0/0
Groups dropped
Max count reached : 0
Lower priority : 0
Denied by policy : 0
meter_min_rate : 0
queue_min_rate : 0
qos_delay_interval: 0
Syntax
show mld summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mld summary command to display MLD summary information
including the number of enabled MLD interfaces, circuits, and groups.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional By appending a space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at
the end of a context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
show command, you can filter the output using a set of modifier
keywords and arguments. For more information, see Modifying Outputs
of Commands in Using the CLI.
Example 160
The following example displays MLD summary information.
Syntax
show mpls {detail | interface [detail] | ism [detail] | label-mapping
[<space-id> | bgp [detail] | detail | in-label <label-id> [detail] | ldp
[detail] | mpls-static [detail]|rsvp [detail]] | log {ism_tx | {msg_rx |
msg_tx} [bgp | ldp | mpls-static | rsvp | sr-pcc | sr-static] | ppa_tx |
rib_tx} | lsp [address<ip-addr> [detail] | bypass | detail | ldp [detail] |
mpls-static [detail] | rsvp [detail]] | port pseudowire [detail] |
summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
port pseudowire
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mpls command to display LM information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays LM information.
[local]Ericsson#show mpls
Examples
The following example displays LM information.
[local]Ericsson#show mpls
Examples
The following example displays ISM statistics.
ISM Statistics:
Total events: ipc rcvd: 0, ipc err 0, unknown event 0
Lg : cfg 0
L2tp : sesscfg 0
Hdr : only 2
GrpMac: cfg 0
Card : state 0
Peer : 0
Examples
The following example displays ISM statistics.
ISM Statistics:
Total events: ipc rcvd: 0, ipc err 0, unknown event 0
Examples
The following example displays event messages sent to the ISM.
1: Mar 29 13:26:47
2: Mar 29 13:26:47
cct_hdr_flags 4
cct_hdr_flags 0
3: Mar 29 13:26:47
cct_hdr_flags 4
cct_hdr_flags 0
REGISTER
REGISTER
SET NEXTHOP:
upstream label 0
lcontext 0, ltblid 0
Label stack:
SET NEXTHOP:
lcontext 0, ltblid 0
Label stack:
1: Mar 29 13:26:47
Examples
The following example displays event messages sent to the ISM.
1: Mar 29 13:26:47
2: Mar 29 13:26:47
cct_hdr_flags 4
cct_hdr_flags 0
3: Mar 29 13:26:47
cct_hdr_flags 4
cct_hdr_flags 0
REGISTER
REGISTER
SET NEXTHOP:
upstream label 0
lcontext 0, ltblid 0
Label stack:
SET NEXTHOP:
lcontext 0, ltblid 0
Label stack:
1: Mar 29 13:26:47
Examples
The following example displays label mapping information.
The following example displays detailed label mapping information for a BGP/
MPLS VPN on which Fast Reroute (FRR) is enabled. The output shows backup
next hop 18.1.1.2.
Examples
The following example displays LSP counter information.
Examples
The following example displays the MPLS/LM PW operational state.
Name : test1
Oper State : Up Admin State : Enable
Peer : 3.3.3.3 VC ID : 100
Current State : UP Prev State : UP
Last Event : L2_CCT_CONFIG Event Flags : 0x0000012f
L0 CCT : 255/25:1:1/1/0/14
L1 CCT : 255/25:1:1/1/1/15
PW in label : 262144 PW out label : 262144
PW local MTU : 1500 PW remote MTU : 1500
Profile name : Context : Local
Local VC Type : Ethernet Remote VC Type : Ethernet
LSP Configured : PE-PE LSP Used : PE-PE
Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001 Adj. Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001
Homing information :
Economical : NO
Homed by LM, Smidx: 0x8000, forwarding smidx 0x0, flags 0x1
Primary: slot 1, pfe value 0, Backup: slot 1 pfe value 0
Name : test2
Oper State : Up Admin State : Enable
Peer : 3.3.3.3 VC ID : 101
Current State : UP Prev State : UP
Last Event : L1_CCT_CONFIG Event Flags : 0x0000012f
L0 CCT : 255/25:1:2/1/0/17
L1 CCT : 255/25:1:2/1/1/18
PW in label : 262145 PW out label : 262145
PW local MTU : 1500 PW remote MTU : 1500
Profile name : Context : Local
Local VC Type : Ethernet Remote VC Type : Ethernet
LSP Configured : PE-PE LSP Used : PE-PE
Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001 Adj. Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001
Homing information :
Economical : NO
Homed by LM, Smidx: 0x8000, forwarding smidx 0x0, flags 0x1
Primary: slot 1, pfe value 0, Backup: slot 1 pfe value 0
Examples
The following example displays label mapping information.
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
Direct Next Hop : 11.1.1.1 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/8
Adjacency ID : 0x300004 Out Label Count : 0
Out Label Stack :
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
Special Procedures :
Examples
The following example displays LSP information.
------------------------------------------------------------
Type : LDP LSP Circuit : 255/3:511:63:31/0/1/1
LSP state : Up LSP name : N/A
LSP Role: : Primary
Egress : 5.5.5.5/32 Client ID : 3
Traffic-Eng : default RIB Table ID : 0x0
Direct Next Hop : 10.1.1.1 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/5:511:63:31/1/1/6
LFA Direct Next Hop : 11.1.1.1 LFA LSP Cct : 255/3:511:63:31/0/1/2
Tunnel ID : 0x0 Flags : 0xc44010
Out Label Stack : 3
LSP id : 0
Special Procedures : PHP
Adjacency ID : 0x300000 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/5:511:63:31/1/1/6
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
------------------------------------------------------------
Type : LDP LSP Circuit : 255/3:511:63:31/0/1/2
LSP state : Up LSP name : N/A
LSP Role: : Primary
Egress : 5.5.5.5/32 Client ID : 3
Traffic-Eng : default RIB Table ID : 0x0
Direct Next Hop : 11.1.1.1 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/8
Tunnel ID : 0x0 Flags : 0xc04010
Out Label Stack : 3
LSP id : 0
Special Procedures : PHP
Adjacency ID : 0x300001 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/8
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
The following example displays detailed LSP information for RSVP entries.
Examples
The following example displays the MPLS/LM PW operational state.
Name : test1
Oper State : Up Admin State : Enable
Peer : 3.3.3.3 VC ID : 100
Current State : UP Prev State : UP
Last Event : L2_CCT_CONFIG Event Flags : 0x0000012f
L0 CCT : 255/25:1:1/1/0/14
L1 CCT : 255/25:1:1/1/1/15
PW in label : 262144 PW out label : 262144
PW local MTU : 1500 PW remote MTU : 1500
Profile name : Context : Local
Local VC Type : Ethernet Remote VC Type : Ethernet
LSP Configured : PE-PE LSP Used : PE-PE
Slot Mask : 0x00000001 Adj. Slot Mask : 0x00000001
Homing information :
Economical : NO
Homed by LM, Smidx: 0x8000, forwarding smidx 0x0, flags 0x1
Primary: slot 1, pfe value 0, Backup: slot 1 pfe value 0
Name : test2
Oper State : Up Admin State : Enable
Peer : 3.3.3.3 VC ID : 101
Current State : UP Prev State : UP
Last Event : L1_CCT_CONFIG Event Flags : 0x0000012f
L0 CCT : 255/25:1:2/1/0/17
L1 CCT : 255/25:1:2/1/1/18
PW in label : 262145 PW out label : 262145
PW local MTU : 1500 PW remote MTU : 1500
Profile name : Context : Local
Local VC Type : Ethernet Remote VC Type : Ethernet
Homing information :
Economical : NO
Homed by LM, Smidx: 0x8000, forwarding smidx 0x0, flags 0x1
Primary: slot 1, pfe value 0, Backup: slot 1 pfe value 0
Examples
Examples
The following example displays the MPLS/LM PW operational state.
Name : test1
Oper State : Up Admin State : Enable
Peer : 3.3.3.3 VC ID : 100
Current State : UP Prev State : UP
Last Event : L2_CCT_CONFIG Event Flags : 0x0000012f
L0 CCT : 255/25:1:1/1/0/14
L1 CCT : 255/25:1:1/1/1/15
PW in label : 262144 PW out label : 262144
PW local MTU : 1500 PW remote MTU : 1500
Profile name : Context : Local
Local VC Type : Ethernet Remote VC Type : Ethernet
LSP Configured : PE-PE LSP Used : PE-PE
Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001 Adj. Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001
Homing information :
Economical : NO
Homed by LM, Smidx: 0x8000, forwarding smidx 0x0, flags 0x1
Primary: slot 1, pfe value 0, Backup: slot 1 pfe value 0
Name : test2
Oper State : Up Admin State : Enable
Peer : 3.3.3.3 VC ID : 101
Current State : UP Prev State : UP
Last Event : L1_CCT_CONFIG Event Flags : 0x0000012f
L0 CCT : 255/25:1:2/1/0/17
L1 CCT : 255/25:1:2/1/1/18
PW in label : 262145 PW out label : 262145
PW local MTU : 1500 PW remote MTU : 1500
Profile name : Context : Local
Local VC Type : Ethernet Remote VC Type : Ethernet
LSP Configured : PE-PE LSP Used : PE-PE
Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001 Adj. Slot Mask : 0x00000000 0x00000001
Homing information :
Economical : NO
Homed by LM, Smidx: 0x8000, forwarding smidx 0x0, flags 0x1
Primary: slot 1, pfe value 0, Backup: slot 1 pfe value 0
Examples
The following example displays summary label manager information.
Examples
The following example displays LSP information.
------------------------------------------------------------
Type : LDP LSP Circuit : 255/3:511:63:31/0/1/1
LSP state : Up LSP name : N/A
LSP Role: : Primary
Egress : 5.5.5.5/32 Client ID : 3
Traffic-Eng : default RIB Table ID : 0x0
Direct Next Hop : 10.1.1.1 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/5:511:63:31/1/1/6
LFA Direct Next Hop : 11.1.1.1 LFA LSP Cct : 255/3:511:63:31/0/1/2
Tunnel ID : 0x0 Flags : 0xc44010
Index-label : 0 Out Label Stack : 3
LSP id : 0
Special Procedures : PHP
Adjacency ID : 0x300000 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/5:511:63:31/1/1/6
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
------------------------------------------------------------
Type : LDP LSP Circuit : 255/3:511:63:31/0/1/2
LSP state : Up LSP name : N/A
LSP Role: : Primary
Egress : 5.5.5.5/32 Client ID : 3
Traffic-Eng : default RIB Table ID : 0x0
Direct Next Hop : 11.1.1.1 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/8
Tunnel ID : 0x0 Flags : 0xc04010
Index-label : 0 Out Label Stack : 3
LSP id : 0
Special Procedures : PHP
Adjacency ID : 0x300001 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/6:511:63:31/1/1/8
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
The following example displays detailed LSP information for RSVP entries.
Examples
Examples
The following example displays detailed MPLS label-mapping information.
------------------------------------------------------------
Type : In Label : 0
Label Action : pop Client ID : 9
Direct Next Hop : Direct Next Hop Cct :
Adjacency ID : 0x0 Out Label Count : 0
Flags : 0x2
Out Label Stack :
Special Procedures :
Additional lookup after pop
: Lookup context 0x40080001, afi 0x0
Label Circuit : None
------------------------------------------------------------
Type : MPLS-STATIC In Label : 100
Label Action : swap Client ID : 1
Direct Next Hop : 11.1.1.2 Direct Next Hop Cct : 1/1:511:63:31/1/1/5
Adjacency ID : 0x300000 Out Label Count : 1
Flags : 0x0
Out Label Stack : 100
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
Special Procedures :
Registered Clients:
Proto ID Client ID
8 0
5 1
Examples
The following example displays summary label manager information.
Examples
The following example displays LSP information for route with endpoint
33.33.33.2/32, configured with segment routing.
Syntax
show mpls interface
Command Mode
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mpls interface command to display MPLS interface information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 161
The following example displays output from the show mpls interface
command.
Syntax
show mpls label-mapping p2mp detail
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use show mpls label-mapping p2mp detail command to get the detailed
information on the p2mp label mapping.
Example 162
The following example displays detailed information of point-to-multipoint MPLS
label mapping.
fmg-id : 0x1201
Oif Count : 2
Flags : pim-join, recv-from-LDP, mbb_ack_rcvd, mbb_ →
req_sent
Oifs:
Outlabel : 720890
outcct : 3/1:511:63:31/1/1/6
oif_flags : protected
Phy-adj -id : 0x1400000 Downstream Nexthop : 30.1.1.2
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
Backuplabel : 720891 720892
Backupcct : 3/2:511:63:31/1/1/6
Backup-adj-id: 0x1400001
Outlabel : 720893
outcct : 3/3:511:63:31/1/1/6
oif_flags : backup
Phy-adj-id : 0x1400002 Downstream Nexthop : 40.1.1.2
Tx Packets : 0 Tx Bytes : 0
Backuplabel : 720894 720895
Backupcct: 3/4:511:63:31/1/1/6
Backup-adj-id: 0x1400003
Syntax
show mpls-static label-action [<lsp-name>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for all static LSP label actions.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mpls-static label-action command to display MPLS label
action information.
Use the <lsp-name> argument to display label action information only for a
specific LSP.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 163
The following example displays label action information.
25 swap 35 10.2.1.2 Up
35 pop Up
State : Up
Syntax
show mpls-static lsp [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information for all static LSPs.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mpls-static lsp command to display MPLS LSP information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 164
The following example displays summary information for a static LSP.
Static LSPs
Static LSPs
Tunnel id : 1
Syntax
show msdp peer <peer-addr>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the <peer-addr> argument to display information for a specific peer only.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 165
The following example displays MSDP peer information for the peer,
10.200.1.1.
Message counters
Last cleared : 00:17:26
Syntax
show msdp sa-cache [{<group-addr> [<src-addr>]} | {as {<asn> | <nn>:<nn>}} |
count | {peer <peer-addr>} | {rp <rp-addr>}]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
as <nn>:<nn>
Default
Shows MSDP SA messages cached on the router.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show msdp sa-cache command to display MSDP SA messages cached
on the router.
Use the <group-addr> argument to display all MSDP SA cache entries for a
specific IGMP group.
Use the count keyword to display the number of SA messages cached from the
RP and peers.
Use the peer <peer-addr> construct to display MSDP SA cache entries learned
from the specified peer address.
Use the rp <rp-addr> construct to display MSDP SA cache entries learned from
the specified RP address.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 166
The following example displays output from the show msdp sa-cache
command.
Syntax
show msdp summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show msdp summary command to display configured MSDP peer
summary information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 167
The following example displays summary information for all configured MSDP
peers.
* - Default Peer
Downtime count
Syntax
show nd circuit [<circuit-handle> | detail | interface]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd circuit command to display ND circuit information for one or
more ND circuits. Specify a circuit handle to display ND circuit information for the
specified circuit. If the circuit handle is omitted, a summary for all circuits on the
specified port or channel is displayed.
— Description of the reason the circuit is in the Down state, if the circuit is down.
— Circuit status.
Examples
The following example displays ND circuit information for the circuit handle
1/4:1023:63/6/2/6:
Examples
The following example displays ND circuit information for the circuit handle
1/1:511:63:31/1/1/5:
Syntax
show nd interface [<if-name>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd interface command to display interface information for one
or more ND router interfaces.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 168
The following example displays interface information for the v6-intf-multi ND
router interface.
Syntax
show nd neighbor [<ipv6-addr> | detail | interface <if-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface<if-name>
Optional. Name of an ND router interface for which
neighbor information is displayed.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd neighbor command to display neighbor information for one or
more ND router interfaces. Table 87 lists the fields displayed by this command
without the detail keyword.
Table 88 lists the additional fields that are displayed with the detail keyword.
reachable uptime Elapsed time that the neighbor has been reachable (days,
<dddhhhmm> hours, minutes).
number of times Number of times this neighbor entry has been refreshed
refreshed <nnn> during the reachable uptime period.
Field Description
min/max request Minimum and maximum number of NS messages sent
during the reachable uptime period.
total NS/NA Total number of NS and NA messages sent during the
reachable uptime period.
min/max/avg Minimum, maximum, and average times to resolve this
resolution time neighbor’s IP address, in milliseconds, during the reachable
uptime period.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays the neighbors for the int1 ND router interface.
The following example displays detailed information for the known neighbors.
Only the output for the 2005::1 IPv6 address is listed.
interface: to_se2
number of time refreshed 816, min/max request 1/1, total NS/NA 817/817
Syntax
show nd prefix {all | interface {<if-name> | detail}}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd prefix command to display prefix information for one or more
ND router interfaces. Table 89 lists the fields displayed by this command without
the detail keyword.
Table 90 lists the fields displayed by this command with the detail keyword.
— Up—Circuit is operational.
Circuit Physical circuit ID, in one of the following formats:
Field Description
— Cct invalid—Circuit is not bound to an interface.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays ND prefixes for all ND interfaces.
Syntax
show nd profile [<profile-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd profile command to display ND profile information for a
context. If the profile name is omitted from the command, then all ND profiles
within the context (including the default profile GLOBAL_DEFAULT_PROFILE) is
displayed. If an ND profile name is specified, all of the ND profile parameters for
the specified profile are displayed.
Note: By default, most show commands (in any mode) display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct, preceding the show
command, to view output for the specified context without entering that
context. For more information about using the context <ctx-name>
construct, see context.
Example 169
The following example displays ND profile information for the profile
ndprofile1:
The following example displays ND profile information for all ND profiles in the
context, including GLOBAL_DEFAULT_PROFILE, the default profile:
[local]Ericsson#show nd profile
Profile Name Grid Ckts
GLOBAL_DEFAULT_PROFILE 0 0
ndprofile1 4 1
Syntax
show nd static-neighbor {all | interface {<if-name> | detail}}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd static-neighbor command to display information for the
configured static neighbors for one or more ND router interfaces.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 170
The following example displays the static neighbors for the int1 ND router
interface.
2006::1 00:30:88:00:0a:30
Syntax
show nd statistics [interface <if-name> | lg {<lg-name> | <id lg-id>} |
<slot>/<port>:<ch>:<sub>[:<subsub>]]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
Optional. Name of an ND router interface for which
statistics are displayed.
<slot>/<port>:<ch>:<sub>[:<subsub>]
Optional. Displays ND statistics for an ND circuit.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd statistics command to display global statistics for one or
more ND router interfaces. Table 91 lists the fields displayed by this command.
Entries are listed for each ND interface.
Field Description
RA Number of Router Advertisement (RA) messages sent and
received.
NS Number of Neighbor Solicitation (NS) messages sent and
received.
NA Number of Neighbor Advertisement (NA) messages sent
and received.
OTHER Number of other types of messages sent and received.
BAD Number of malformed or unsupported messages sent and
received.
TOTAL Number of all types of messages sent and received.
cache miss/ Number of cache misses and uploads.
upload
rib req/clear Number of Routing Information Base (RIB) request and
clear operations.
install/delete Number of installation and deletion operations in the ND
table.
total neighbor Number of neighbor entries (of all types) in the ND table.
entries
static Number of static neighbor entries in the ND table.
interface Number of interface neighbor entries in the ND table.
dynamic Number of dynamic (discovered by the ND router for this
interface) neighbor entries in the ND table.
DAD reported Number of duplicate IP Version 6 (IPv6) addresses
detected.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 171
The following example displays statistics for the int1 ND router interface.
Send: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Recv: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DAD reported 0
The following example displays statistics for the ND router for a particular circuit.
Syntax
show nd summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show nd summary command to display ND summary information for the
ND router global settings.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays ND summary information for the ND router
global settings. In this case, the settings are all defaults.
[local]Ericsson#show nd summary
ND router global setting:
NS interval(msec): 0
Examples
The following example displays ND summary information for the ND router
global settings. In this case, the settings are all defaults.
[local]Ericsson#show nd summary
ND router global setting:
Syntax
show netconf-state {capabilities capability | datastores | files file
[<file-name> | <file-attributes>] | schemas | sessions | statistics |
streams stream [<stream-name> | <stream-attributes>]}
Syntax Description
capabilities capability
Displays capabilities supported by the NETCONF server.
<stream-attributes>
Optional. Attribute for event stream information to be
displayed. If no stream attribute is specified, this
command displays event stream information with all
available attributes. See Table 93 for more information.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show netconf-state command to display NETCONF statistics.
Examples
The following example shows how to display capabilities supported by the
NETCONF server.
y:yang-library:1.0?revision=2016-06-21&module-set-id=fe17bce5acb912db26 →
df30027c75ab12
netconf-state capabilities capability http://tail-f.com/ns/netconf/exte →
nsions
netconf-state capabilities capability http://tail-f.com/ns/aaa/1.1?modu →
le=tailf-aaa&revision=2015-06-16
netconf-state capabilities capability http://tail-f.com/ns/kicker?modul →
e=tailf-kicker&revision=2017-03-16
...
The following example shows how to display creation time for all files on the
NETCONF server.
The following example shows how to display the creation time for file /
rollback0.
Syntax
show notification stream <stream-name> [last <number of events> | from
<dateTime> | to <dateTime>]
Syntax Description
from <dateTime> Optional. Sets the start time of a time range, in the format
of <ccyy-mm-dd>, <hh:mm:ss>, or <ccyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss>.
The time conforms with the international standard for
information exchange.
to <dateTime> Optional. Sets the end time of a time range, in the format
of <ccyy-mm-dd>, <hh:mm:ss>, or <ccyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss>.
The time conforms with the international standard for
information exchange.
Default
All notifications of an event stream are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show notification command to display notifications for an event
stream.
You can specify the maximum number of events and a time range to limit what
notifications to be displayed, or specify a time range to limit what notifications to
be displayed. The end time specified in the time range must be later than the
start time. If no end time is specified in the time range, the system considers the
current time as the end time.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the last 2 notifications generated
from 11:20:30 to 16:00:10 on 2017-12-07.
Syntax
show ntp associations {<remote-ip-addr> | details}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ntp associations command to display current associations
among NTP servers, peers, and clients, and to report NTP statistics. To display the
status of a remote peer, add the <remote-ip-addr> argument. For NTP statistics
for the current context, use the show ntp associations construct.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays detailed NTP associations data for the current
context.
Syntax
show ntp status
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ntp status command to display NTP parameter settings and
synchronization status.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 172
The following example contains sample output for a situation where
synchronization takes place after 5 minutes.
The following example shows sample output when the NTP daemon is started
but is in the process of synchronizing (within the first 5 minutes) with the remote
server.
The following example shows sample output when the daemon has not been
started.
Syntax
show ospf <instance-id>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays OSPF instance information for all instances associated with the context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf command to display high-level information for all OSPF
instances or, optionally, for a specific OSPF instance.
This command can be executed on both the active and standby controller cards
to verify nonstop-routing (NSR) support and status.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf command for OSPF
instance 1.
[local]Ericsson#show ospf 1
Using the show ospf 1 command on the standby controller card displays the
NSR status to verify the NSR availability of the standby controller card.
[local]standby>show ospf 1
Syntax
show ospf area [<instance-id>] [<area-id> [<ip-addr>]] [brief]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information for all OSPF areas.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf area command to display information about OSPF areas.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf area command.
Interface List:
193.4.5.2 193.10.25.7
Interface List:
10.1.1.1 10.3.1.1
The following example displays output from the show ospf area 0.0.0.1
command. The area type for area 0.0.0.1 is transit. The OSPF-enabled
interface IP addresses are 10.1.1.1 and 10.3.1.1, and the number of Shortest
Path First (SPF) calculations performed is 12.
Interface List:
193.4.5.2
The following example displays output from the show ospf area brief
command.
The following example displays output from the show ospf area command
showing the number of active and explicitly configured remote LFA interfaces.
Interface List:
1.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 30.1.1.1
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf area command.
Interface List:
193.4.5.2 193.10.25.7
Interface List:
10.1.1.1 10.3.1.1
The following example displays output from the show ospf area 0.0.0.1
command. The area type for area 0.0.0.1 is transit. The OSPF-enabled
interface IP addresses are 10.1.1.1 and 10.3.1.1, and the number of Shortest
Path First (SPF) calculations performed is 12.
Interface List:
193.4.5.2
The following example displays output from the show ospf area brief
command.
Syntax
show ospf border-routers [<instance-id>] [abr | all | asbr] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a summary of routes to all OSPF border routers.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf border-routers command to display routes to ABRs,
ASBRs, and other OSPF routers.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays the output when the show ospf border-
routers command is entered without any keywords.
The following example provides detailed information about all ABRs, ASBRs, and
other routers.
The following example contains detailed information for OSPF border routers,
including LFA next-hops and cost, and respective attributes such as link, node,
and diverse-SRLG.
SPF Version : 3
Next Hop 1 Intf: ge1/1-1 Next Hop 1 Addr: 20.1.1.2 →
SPF Version : 3
Next Hop 1 Intf: ge1/1-2 Next Hop 1 Addr: 30.1.1.3 →
SPF Version : 3
Next Hop 1 Intf: Next Hop 1 Addr: 30.1.1.4 →
The following example contains detailed information for an OSPF border with a
remote LFA, including the target, next-hop, cost, and remote LFA attributes.
SPF Version : 7
Next Hop 1 Intf: Next Hop 1 Addr: 1.1.1.1 →
Syntax
show ospf context [all | all-context [neighbor-loss-count {eq |
gt | lt | neq} <count> | route-count {eq | gt | lt | neq} <count>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
neighbor-loss-count
Optional. Displays the context counters for contexts that
have neighbor loss counts that meet the criteria set by the
{eq | gt | lt | neq} <count> arguments.
neq <count> Selects contexts when the route count or neighbor loss
count does not equal the specified value.
Default
Displays counters for OSPF instances in the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf context command to display summary neighbor adjacency
and route counter information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 173
The following example displays
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database command to display information stored in the
OSPF LSDB.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 174
The following example provides information about LSA type, link ID, advertising
router IP address, link-state age, checksums, and sequence number.
RouterBits : LinkCount : 4 →
Age : 1671
Age : 414
Age : 146
Router ID : 1.1.1.1
Age : 1816
Age : 236
IP Address(es) : 2.2.2.2
IP Address(es) : 12.1.1.1
IP Address(es) : 12.1.1.2
Metric Value : 1
Class/Color : 0x00000000
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] advertising
router {<router-id> | self-originate} [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database advertising router command to display
information about OSPF advertising router LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example provides information specific to the advertising router,
192.10.25.7.
--- OSPF Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 193.10.25.7 ---
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] area-scope-
opaque [all | <link-id>] [self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database area-scope-opaque command to display
information about OSPF opaque Type 10 LSAs. Opaque Type 10 LSAs are not
flooded beyond the borders of their associated area.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary OSPF area scope opaque (Type 10)
LSA information.
The following example displays detailed OSPF area scope opaque (Type 10) LSA
information.
Age : 925
Router ID : 1.1.1.1
Age : 418
Router ID : 2.2.2.2
Age : 1104
Router ID : 3.3.3.3
Age : 1060
IP Address(es) : 2.2.2.2
IP Address(es) : 12.1.1.1
IP Address(es) : 12.1.1.2
Metric Value : 1
Class/Color : 0x00000000
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] as-scope-
opaque [all | <link-id>] [self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database as-scope-opaque command to display
information about OSPF opaque Type 11 LSAs. Opaque Type 11 LSAs are not
flooded beyond the borders of their associated autonomous system (AS).
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary OSPF AS scope opaque (Type 11) LSA
information.
The following example displays detailed OSPF AS scope opaque (Type 11) LSA
information.
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] database-
summary
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database database-summary command to display a count,
grouped by type, of OSPF LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 175
The following example displays a summary of OSPF database information.
0.0.0.0 1 0 2 0 0
0 0 0 0
0.0.0.1 1 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
Instance AS External
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] external [all |
<link-id>] [<router-id> | self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database external command to display information about
OSPF Type 5 AS external LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf database
external command.
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] interface {<ip-
addr> | <if-name>} [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <ip-addr>
Optional. IP address of the OSPF interface. If you do not
specify an OSPF interface name, you must specify an IP
address.
interface <if-name>
Optional. Name of the OSPF interface. If you do not
specify an IP address, you must specify an interface
name.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database interface command to display information
about an OSPF interface LSDB.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 176
The following example displays summary OSPF interface LSDB information for
the interface, two.
Restart Period : 40
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] link-scope-
opaque [all | <link-id>] [self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database link-scope-opaque command to display
information about OSPF opaque Type 9 LSAs. Type 9 Opaque LSAs are not
flooded beyond the local network.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays OSPF area scope opaque (Type 9) LSA
information.
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] network [all |
<link-id>] [<router-id> | self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database network command to display information about
OSPF network LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information specific to network LSAs.
Options : E Length : 32
Age : 197
Options : E Length : 32
Age : 155
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] nssa [all |
<link-id>] [<router-id> | self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database nssa command to display information about
OSPF NSSA LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf database nssa
command.
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] router [all |
<link-id>] [<router-id> | self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database router command to display information about
OSPF router LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf database router
command.
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] summary-asbr
[all | <link-id>] [<router-id> | self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database summary-asbr command to display information
about OSPF Type 4 summary ASBR LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf database
summary-asbr command.
Syntax
show ospf database [<instance-id>] [<area-id> | <ip-addr>] summary-
network [all | <link-id>] [<router-id> | self-originate] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays link-state database information for all OSPF instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf database summary-network command to display
information about OSPF Type 3 summary network LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf database
summary-network command.
Syntax
show ospf debug
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf debug command to display OSPF debug settings.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 177
The following example displays output from the show ospf debug command
when the debug ospf packet, debug ospf lsdb, and debug ospf rib
commands have been enabled in operational mode.
Syntax
show ospf global
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf global command to display summary information for OSPF
global settings.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 178
The following example displays summary information for OSPF global settings.
Syntax
show ospf interface [<ip-addr> | <if-name>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information about all configured OSPF interfaces in the
context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf interface command to display OSPF interface information.
To display summary information for all configured OSPF interfaces in the contex,
use this command without any keywords or arguments. Use the <ip-addr> or
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary OSPF interface information.
The following example displays detailed information for the ge1/1-1 interface.
The IP Fast Reroute (IPFRR) Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) configuration options
indicate whether LFA protection is enabled, whether node or link protection is
preferred, and whether ECMP next hops are preferred or excluded. Additionally,
the detailed display indicates whether the interface can be used as an LFA
backup.
The following example displays information for the ge1/1-1 interface. The
output includes the remote LFA configuration if remote LFA is configured.
Neighbor Count : 1
Syntax
show ospf lfa [coverage]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf lfa command to display IP FRR LFA information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 179
The following example displays LFA information for all OSPF instances. Using
the coverage keyword displays the number of prefixes exhibiting link protection
and node protection.
The following example displays remote LFA information for all OSPF instances
when remote LFA is enabled for the area.
Syntax
show ospf malform
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays malformed OSPF packets.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf malform command to debug OSPF adjacency formation
problems or software problems with other routers in the OSPF routing domain.
Table 94 shows the error reason codes for debugging OSPF packet errors.
13 Invalid DD flags
14 Invalid DD sequence
15 Invalid LSA type
16 Invalid LSR request
17 Wrong checksum
18 Authentication error
19 Authentication sequence error
20 Authentication key error
21 Authentication type error
22 Virtual interface down
23 Invalid MTU
24 BFD down
25 Invalid packet type
26 Invalid packet length
27 Bad LSA length
28 Invalid LSA link type
29 Invalid LSA LS ID
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 180
The following example displays output from the show ospf malform command,
including the error reason code 10.
Nov 30 12:45:22 Malformed msg Type Hello (nbr 20.1.1.1, context 0x4008 →
0002, 48
bytes, repeated 0 times, reason: 10) -
0201 0030 0404 0404 0000 0000 c68e 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ffff ff00 →
0005 0201
0000 0028 1401 0101 1401 0102 0202 0202
Nov 30 12:45:25 Malformed msg Type Hello (nbr 20.1.1.2, context 0x4008 →
0001, 48
bytes, repeated 0 times, reason: 10) -
0201 0030 0202 0202 0000 0000 c689 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ffff ff00 →
000a 0201
0000 0028 1401 0101 1401 0102 0404 0404
Syntax
show ospf mpls lsp [<lsp-cct> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information for all LSPs known to the OSPF instance.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf mpls lsp command to display LSPs known to the OSPF
instance. These may be used as IGP shortcuts, as described in RFC 3906. Use this
command without any keywords or arguments to display all LSPs known to the
OSPF instance. Use the <lsp-cct> argument to display information about a
specific LSP. Use the detail keyword to display additional information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 181
The following example displays LSPs known to the OSPF instance.
Syntax
show ospf neighbor [<neighbor-id> | all-contexts | interface [lfa | <ip-
addr> | <if-name>]] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf neighbor command to display OSPF neighbor information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example provides information on all OSPF neighbors for OSPF
instance 1 on 193.10.25.7 router.
The following example provides detailed information about all OSPF neighbors.
The following example provides information specific to the OSPF neighbor with
interface address 10.3.1.1.
The following example provides detailed IP FRR LFA information specific to the
OSPF neighbor with the neighbor ID2.2.2.2.
The following examples provides the information for all OSPF neighbors in all
contexts.
The following examples provides the information for context C1 for all OSPF
neighbors in all contexts.
Syntax
show ospf route [<instance-id>] [<ip-addr> [/<prefix-length>] | external |
inter-area | intra-area | redistributed | summary | vpn] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf route command to display OSPF route information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary information of all OSPF routes. The
Cost field displays the Short Path First (SPF) cost. The + sign denotes LFA next
hop.
The following example displays exact route information for route 4.4.4.4/32.
The display includes information on IP Fast Reroute (IP FRR) Loop-Free
Alternate (LFA) next-hops, the cost, and the respective attributes, such as link,
node, and diverse-SRLG.
The following example displays VPN route information for OSPF instance 1.
The following example displays detailed VPN route information for OSPF
instance 1.
The following example displays detailed information about OSPF routes with
remote LFAs, including target, next-hop, cost, and remote LFA attributes.
Syntax
show ospf route vpn [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays basic route information for all instances in the specified VPN context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf route vpn command to display OSPF route information in a
VPN context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary information for all OSPF routes in a
VPN context.
Examples
The following example displays detailed information for each OSPF route in a
VPN context.
Syntax
show ospf spf [last | log | scheduling] [<instance-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays SPF information for all configured instances of OSPF.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf spf command to display SPF calculation statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 182
The following example displays all SPF information for all OSPF instances.
The following example displays the most recent SPF route calculation for OSPF
instance 64001.
Syntax
show ospf statistics [<instance-id>] [interface {<ip-addr | if-name>} |
neighbor [<ip-addr> | interface {<ip-addr | if-name>}]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <ip-addr>
Optional. Interface IP address. Displays OSPF statistics
for the specified interface. When used with the neighbor
keyword, displays OSPF statistics for all neighbors on the
specified interface.
interface <if-name>
Default
Displays statistics for all configured OSPF interfaces and neighbors.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf statistics command to display OSPF statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
The following table applies to OSPF statistics for the current context:
The following table applies to OSPF statistics for the specified OSPF interface.
Only the fields that are not explained in Table 95 are listed:
The following table applies to OSPF statistics for the specified OSPF neighbor.
Only the fields that are not explained in Table 95 are listed:
Example 183
The following example displays statistics for all configured OSPF interfaces and
neighbors.
The following example displays OSPF statistics for the neighbor with the
10.100.1.3 router ID.
Syntax
show ospf summary-address [<instance-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary address information for all OSPF instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf summary-address command to display OSPF summary
address information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 184
The following example displays OSPF summary address information:
Syntax
show ospf vpn [<instance-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays VPN information and VPN redistributed route counts for all OSPF
instances in the specified VPN context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf vpn command to display VPN information and VPN
redistributed route counts in a VPN context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 185
The following example displays OSPF VPN information and VPN redistributed
route counts for OSPF instance 1 in a VPN context (vpn1).
Syntax
show ospf3 <instance-id>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays OSPFv3 instance information for all instances associated with the
context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 command to display high-level information for all OSPFv3
instances or, optionally, for a specific OSPFv3 instance.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 186
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 command for
OSPFv3 instance 1.
[local]Ericsson#show ospf3 1
Helper StrictChk: No
0.0.0.0
Syntax
show ospf3 area [<instance-id> {<area-id> | <ip-addr>}] [brief]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information for all OSPFv3 areas.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 area command to display information about OSPFv3
areas.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 187
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 area command.
Interface ID List:
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 area 1 0.0.0.0
command.
Interface ID List:
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 area brief
command.
Syntax
show ospf3 asbr [<instance-id> [all]] [all]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 asbr command to display routes to ASBRs and other
OSPFv3 routers.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name>context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example 188
The following example displays routes to all ASBRs.
The following example displays routes to all ASBRs and other OSPFv3 routes.
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] [detail]
[summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database command to display information stored in the
OSPFv3 LSD.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 189
The following example provides information about link-state advertisement
(LSA) type, link ID, advertising router IP address, link-state age, checksums, and
sequence number.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] advertising
router {<router-id> | self-originate} [detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database advertising router command to display
information about OSPFv3 advertising router LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example provides information specific to the advertising router
3.3.3.3.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] grace [all
[<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-originate]
[detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database grace command to display information about
OSPFv3 grace LSA database entries.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays general output from the show ospf3 database
grace command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
The following example displays detailed output from the show ospf3 database
grace command:
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Length : 36
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] inter-prefix
[all [<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-
originate] [detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database inter-prefix command to display information
about OSPFv3 inter area prefix LSA database entries.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays general output from the show ospf3 database
inter-prefix command.
The following example displays detailed output from the show ospf3 database
inter-prefix command.
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] inter-router
[all [<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-
originate] [detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database inter-router command to display information
about OSPFv3 interarea router LSA database entries.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays general output from the show ospf3 database
inter-router command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
The following example displays detailed output from the show ospf3 database
inter-router command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] inter-router
[all [<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-
originate] [detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database intra-prefix command to display information
about OSPFv3 intra-area prefix LSA database entries.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 190
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 database intra-
prefix command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] link [all
[<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-originate]
[detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database link command to display information about
OSPFv3 link LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 database link
command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] network [all
[<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-originate]
[detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database network command to display information about
OSPFv3 network LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information specific to network LSAs.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] nssa [all
[<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-originate]
[detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database nssa command to display information about
OSPFv3 NSSA LSAs.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays general output from the show ospf3 database
nssa command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 3.3.3.3 ---
The following example displays detailed output from the show ospf3 database
nssa command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 3.3.3.3 ---
Length : 44
Metric-Type : TYPE1
Syntax
show ospf3 database [<instance-id>] [<area>-<id | ip-addr>] router [all
[<router-id>] | <link-id> [<router-id> | self-originate] | self-originate]
[detail [debug] | debug]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 database router command to display information about
OSPFv3 router LSAs.
Examples
The following example displays general output from the show ospf3 database
router command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
The following example displays detailed output from the show ospf3 database
router command.
--- OSPFv3 Link State Database for Instance 1/Router ID 2.2.2.2 ---
RouterBits : LinkCount : 2
Age : 645
RouterBits : E LinkCount : 2
Age : 295
RouterBits : LinkCount : 2
Age : 615
Syntax
show ospf3 debug
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 debug command to display OSPFv3 debug information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 191
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 debug command.
Type Filter
LSDB
Neighbor
Policy
Syntax
show ospf3 global
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 global command to display summary information for
OSPFv3 global settings.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 192
The following example displays summary information for OSPFv3 global
settings.
Syntax
show ospf3 interface [<if-name>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information about all configured OSPFv3 interfaces in the
context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 interface command to display OSPFv3 interface
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 193
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 interface
command.
The following example displays the output from the show ospfv3 interface
command for ge1/1-1 interface in a context.
Syntax
show ospf3 intra-rib <instance-id> {<area-id> | <ip-addr>} [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information about all configured OSPFv3 intra-RIB
information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 intra-rib command to display OSPFv3 intra-RIB
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 intra-rib
command.
Syntax
show ospf3 malform
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 malform command to display OSPFv3 malform log
information.
Table 98 shows the error reason codes for debugging OSPFv3 packet errors.
13 Invalid DD flags
14 Invalid DD sequence
15 Invalid LSA type
16 Invalid LS request
17 Wrong checksum
18 Virtual interface down
19 Invalid MTU
20 Invalid packet type
21 LSA not minimum length
22 Invalid LSA
23 Invalid packet length
24 LLS block truncated
25 AT-bit clear with Authentication
26 Authentication trailer truncated
27 Wrong Authentication Trailer type
28 Wrong Authentication Trailer length
29 Authentication Trailer replay
30 Authentication Trailer SA mismatch
31 Authentication digest mismatch
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 194
The following example displays output from the show ospf3 malform
command, including the error reason codes 14 and 7.
Syntax
show ospf3 neighbor [<neighbor-id> | all-contexts | interface [<ip-addr>
| <if-name>]] [detail]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
all-contexts
Optional. Displays summary information for all neighbors
in all contexts.
Default
Displays summary information for all OSPFv3 neighbors.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 neighbor command to display OSPFv3 neighbor
information.
Example
The following example displays detailed information of OSPFv3 neighbors.
The following example displays summary information for all OSPFv3 neighbors
in all contexts.
1.1.1.2 1 Full DR 1 35
Syntax
show ospf3 route [<instance-id>] [<ipv6-addr> [/<prefix-length>] |
external | inter-area | intra-area | redistributed | summary | vpn]
[detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays basic route information for all instances.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 route command to display OSPFv3 route information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays a summary of all OSPFv3 routes.
2 1
Nexthop: fe80::230:88ff:fe00:3294
6001::/48 EXT T2 Net →
0 1
Nexthop: fe80::230:88ff:fe00:3294
6002::/64 EXT T2 Net →
0 1
Nexthop: fe80::230:88ff:fe00:3294
Examples
The following example displays a summary of all OSPFv3 routes.
Syntax
show ospf3 spf [<instance-id>] [last | log | scheduling] [timestamp]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays SPF information for all configured instances of OSPFv3.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 spf command to display OSPFv3 SPF calculation statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 195
The following example displays all SPF information for all OSPFv3 instances:
Syntax
show ospf3 statistics [<instance-id>] [interface [<if-name>] [detail]]
[neighbor [<ip-addr> | interface <if-name>]] [packet-io] [scheduler
[detail]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
Optional. Interface name. Displays OSPFv3 statistics for
the specified interface. When used with neighbor
keyword, displays OSPFv3 statistics for all neighbors on
the specified interface.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 statistics command to display OSPFv3 statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
The following table applies to OSPF statistics for the current context:
The following table applies to OSPF statistics for the specified OSPF interface.
Only the fields that are not explained in Table 99 are listed:
The following table applies to OSPF statistics for the specified OSPF neighbor.
Only the fields that are not explained in Table 99 are listed:
Example 196
The following example displays statistics for all configured OSPFv3 interfaces
and neighbors.
DC DoNotAge purged : 0
Sent 241 21 8 42 23
Recv 239 17 7 41 19
Syntax
show ospf3 summary-address [<instance-id>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ospf3 summary-address command to display OSPFv3 summary
address information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 197
The following example displays OSPFv3 summary address information.
Syntax
show pad log [card | chassis | cma | port | redundancy | sl]
[last] <last-log-entries>
Scope
— system-read-only
— ericsson-support
Syntax Description
last <last-log-entries>
Optional. Displays latest log entries. The number of
displayed log entries is set by <last-log-entries>.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pad log command to display pad log entries.
Examples
The following example displays all pad log entries.
================
Dec 08 09:54:02.954: %common: pad_target_cb_tbl_init: SSR implementation
================
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 4, comp_id: 4294967294
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 3, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 3, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 3, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 0, comp_type: 3, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 4, comp_id: 4294967294
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 0, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 1, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 2
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 2, comp_id: 3
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 3, comp_id: 0
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
lot: 1, comp_type: 3, comp_id: 1
Dec 08 09:54:13.749: %chassis: thermal_mgr::init_cc_tbl_card_entry: Create thermal FSM for s →
The following example displays the 10 latest pad log entries with the card ID.
================
Dec 08 09:55:58.795: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admit_fsm_signal(): Signaling admit event ADMIT_BOO →
T_SUCCEEDED, current admit state ADMIT_S8_INITIALIZING
Dec 08 09:56:00.527: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.handle_card_detect_event(): Card event CARD_INSERT, →
current admit state ADMIT_S8_INITIALIZING
Dec 08 09:56:00.527: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admit_fsm_signal(): Signaling admit event ADMIT_INS →
ERTED, current admit state ADMIT_S8_INITIALIZING
Dec 08 09:56:11.526: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.handle_card_boot_event(): Card event CARD_INIT_PASS →
ED, image 0, current admit state ADMIT_S8_INITIALIZING
Dec 08 09:56:11.526: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admit_fsm_signal(): Signaling admit event ADMIT_INI →
T_SUCCEEDED, current admit state ADMIT_S8_INITIALIZING
Dec 08 09:56:11.530: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.publish_operating_state_helper() - Operational stat →
e changed from OOS-Init to IS.
Dec 08 09:56:11.530: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admit_act_log_state_change(): Admit state changed t →
o ADMIT_S9_NO_SHUT, op fault is OP_FAULT_S0_NO_FAULT.
Dec 08 09:56:11.530: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admin_fsm_signal(): Signaling admin event ADMIN_CAR →
D_ACTIVATED, current admin state ADMIN_S5_ACTIVATING_NO_SHUT
Dec 08 09:56:11.530: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admin_act_log_state_change(): Admin state changed t →
o ADMIN_S1_NO_SHUT.
Dec 08 09:56:11.530: %card: cardFsm-vRP2.admit_act_log_card_activation_complete(): Card acti →
vation completed
Syntax
show parp client
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show parp client command to display the clients that are on the TSM-
FABL and PAP-RES interfaces and run across all service cards on the node.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 198
The following example displays output from the show parp client command.
PARP_CLIENT-2-TSM-FABL@LC.03
PARP_CLIENT-1-TSM-FABL@LC.02
PARP_CLIENT-0-pap-res@LC.01
PARP_CLIENT-2-pap-res@LC.03
PARP_CLIENT-1-pap-res@LC.02
Syntax
show parp debug-info {clear | disable | enable | save}
Scope
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
clear Clears the parp log messages from the parp buffer.
save Saves the parp log messages from the parp buffer to
parpd_debug_info.txt file in /md.
Default
By default, logging of parp messages to the parp buffer is enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show parp debug-info clear command to clear log messages from
the parp buffer.
Use the show parp debug-info disable command to disable the logging of
parp messages to the parp buffer.
Use the show parp debug-info enable command to enable the logging of parp
messages to the parp buffer.
Example 199
The following example clears the log messages from the parp buffer.
Example 200
The following example sets the debug information for logging parp messages to
disable.
Example 201
The following example sets the debug information for logging parp messages to
enable.
Example 202
The following example saves the log information that is sent and received from
parp to a file.
Syntax
show parser dump <command>
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show parser dump command to display all possible commands starting
with the specified command string.
Examples
The following example displays all commands starting with dhcp.
Syntax
show pcc statistics
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
None
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pcc statistics command to display PCC statistics information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 203
The following example displays output from the show pcc statistics
command.
Message Statistics:
Object Statistics:
TLV Statistics:
Syntax
show pim bsr-router
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim bsr-router command to display BSR and C-RP information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 204
The following example displays information for all BSRs and C-RPs.
Syntax
show pim [ipv4 | ipv6] circuit [all]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays circuit-specific information for PIM in the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim circuit command to display circuit information for PIM.
Without the all keyword, the display includes information only for the current
context. Use the all keyword to display information for all contexts.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 205
The following example displays circuit information for PIM in the current context.
The following example displays circuit information for PIM in all contexts.
Syntax
show pim [ipv4 | ipv6] interface [<if-name> [circuit]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim interface command to display PIM-enabled interface
information.
You can filter the output to display only IPv4 or IPv6 information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 206
The following example displays information for all PIM-enabled interfaces.
The following example displays circuit level information for the to-src interface
for both IPv4 and IPv6 circuits.
it flags:
Syntax
show pim ipv6 rpf <source-address>
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim ipv6 rpf command to display RPF information for the
specified multicast IPv6 address.
Examples
The following example displays RPF information for the 1::1 address.
Syntax
show pim [ipv4 | ipv6] neighbor [<if-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim neighbor command to display PIM neighbor information.
You can filter the output to display only IPv4 or IPv6 information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 207
The following example displays information about all PIM neighbors.
Syntax
show pim rp-hash <group-addr>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim rp-hash command to display information about the RP to
which the specified group hashes.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 208
The following example displays information about the RP to which the group,
225.121.121.1, hashes.
Syntax
show pim rp mapping [<group-addr>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim rp mapping command to display a group-to-RP mapping
cache.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 209
The following example displays the group-to-RP mapping cache.
Group(s) 225.24.0.0/16
RP 10.6.1.2
Group(s) 225.121.0.0/16
RP 10.6.1.2
Syntax
show pim ssm
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim ssm command to display the SSM setting in PIM.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 210
The following example displays output from the show pim ssm command.
Syntax
show pim [ipv4 | ipv6] traffic
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pim traffic command to display PIM traffic statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 211
The following example displays PIM traffic statistics.
Syntax
show pm group [<group name>] [measurement-type <measurement-type-
name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<measurement-type-name>
Name of the measurement type to be displayed
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pm group [<group name>] command to display the specified
measurement group information, including the group version, all measurement
types, and so on.
Field Description
description Displays description information for the group.
measurement- Defines the measurement type on the node to be monitored
type and collected.
version Displays the measurement group version.
validity Displays whether the measurement group is valid.
Field Description
measured- Indicates the object that the measurement types in the
object group refer to.
Field Description
aggregation Displays the aggregation method for a measurement type,
that is, how the Performance Management (PM) service
aggregates the measurement values for a measurement
type.
collection Displays the form in which this measurement data is
method obtained.
condition Displays the condition that causes the measurement result
data to be updated.
description Displays description information for the group.
measurement Displays the full name of the measurement type.
name
measurement Displays the status of the measurement.
status
measurement Displays the description of the expected result value.
result
multiplicity Indicates whether a counter is an array of values.
This attribute represents the size of the array.
initial value reset-at-gran-period is configured Displays the value
set at the beginning of a new granularity period when
<true>.
reset-at-gran- Displays whether the value is reset to the initial value at the
period beginning of each granularity period.
size Displays the size of the PM file (in bytes).
Examples
Example 212
Displays the value set at the beginning of a new granularityThe following
example displays the port group information, including validity, measured-object,
description, version, and all measurement types.
...
measurement-type sysuptime
measurement-name "Sys up time"
size 4
collection-method gauge
description "System uptime in seconds"
condition TBD
aggregation last-update
measurement-status used
measurement-result ""
multiplicity 1
reset-at-gran-period false
measurement-type xmt_drop_octets
measurement-name xmt_drop_octets
size 8
collection-method cc
description "Number of transmitted octets dropped on this po →
rt"
condition TBD
aggregation sum
measurement-status used
measurement-result ""
multiplicity 1
reset-at-gran-period false
Example 213
The following example displays the inoctets measurement type information in
the port group.
Syntax
show pm job [<job name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<job name> Avoid using characters ! @ # $ % & * ( ) ; ' " / < > \ | in
<job name>.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pm job [<job name>] command to show information about the
job runtime.
When <job name> is not specified, the output shows all jobs created.
Table 104 provides the field descriptions for the show pm job [<job name>]
command.
Example 214
The following example displays information about <job1>, no group is specified
and the current job state is active.
CURRENT
JOB
NAME STATE CONTROL
------------------------
job1 active -
Syntax
show pm measurement-capabilities
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pm measurement-capabilities command to show the
capabilities of PM.
Field Description
aligned-reporting- Defines whether the time of the PM files created and
period started is aligned with its reporting period.
file-location Contains the path to the virtual file system on the
node from which to fetch the measurement files.
final-rop Indicates if the measurement files for the last Result
Output Period (ROP) are expected. When a
measurement job is stopped, this attribute specifies
whether a result file for the last ROP is expected
(true) or not expected (false).
max-no-of-jobs Specifies the maximum number of jobs that can be
defined.
max-no-of- Specifies the maximum number of measurement
measurement-jobs jobs that can be defined.
If the specified limit is exceeded, the job creation or
start operation is rejected when the performance
monitoring is created or started.
A value of 0 means there is no limit to the number of
measurement jobs.
max-no-of- Specifies the maximum number of measurement
measurements instances, that is, active measurements, which can
be reported in one ROP.
Field Description
It is used to determine the maximum size of PM
files. A value of 0 means there is no limit to the
number of measurement instances.
max-no-of-pm-files Specifies the maximum number of PM files that are
maintained in the NE.
rop-filename- Indicates the time stamp format is used in the PM
timestamp filename.
Example 215
The following example displays the measurement capabilities information of PM.
[local]Ericsson#show pm measurement-capabilities
Syntax
To show configured policy access control lists (ACLs), the syntax is:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
first-match<acl-name>
Optional. Name of the ACL for which you want to find the
first statement matched by the criteria that follows the
first-match<acl-name> construct.
— ip—Any IP protocol.
— ipinip—IP-in-IP tunneling.
invalid-tcp-flags
Optional. For TCP protocol, invalid TCP flag combinations
are considered as criteria for a match.
port<port-number>
Optional. TCP or UDP port to be considered a match for
either the source or destination IP address. This construct
is only available if you specified TCP or UDP as the
protocol. The range of values is 1 to 65,535. You can also
substitute a keyword for the <port> argument as listed in
Table 105 and Table 106 in the Usage Guidelines section
for this command.
precedence<prec-value>
Optional. Precedence value of packets to be included in
the criteria for a match. The range of precedence values is
0 to 7. In place of the <prec-value> argument, you can
enter any of the following keywords:
— routine—Routine precedence (value = 0).
Default
When entered without any optional syntax, displays information for all policy
ACLs in the context, including the statements in each list.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show policy access-list command to display the status of
configured policy ACLs.
Table 105 lists the valid keyword substitutions for the <port> argument when the
argument a well-known TCP port.
Table 105 Valid Keyword Substitutions for the port Argument (TCP Port)
Keyword Well-Known TCP Port TCP Port Number
bgp Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) 179
chargen Character generator 19
cmd Remote command; also known as 514
rcmd
daytime Daytime 13
discard Discard 9
domain Domain Name System 53
echo Echo 7
exec Exec; also known as rsh 512
finger Finger 79
ftp File Transfer Protocol 21
ftp-data FTP data connections (used 20
infrequently)
gopher Gopher 70
hostname Network interface card (NIC) 101
hostname server
ident Identification protocol 113
irc Internet Relay Chat 194
klogin Kerberos login 543
kshell Kerberos Shell 544
login Login; also known as rlogin 513
lpd Printer service 515
nntp Network News Transport Protocol 119
pim-auto-rp Protocol Independent Multicast Auto- 496
RP
pop2 Post Office Protocol Version 2 109
pop3 Post Office Protocol Version 3 110
Table 106 lists the valid keyword substitutions for the <port> argument when the
argument a well-known UDP port.
Table 106 Valid Keyword Substitutions for the port Argument (UDP Port)
Keyword Well-Known Port UDP Port Number
biff Biff (Mail Notification, Comsat) 512
bootpc Bootstrap Protocol client 68
bootps Bootstrap Protocol server 67
discard Discard 9
dnsix DNSIX Security Protocol Auditing 195
domain Domain Name System 53
echo Echo 7
isakmp Internet Security Association and Key 500
Management Protocol
nameserver IEN116 Name Service (obsolete) 42
netbios-dgm NetBIOS Datagram Service 138
netbios-ns NetBIOS Name Service 137
netbios-ss NetBIOS Session Service 139
ntp Network Time Protocol 123
Table 107 lists the valid keyword substitutions for the <dscp-value> argument.
Keyword Definition
cs1 Class Selector 1
cs2 Class Selector 2
cs3 Class Selector 3
cs4 Class Selector 4
cs5 Class Selector 5
cs6 Class Selector 6
cs7 Class Selector 7
df Default Forwarding (same as cs0)
ef Expedited Forwarding
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about the policy ACL,
redirect_acl.
The following example displays information about the policy ACL, qos1.
Syntax
show port [all]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
all Optional. Includes ports that are present but are not
configured on the system.
Default
Displays only those ports that are configured on the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show port command to display a list of ports that are present or
configured on the system.
Feature support may vary. To determine which features are supported for your
device, consult your product documentation.
Note: ATM and channels (SONET, T1, E1, DS1, DS3, and so on) are not
supported on the router.
Table 108 describes the values for the State field that can be displayed for a
given port.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays a POS OC-192 port that is configured in the
router.
Syntax
show port bvi [<bvi-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show port bvi command to display information about BVI ports.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example shows information about all currently configured BVI
ports.
The following example shows how the information about a BVI port changes as
it is bound to and unbound from a bridge. VLAN ID information persists after the
BVI port is unbound from a bridge.
Syntax
show port counters [persistent] [<slot>/<port>] [detail | live | queue]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot>/<port> Optional. Chassis slot number of the line card for which
counters are displayed. Port number for which counters
are displayed. The range of values depends on the type of
card. <port> is optional if you enter the <slot> argument.
Default
Displays last known values of summary counters for all ports.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show port counters command to display counters associated with
system ports. The values shown are accumulated since the counters were last
cleared with the clear port counters command in operational mode or since
the line card was last reloaded.
Use the persistent keyword to display counter values accumulated since the
system was last reloaded.
By default, this command displays only summary counter information for all
ports with their last known values, which are cached and updated every 60
seconds. Use the live keyword to read and display the current values for the
summary counters.
Feature support may vary. To determine which features are supported for your
device, consult your product documentation.
Table 110 provides summary counter information for all port types if the detail
keyword is not specified.
Under General Counters, only the following fields represents the actual values:
— packets sent
— packets recvd
— bytes sent
— bytes recvd
The values are valid for Niantic SR-IOV, Fortville SR-IOV, Mellanox SR-IOV,
Niantic PF-Passthrough, Fortville PF-Passthrough, Virtio, and VMXNET3.
Table 111 lists the general counters that are displayed for Ethernet ports when
the detail keyword is specified. These counters are displayed in addition to the
PPA and packet drop counters.
Examples
Table 112 displays the counters under General Counters that are supported by
the combination of vNICs to display port statistics.
Note: The remaining counters that are displayed under General Counters
are not valid for these vNICs as 'true' values are not available for them.
The following example displays detailed output for port 1 on an Ethernet line
card in slot 2.
Note: Interval time = Current time – Last cleared time. Last cleared time
means the moment when the command clear port counters is
executed.
...
General Counters
packets sent : 100630717627 packets recvd : 186352410857
bytes sent : 62030765756691 bytes recvd : 106647192249476
send packet rate : 59.14 recv packet rate : 45.49
send bit rate : 40192.35 recv bit rate : 30919.20
mcast pkts sent : 0 mcast pkts recvd : 0
bcast pkts sent : 0 bcast pkts recvd : 0
dropped pkts out : 0 dropped pkts in : 0
pending pkts out : 0 pending pkts in : 0
port drops out : 0 port drops in : 0
...
Syntax
show port [<slot>/<port>] [all] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<slot> Optional. Chassis slot number of the line card for which
information is displayed.
Default
Displays information for all configured ports in the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show port detail command to display the MAC address and other
lower-layer settings of a single port, all ports on a card, or all ports in the system.
If no arguments are included, the output includes all ports configured in the
system.
Table 113 lists the output fields for the show port command in any mode with
the detail keyword. Not all fields apply to all types of ports: the Type and Slot/
Port field names are not displayed in the output.
Note: Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and channelized cards are not
supported on the router.
Table 113 Output Fields for the show port detail Command
Field Value/Description
Header (first line of output)
Type Port type.
Slot/Port port numbers for the port.
State Port status (combination of the Admin and Line state fields) for a line card:
Port Parameters
Admin state State of the port as a result of an operator command:
Auto negotiation Two-part string for the <setting> and <state> fields. Possible values for the
<setting> field are:
— enabled
— disabled
Field Value/Description
— negotiating—Ethernet drivers are in the process of auto-negotiating with
the remote peer.
— fail—Auto-negotiation failed.
— disabled-unknown
— disabled-success
— disabled-force
— enabled-unknown
— enabled-negotiating
— enabled-success
— enabled-fail
Flow control Condition of flow control for Gigabit Ethernet port (on or off).
Line state Physical state of the line:
MTU size <> Bytes—Configured size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the port.
— <nnnn>%
— Unlimited
SOA Bias Current Semiconductor Optical Amplifier (SOA) bias current for the CFP transceiver.
Not all fields apply to all types of ports; in most cases this command displays only
the fields that are applicable to the type of port. The Type and Slot/Port field
names are not displayed in the output.
Table 114 lists the port attributes that are supported by vNICs for the show port
detail command.
Active
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
Alarms
Admin
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
state
Auto-
Negotia Yes Yes No Yes No No No No No
tion
Attribut Duplex
Yes Yes No Yes No No No No No
es mode
Line
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
state
Link
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
State
MTU
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
size
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays detailed port information for port 1 on an
Ethernet line card in slot 1.
Syntax
show port perf-monitor <slot>/<port> [detail] [far | near]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays the near end PM information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show port perf-monitor command to display configuration
information and PM statistics for the specified port.
Table 115 lists the statistical data fields that are displayed with this command.
Not all output fields described in the table are displayed for WAN-PHY ports. For
definitions of the output status fields, see the show port detail on page 960
command.
Data is displayed in 15-minute intervals; data for the current interval reflects the
elapsed time in the interval. The same data is displayed in both the standard and
detailed formats. If you do not specify the detail keyword, the data is shown in
tabular format with the abbreviated field names. With the detail keyword, it is
presented in text format with the field descriptions.
By default, most show commands in any mode display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If you are an
administrator for the local context, you can insert the optional context <ctx-
name> construct before the show command to view output for the specified
context without entering that context. For more information about using the
context <ctx-name> construct, see context.
Field Description
CSS Controlled slip seconds
DM Degraded minutes
ES Errored seconds
LCDS Loss of cell delineation seconds
LCV Line code violations
LES Line errored seconds
LSES Line severely errored seconds
LUAS Line unavailable seconds
PCV P-bit coding violations
Path code violations
PES P-bit errored seconds
Path errored seconds
PLCP SEFS Physical layer convergence protocol (PLCP) severely errored framing seconds
(SEFS)
PLCP UAS PLCP unavailable seconds
PSES P-bit severely errored seconds
Path severely errored seconds
PUAS Path unavailable seconds
SCV Section code violations
SES Section errored seconds
SEFS Severely errored framing seconds
SES Severely errored seconds
SSES Section severely errored seconds
SSEFS Section severely errored framing seconds
UAS Unavailable seconds
Example 216
The performance monitoring of a WAN-PHY port is shown.
Section Data
INTERVAL SCV SSES SSEFS SES
759 0 0 0 0
14:45-15:00 0 0 0 0
14:30-14:45 0 0 0 0
14:15-14:30 21 0 0 1
Total 21 0 0 1
24 Hours 21 0 0 1
Syntax
show port pseudowire [<pw-name> [counters | detail]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show port pseudowire command to display the circuit handle and
status for the port PWs on the router. Add the <pw-name> argument to display
information about a specified port PW. You can add the counters keyword or the
detail keyword with or without the pw-name argument to display port PW traffic
counters or detailed information about the port PW.
Example 217
The following example displays the circuit handle and state of the port PWs
configured on a router:
The following example displays traffic counters for customer1 port PW:
The following example displays detailed information about the cp1_cs1001 port
PW:
Line state : Up
Admin state : Up
Encapsulation : ethernet
MTU size : 1500 Bytes
MAC address : 00:30:88:04:17:29
Syntax
show process [card {<slot> | standby | all}] [<proc-name>] [crash-
info | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
When used without any optional constructs, displays summary status of all tasks
running.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show process command to display current information on a specified
category of processes or on all running processes.
Note: Some unsupported processes appear in the CLI but are not supported by
the router; for example, GSMP and OSPF3.
Examples
show process ?
The complete list of processes that can run on the router is displayed when you
enter the show process ? command.
[local]Ericsson#show process ?
<CR>
aaa_helperd AAA-helper process
aaad AAA process
================================================================ →
==
Spawn count : 1
Memory : 5584K
Time : 00:00:41.29
%CPU : 0.00%
State : run
Up time : 15:01:27
Heart beat : Enabled
Spawn time : 2 seconds
Max crashes allowed : 5
Crash thresh time : 86400 seconds
Total crashes : 0
================================================================ →
==
Spawn count : 1
Memory : 11704K
Time : 00:00:10.94
%CPU : 0.00%
State : run
---(more)---
........
Syntax
show process authd [crash-info | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary status of the authentication daemon (authd) processes when
used without any optional constructs.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show process authd command to display the status of the
authentication daemon (authd) processes running on the system.
Note: authd is the process of Admin Manager. This process handles user logins
to the system. If the process is stopped or tampered with, user will not
be able to log in to the system anymore.
Example 218
The following example displays when you enter the show process authd
command.
Syntax
show process [card <slot>] [<process-name>] [fabl-statistics {clear-
debug | debug | fib-msg-logs [clear | counters | resize <size>] | iface-
msg-logs [clear | resize <size>] | lc-fast-restart | seos-shared-mem-
stats | shared-mem-stats}]
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
seos-shared-mem-stats
Displays FABL SEOS shared memory statistics.
shared-mem-stats
Displays FABL shared memory statistics.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show process fabl-statistics command to display the FABL
information about a given process or clear its statistics logs.
Examples
Syntax
show process card {<slot> | all} ns state
Command mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show process card ns state command to display the nameserver
state information.
Example 219
The following example displays the nameserver state information for all line
cards and controller cards installed in the router.
Syntax
show pseudowire [detail | summary | instance [detail]<instance-id> [<-
end-instance-id> [detail]] | ldp [detail] | peer <ip-addr> | peer-profile
<profile-name> | pw-id <pw-id> [detail] | <slot>/<port> service-instance
<si-id> [detail] | static [detail] | xc [detail] | mirror destination
[detail] | psn soft-gre | psn soft-gre [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
peer-profile <profile-name>
Displays pseudowires identified by the specified
pseudowire peer profile.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show pseudowire command to display the current status of pseudowire
instances. Use the detail or summary option to display either detailed information
or just a summary. You can use the different options to filter the type of
pseudowire information to display.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
Context : local
PW Circuit : 255/12:1:1/1/1/4 Peer-profile : vll →
Instance: 41 -45
PW ID : 41 -45 Peer : 1.1.1.1 →
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
Examples
show pseudowire xc
The following example displays information about pseudowire instances for
which a cross connection to a service instance exists.
[local]Ericsson#show pseudowire xc
!...
!...
Examples
Syntax
show public-key <admin-name>
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
ericsson-support
system-read-only
system-security-admin
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show public-key command to display an administrator’s public keys.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays the public keys configured for the jewel
administrator.
1024 35 138778925487550112496264060257494473953
477802145777234711904931356017804 2535638422909
30011054450485363243280246400199717731319844418831089264593
49685280 91708337898398915273858795 006452667325324989385497
793626010262714937340759030252 164573952317278584144748905148
616886524 97950829684053136276382193869961246761 jewel@pepper
Syntax
show qos circuit [circuit-group<name>] [<slot/port> | vlan<vlan-id>]
[detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
circuit-group<name>
Optional. Displays the QoS options configured for the
specified circuit group.
Default
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos circuitIf no optional arguments are specified, the command
to display the QoS information for all circuits, a circuit group, or a particular
circuit in the system.
Use the VLAN tag value to display the value of an 802.1Q tunnel or PVC.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays circuit shaping information.
The following example displays the QoS options configured for cg1 circuit group.
The following example displays detailed information about the QoS options
configured for cgi circuit group.
circuit-group cg1
----------------------------------------------------------
Policy Name : policing2
Policy Type : policing
Hierarchical Type : Hierarchical Parent
Rate : 80000 Rate Source : local
Burst : 100000 Excess Burst : 265000
Syntax
show qos class-definition [<class-definition-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<class-definition-name>
Optional. An alphanumeric string up to 39 characters that
specifies the class definition name.
Default
Displays a list of all QoS class definitions.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos class-definition command to display the contents of QoS
class definitions.
To display detailed information about a specific QoS class definition, use the
<class-definition-name> argument.
The command output displays a class definition table. This table includes all
possible packet descriptor (PD) classification values, sorted by the priority value
(from 0 to 7) and then sorted by the drop precedence value (from 0 to 7). Use the
following formula to convert these values to 6-bit values (0 to 63) used to
configure PD class definition map entries.
Each entry in the table contains either a numerical class ID value from 0 to 7 or a
hyphen (-), which indicates that a PD value has not been assigned to the class.
Following the class definition table is another table, which maps class ID values
assigned by the system to the class names configured by the administrator.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays a list of all QoS class definitions.
Class Definition Id
auo 1
rar 2
my_classes 3
The following example displays detailed information about my_classes QoS class
definition.
Class Definition Id
my_classes 3
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
priority 0 - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
priority 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
priority 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -
1 default 55
2 two 2
3 three 1
4 four 1
5 five 1
6 six 1
7 seven 1
Syntax
show qos class-map [<map-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays a list of all classification maps.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos class-map command to display QoS classification map
information.
To display detailed information about a specific classification map, use the <map-
name> argument.
PD and DSCP values are displayed in the format <p>:<d>, where <p> is a priority
value from 0 to 7 and <d> is a drop-precedence value from 0 to 7. To convert
these values to the 6-bit (0 to 63) values used to configure PD and DSCP
classification map entries, use the following formula:
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays QoS mapping information without specifying a
classification map.
The following examples display output from the show qos class-map command
when a classification map is specified.
dscp-to-pd ip in 66
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
exp-to-pd mpls in 67
priority:drop
priority 0 0:0
priority 1 4:4
priority 2 dscp
priority 3 c0066
priority 4 4:6
priority 5 4:2
priority 6 6:0
priority 7 5:6
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
priority 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
priority 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
priority 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
priority 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
priority 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 5
priority 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
priority 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
Examples
The following example displays QoS mapping information without specifying a
classification map.
The following examples display output from the show qos class-map command
when a classification map is specified.
[local]Ericsson#
dscp-to-pd ip in 66
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
exp-to-pd mpls in →
67
priority:drop
priority 0 0:0
priority 1 4:4
priority 2 dscp
priority 3 c0066
priority 4 4:6
priority 5 4:2
priority 6 6:0
priority 7 5:6
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
priority 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
priority 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
priority 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
priority 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
priority 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 5
priority 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
priority 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
drop value - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 -
Examples
The following example displays output from the show qos class-map command
when an ingress classification map with marking type ethernet-dei that uses
priority:drop
priority 0 0:0
priority 1 1:0
priority 2 2:0
priority 3 3:0
priority 4 4:0
priority 5 5:0
priority 6 6:0
priority 7 7:0
priority 8 0:4
priority 9 1:4
priority 10 2:4
priority 11 3:4
priority 12 4:4
priority 13 5:4
priority 14 6:4
priority 15 7:4
Syntax
show qos dscp
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos dscp command to display the DSCP value for protocols whose
packets originate from the vRP.
Examples
The following example displays the DSCP value for protocols whose packets
originate from the vRP.
Syntax
show qos h-node [slot<slot>] [resources]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
slot <slot> Optional. Slot number for the card. The valid range of
values depends on the chassis.
Default
Displays hierarchical node information for all slots.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos h-node command to display QoS hierarchical node
information.
To display output for a single Gigabit Ethernet line card, use the optional slot
<slot> argument.
Examples
The following example displays hierarchical node information for the ports on the
card in slot 5.
Examples
The following example displays hierarchical node information for the ports.
Examples
The following example displays port queue depth counters.
Syntax
show qos memory
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos memory command to display QoS daemon memory usage
information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show qos memory command.
Syntax
show qos policy
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos policy command to display the current available QoS circuit
bindings across slots and ports for each qos policy. This command shows the
counts of those circuit bindings for which there is a slot and port available. For
example, if a port bvi is configured with QoS policing policy it will not be
automatically reflected in the show qos policy output. Only when the port bvi
circuit is assigned a slot and port dynamically by ISM, QoS daemon (QoSd) will
start counting the binding.
Note: The show qos policy command shows the bindings only when slot
and port are available. It may or may not reflect the actual configuration
done due to the dynamic nature of the QoS circuit bindings availability
in QoSd.
Table 116 describes the output fields for the show qos policy command.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information for all configured QoS policies.
Examples
The following example displays information for all configured QoS policies.
Syntax
show qos policy metering [<pol-name> [resourcesdefault-value]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays brief information about all configured QoS metering policies.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos policy metering command to display information about
one or more configured QoS metering policies.
To display detailed information about a single QoS metering policy, use the <pol-
name> argument.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
]The following example displays brief information about all QoS metering
policies.
The following example displays detailed information about the QoS metering
policy, meter.
Slot#: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
iPPA dnld:
ePPA dnld:
iPPA ports: 5
ePPA ports:
Syntax
show qos policy policing [<pol-name> [resources] | default-value]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays brief information about all configured QoS policing policies.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos policy policing command to display information about
one or more configured QoS policing policies.
To display detailed information about a single QoS policing policy, use the <pol-
name> argument.
Table 117 describes the output fields for the show qos policy policing
command.
Table 117 Field Description for the show qos policy policing Command
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays brief information for all QoS policing policies.
Examples
The following example displays brief information for all QoS policing policies.
police police 1 0 1 5 in →
Examples
The following example displays detailed information about the QoS policing
policy, police, which is bound to 15 circuits on the line card in slot 9 and to 15
circuits on the line card in slot 11.
Slot#: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
iPPA dnld:
ePPA dnld:
iPPA ports: 15 15
ePPA ports:
Examples
The following example displays detailed information about the QoS policing
policy, police, which is bound to 15 circuits on the line card in slot 9 and to 15
circuits on the line card in slot 11.
police police 6 0 1 30 in →
updt
Slot#: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 →
3 14
iPPA dnld:
ePPA dnld:
iPPA ports: 15 15
ePPA ports:
0x2e 0x0
Examples
The following example displays detailed information about the QoS policing
policy, police, which is bound to 30 circuits.
police police 6 0 1 30 in →
updt
Examples
popolice police 6 0 1 30 in →
updt
Slot#: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 →
3 14
iPPA dnld:
ePPA dnld:
iPPA ports: 15 15
ePPA ports:
Class-definition id: 1
Syntax
show qos policy pwfq [<pol-name> [resources] | default-value]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
resources
Default
Displays information about all configured PWFQ policies in the current context.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos policy pwfq command to display information about all
PWFQ policies configured in the current context or to display information about a
specific PWFQ policy.Optional. Displays resources used by the specified policy,
including the number of instances being used for the slot and Packet Forwarding
Engine (PFE).
Note: PWFQ policies are supported only on traffic-managed ports and circuits.
Examples
The following example displays the values for the pol-100 PWFQ policy.
ePPA ports: 1
Slot#: 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
ePPA dnld:
ePPA ports:
Maximum rate: 50000 Kbps
Dual-stack counters: No
Queue-map: Custom4
Queues updated: 0, 1, 2, 3,
Qnum Priority Weight
0 0 100
1 1 100
2 2 100
3 3 100
Queue rates updated: none
Priority groups updated: None
Total policy map: 1
Syntax
show qos port [slot<slot>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
slot<slot> Optional. Slot number for the card. The valid range of
values depends on the chassis:
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos port command to display active QoS binding information for
ports on one or more line cards.
To display information for a specific slot number, use the slot<slot> argument.
Table 118 Field Description for the show qos port Command
Field Description
Slot/Port Slot and port to which the QoS policy is bound.
vlan-id For QoS policies that are bound to permanent
virtual circuits (PVCs), the PVC number is
displayed. Otherwise, this field is blank.
Dyn Indicates whether the queue base is
dynamically allocated. Not applicable to mirror
policies.
Policy-Name Name of the bound QoS policy.
Port Active port to which the QoS policy is bound.
Qpos This field is no longer supported.
L This field is no longer supported.
Bound Indicates the direction of the bound policy: in or
out.
L4/L3 The H-node ID with which the queuing policy is
associated. Not applicable to mirror policies.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays active binding information for all ports.
Examples
The following example displays active binding information for all ports.
Examples
The following example displays active binding information for ports on a line
card in slot 5.
5/1 Ingress_Mirr_Pol1 in
Egress_Mirr_Pol1 out
lg id 25 vlan-id 1 y POLICY1 1 in →
1
Policy7 1 4 0 out →
1
POLICY2 1 out →
1
Examples
The following shows an example of the show qos port port-queue-depth
command.
Examples
The following displays the total queues under slot 5.
Syntax
show qos queue-map [<map-name>] [resources]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays information about all QoS queue maps.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show qos queue-map command to display information about one or
more configured QoS queue maps.
To display information about a single QoS queue map, use the <map-name>
argument.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about all QoS queue maps.
The following example displays information about the QoS queue map default.
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 2
3 1 2 3
4 1 2 4
5 1 2 5
6 1 2 6
7 1 3 7
— If a QoS policy with 2 queues is configured with the QoS queue map,
default, the highest priority traffic (priority 0) is mapped to queue 0, while
all other priorities (1 to 7) are mapped to queue 1.
— If a QoS policy with 2 queues is configured with the QoS queue map,
default, the highest priority traffic (priority 0) is mapped to queue 0, while
all other priorities (1 to 7) are mapped to queue 1.
— If a QoS policy with 8 queues is configured with the QoS queue map,
default, priority 0 traffic is mapped to queue 0, priority 1 traffic is mapped
to queue 1, priority 2 traffic is mapped to queue 2, priority 3 traffic is mapped
to queue 3, priority 4 traffic is mapped to queue 4, priority 5 traffic is mapped
to queue 5, priority 6 traffic is mapped to queue 6, and priority 7 traffic is
mapped to queue 7.
Syntax
show radius control
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show radius control command to display RADIUS server control
information.
Table 119 describes the information displayed in the output of the show radius
control command. The display represents a snapshot of the current status of the
message processing managed by the RADIUS server or servers.
Table 119 Field Descriptions for the show radius control Command
Field Description
Number of servers Total number of RADIUS servers in the context
or contexts
Total slots Total number of possible outstanding requests
for all the servers in the context or contexts
Total in waiting queue Number of requests waiting to be processed for
all servers in the context or contexts
Total in process queue Number of requests currently processed for all
servers in the context or contexts
Server status Full—no more requests can be handledOK—not
full
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Example 220
The following example displays output from the show radius control
command.
=========================================================
Context Name: local
---------------------------------------------------------
Authentication Accounting
Number of servers: 1 1
Total slots: 256 256
Total in hi_waiting queue: 0 0
Total in low_waiting queue: 0 0
Syntax
show radius counters
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show radius counters command to display RADIUS access and
accounting message counters.
Table 120 describes the counters that are displayed in the output of the show
radius counters command.
Table 120 Field Descriptions for the show radius counters Command
Field Description
Access Messages
Requests sent Number of access request messages sent
Requests retried Number of access request retry messages sent
Requests send fail Number of access request messages that were
sent but failed
Requests timeout Number of access request messages that timed
out
Responses drop Number of access request messages that were
dropped
Accepts received Number of access accept messages received
Rejects received Number of access reject messages received
Accounting Messages
Requests sent Number of accounting request messages sent
Requests retry Number of accounting request retry messages
sent
Requests send fail Number of accounting request messages that
were sent but failed
Requests timeout Number of accounting request messages that
timed out
Responses drop Number of accounting request messages that
were dropped
Responses received Number of accounting request message
responses received
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
The following example displays output from the show radius counters
command.
=============================================================================
Server: 10.13.130.75 Port: 1812 Counter start time: May 23 17:55:30 2006
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Access Messages:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requests sent: 0
Requests retried: 0
Requests send fail: 0
Requests timeout: 0
Responses dropped: 0
Accepts received: 0
Rejects received: 0
=============================================================================
Server: 10.13.130.75 Port: 1813 Counter start time: May 22 23:41:09 2006
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounting Messages:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requests sent: 356
Requests retried: 1
Requests send fail: 0
Requests timeout: 0
Responses dropped: 0
Accepts received: 357
Rejects received: 0
=============================================================================
Server: 10.13.130.75 Port: 3799 Counter start time: May 22 23:52:35 2006
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CoA Messages:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requests received: 12
Duplicate request: 0
Response ACK: 6
Response NAK: 6
The following example displays output from the show radius counters
accounting admin command.
=============================================================================
Server: 33.33.33.1 Port: 1813 Counter start time: Sep 15 06:45:17 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounting Messages:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requests sent: 10
Requests retried: 0
Requests send fail: 0
Requests timeout: 3
Responses dropped: 0
Accepts received: 7
Rejects received: 0
Server marked dead: 0
The following example displays output from the show radius counters
authentication admin command.
=============================================================================
Server: 33.33.33.1 Port: 1812 Counter start time: Sep 15 05:51:06 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Access Messages:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requests sent: 4
Requests retried: 0
Requests send fail: 0
Requests timeout: 0
Responses dropped: 0
Accepts received: 2
Rejects received: 2
Server marked dead: 0
The following example displays the output for the show radius counters
command with AAA route-download information.
=============================================================================
Server: 10.18.18.33 Port: 1850 Counter start time: Jun 15 23:28:07 2010
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Route Download Messages:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requests sent: 1335
Requests retried: 0
Requests send fail: 0
Requests timeout: 0
Responses dropped: 0
Accepts received: 1334
Rejects received: 1
Syntax
show radius server admin
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show radius server admin command to display RADIUS server
configuration and status information based on administrator login.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
optional context<ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context<ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Note: The command show radius server admin shows the authentication
server status when an administrator logs in. Subscriber login has no
impact on the output of the show radius server admin command.
The state and state set time field under this command output reflects the
status of the server based on the administrator login. This is completed by using
telnet or ssh to the device using the radius authentication method. The three
supported states are INIT, ALIVE, and DEAD.
Table 121 lists the states that are supported by the state field in the output
display.
Example 221
The following example displays RADIUS server configuration information and
status based on administrator login.
value of cnt: 1
rad serve type: 1
rad serve type: 2
Accounting Server
==============================================================================
Address Port Key State State set time
==============================================================================
33.33.33.1 1813 ******** Alive Thu Sep 15 06:00:16 2016
Syntax
show radius statistics [clear]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show radius statistics command to display RADIUS server
statistics.
Example 222
The following example displays RADIUS server statistics.
================================================================ →
==============
Context: local
================================================================ →
==============
Send Details:
Subscriber authentication:
Request send: 0 Request retransmit: →
0
Response received: 0
Server busy: 0 Server not ready: →
0
0
Internal error: 0 Unknown attribute: →
0
No route: 0
L2tp accounting:
Request send: 0 Request retransmit: →
0
Response received: 0
Server busy: 0 Server not ready: →
0
No server: 0 Server marked dead: →
0
Bad attribute: 0 Socket error: →
0
Accounting accepted: 0 Accounting timeout: →
0
Internal error: 0 Unknown attribute: →
0
No route: 0
Accounting On/Off:
Request send: 0 Request retransmit: →
0
Response received: 0
Server busy: 0 Server not ready: →
0
No server: 0 Server marked dead: →
0
Bad attribute: 0 Socket error: →
0
Accounting accepted: 0 Accounting timeout: →
0
Internal error: 0 Unknown attribute: →
0
No route: 0
Event accounting:
Request send: 0 Request retransmit: →
0
Response received: 0
Server busy: 0 Server not ready: →
0
No server: 0 Server marked dead: →
0
Bad attribute: 0 Socket error: →
0
Accounting accepted: 0 Accounting timeout: →
0
Internal error: 0 Unknown attribute: →
0
No route: 0
Route download:
Request send: 0 Request retransmit: →
0
Response received: 0
Server busy: 0 Server not ready: →
0
No server: 0 Server marked dead: →
0
Bad attribute: 0 Socket error: →
0
Send accept to AAAd: 0 Send reject to AAAd: →
0
Send meth fail to AAAd: 0 Internal error: →
0
Unknown attribute: 0 No route: →
0
Receive Details:
No match request: 0 No match server: →
0
Invalid packet: 0 Bogus packet: →
0
Dup response packet: 0
The following example displays RADIUS administrator server after clearing the
statistics.
Syntax
show rcm {memory | session}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rcm command to display RCM information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show rcm command with the
memory keyword.
The following example displays output from the show rcm command with the
session keyword.
---------------------------------------------------------------- →
---
Syntax
show redundancy
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show redundancy command to display the state of the standby
controller card and to verify whether the card is synchronized with the active card
and ready to become active.
— /flash
— /var/performance
— /var/registry
— /disk/sf_images
Examples
The following example displays the state of the controller card.
[local]Ericsson#show redundancy
---------------------------------
This vRP is active
---------------------------------
STANDBY vRP READY? : YES
PAd in sync? : YES
Database in sync? : YES
CDB in sync? : YES
Software Release in sync? : YES
Firmware in sync? : YES
Mate-to-Mate link up? : YES
RIB : SUCCESS
AAAHelper SUCCESS
ARP SUCCESS
CLS-ISSU-CHKPT-NAME SUCCESS
CLSLIB-IDXDB-ISSU-CHKPT-NAME SUCCESS
CLSLIB-RS-ISSU-CHKPT-NAME SUCCESS
csm SUCCESS
ISM SUCCESS
pad SUCCESS
PNSD SUCCESS
RCM_LICM SUCCESS
RDB SUCCESS
RTDB QOS SUCCESS
SM AAA DSLline SUCCESS
SM AAA RD Info SUCCESS
SM AAA Routes SUCCESS
SM AAA Session SUCCESS
SM AAA Strings SUCCESS
SM AAA V6 Routes SUCCESS
SM DOT1Q SUCCESS
SM ETI SUCCESS
SM IP POOL SVR alloc record SUCCESS
SM IP POOL SVR client id SUCCESS
SM ISM2 SUCCESS
SM LM SUCCESS
SM LRM SUCCESS
SM ND SUCCESS
SM RCM SUCCESS
SM Replist SUCCESS
SM SNMP Alarm SUCCESS
SM SNMP Alarm General SUCCESS
SM SNMP Alarm Strings SUCCESS
SM SNMP Variable SUCCESS
SM SNMP Variable Strings SUCCESS
SM STATD SUCCESS
SM-RIB-BFD SUCCESS
SM-RIB-NH SUCCESS
SM_LICM_10 SUCCESS
SM_LICM_9 SUCCESS
SM_LM_NH SUCCESS
tsmrp papt SUCCESS
Note: If the status of "CDB in sync" is "No", CDB on standby vRP is not
synchronized to CDB on master vRP. Please contact the support team as
the CDB configuration will be lost in case of vRP switchover.
The following example displays the directories that may be out of sync on the
standby controller card.
Syntax
show rfm [all | cdr-summary [balance] [bytes | kilobytes |
megabytes] | db [<db-parameters>] | disk-usage [[slot <slot-number>]
service <service-name> | summary] | history [<events>] | ramfs
[detail] | statistics]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
db [<db-parameters>]
Optional. Displays CDR files database.Enter any
combination of the optional <db-parameters> arguments
to select various CDR file database parameters for
display. The <db-parameters> argument consists of the
following keywords and variables:
— compressed-greater <min-size>—Displays entries
with greater compressed size.
— uncompressed-greater <min-size>—Displays
entries with greater uncompressed size.
history [<events>]
Optional. Displays history of 1 to 64 events, depending on
the number specified by <events>.
ramfs [detail] Optional. Displays RAM file system usage. Using ramfs
detail displays detailed usage.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rfm command to display RFM internal information, including CDR
datastore, disk usage information, RFM statistics data, and history logs.
Use the optional keywords to limit the search. Multiple search criteria can be
applied.
The fields output by the show rfm all fields are described in Table 122 and
illustrated by the example in show rfm all.
[local]Ericsson#[local]Ericsson#
Redundant File Manager (RFM) General Statistics
Files in store : 7
RFM restarts : 1
Last minute : 0
Last 10 minutes : 0
Last 60 minutes : 0
Created files : 0
Last minute : 0
Last 10 minutes : 0
Last 60 minutes : 0
Deleted files : 1
Last minute : 0
Last 10 minutes : 0
Last 60 minutes : 0
Created uncompressed file size : 16777232 byte
Last minute : 0 byte
Last 10 minutes : 0 byte
Last 60 minutes : 0 byte
Created compressed file size : 0 byte
Last minute : 0 byte
Last 10 minutes : 0 byte
Last 60 minutes : 0 byte
Failed file creates : 0
Last minute : 0
Last 10 minutes : 0
Last 60 minutes : 0
Replicated files : 0
Last minute : 0
Last 10 minutes : 0
Last 60 minutes : 0
Replicated file size : 01179120 byte
Last minute : 0 byte
Last 10 minutes : 0 byte
Last 60 minutes : 0 byte
RFM history
-------------
rfm history empty
Service Storage:
name max-storage total-used high-use file-repl
epg 7323486M 445543M no enabled
The following two examples display no disk info when there is no rfm disk
service for a slot or for a whole node.
Note: The result no disk info does not necessarily indicate a fault. The CDR
file disk usage information is available only when the rfm service is
requested for the node.
The following example displays all CDR files with 10_20120523015 in the names
that were created. The details option shows details about each displayed entry
(without this keyword, only the name displays).
match criteria:
name_pattern:10_20120523015
The following example displays the number of all CDR files with
10_20120523015 in the names that were created. The summary option displays
only the number of entries found according to the match criteria and does not
display the entries themselves.
The following example displays all CDR files with 10_20120523014 in the names
that were created. The details option shows details about each displayed entry.
match criteria:
name_pattern:10_20120523014
Total entries found:4 total entries scanned:5
epg101_-_0000000002
app:epg serial:2 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:52:11 2012
active type:new_file slot:1 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:10 vol:2
epg101_-_0000000003
app:epg serial:3 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:52:25 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:2
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:1
epg101_-_0000000004
app:epg serial:4 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:52:38 2012
active type:new_file slot:1 vol:2
backup type:replicated slot:10 vol:1
epg101_-_0000000005
app:epg serial:5 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:52:52 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:2
epg101_-_0000000006
app:epg serial:6 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:53:05 2012
active type:new_file slot:1 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:10 vol:2
epg101_-_0000000007
app:epg serial:7 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:53:19 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:2
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:1
epg101_-_0000000008
app:epg serial:8 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:53:32 2012
active type:new_file slot:1 vol:2
backup type:replicated slot:10 vol:1
epg101_-_0000000009
app:epg serial:9 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:53:46 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:2
epg101_-_0000000010
app:epg serial:10 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:53:59 2012
active type:new_file slot:1 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:10 vol:2
epg101_-_0000000001
app:epg serial:1 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:51:58 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:2
__________________ Smallest Compressed Size _________________ →
_
epg101_-_0000000001
app:epg serial:1 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:51:58 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:2
__________________ Largest Compressed Size _________________ →
_
epg101_-_0000000001
app:epg serial:1 size:1048576 created: Feb 23 →
19:51:58 2012
active type:new_file slot:10 vol:1
backup type:replicated slot:1 vol:2
Syntax
show rmon {alarms | events]}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rmon command to display RMON information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays RMON alarms.
Syntax
show route-map [<map-name>] [summary]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays all configured route maps.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show route-map command to display information about configured
route maps.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays all configured route maps.
[local]Ericsson#show route-map
route-map c1-a2-in:
count: 6, sequences: 10 - 40, client count: 1
modified: 2 day(s), 21 hour(s) ago
sequence 10, permit (hits: 13, cache hits: 7)
Match clauses:
as-path (as-path filter): AS2686
Set clauses:
local-preference 80
weight 65535
sequence 15, permit (hits: 17667, cache hits: 17667)
Match clauses:
ip address (prefix list): /22-permit
Set clauses:
community local-AS
sequence 20, permit (hits: 2, cache hits: 0)
Match clauses:
ip address (prefix list): slash9
Set clauses:
metric 80
sequence 25, permit (hits: 3, cache hits: 0)
Match clauses:
ip address (prefix list): slash18
Set clauses:
community-list no-export/11:121-delete delete
community 11:102 additive
ip next-hop 10.255.255.254
sequence 30, permit (hits: 307062, cache hits: 0)
Match clauses:
community (community list filter): 11:121-c1-wtn
Set clauses:
community 11:102 additive
sequence 40, permit (hits: 0, cache hits: 0)
Match clauses:
Set clauses:
route-map a2-out-map:
count: 4, sequences: 10 - 40, client count: 1
modified: 2 day(s), 21 hour(s) ago
sequence 40, permit (hits: 2227, cache hits: 0)
Match clauses:
community (community list filter): a2community
Set clauses:
metric-type internal
total route maps: 2route-map aigp:
count: 1, sequences: 30 - 30, client count: 0
modified: 1 day(s), 21 hour(s) ago, version: 1262
sequence 30, permit (hits: 0, cache hits: 0)
Match clauses:
Set clauses:
aigp-metric 20
total route maps: 3
route-map c1-a2-in:
count: 6, sequences: 10 - 40, client count: 1
modified: 2 day(s), 21 hour(s) ago
route-map a2-out-map:
count: 4, sequences: 10 - 40, client count: 1
modified: 2 day(s), 21 hour(s) ago
total route maps: 2route-map aigp:
count: 4, sequences: 30 - 30, client count: 0
modified: 1 day(s), 21 hour(s) ago
total route maps: 3
Syntax
show rsvp counters [global | histogram | lsp | packets]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays all RSVP counter information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp counters command to display RSVP counter information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays packet-related output from the show rsvp
counters command.
Packet Counters
Interval: 00:00:09
The following example displays LSP-related output from the show rsvp
counters command.
LSP Counters
In this example:
— Stale LSPs are the number of LSPs that moved to the Stale state due to local
or neighbor restart events.
— Stale LSPs Recovered are the number of previously stale LSPs that moved
back successfully to the Up state.
Syntax
show rsvp debug
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp debug command to display RSVP debug information.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show rsvp debug command.
Current session
Event Filter
Path LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
PSB LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
RSB LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
Resv LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
State-changes LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
Session LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
Label LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
QOS LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
FRR LSP Name : primary, primary1
Tunnel Id : 10, 20
Neighbor Neighbor addresses : 2.2.2.2
Path Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Resv Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Path Error Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Resv Error Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Path Tear Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Resv Tear Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Packet Confirm Send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Packet intf send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Hello packet send Tunnel EP : 2.2.3.4, Extended Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.4, Tunnel Id : 20
Path Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Resv Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Path Error Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Resv Error Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Path Tear Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Resv Tear Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Packet Confirm Recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Packet intf recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Hello packet recv Tunnel EP : 2.2.2.2, Tunnel Id : 10
Syntax
show rsvp explicit-route [<er-name> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information for all explicit routes.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp explicit-route command to display explicit route
information.
Use the <er-name> argument to display detailed information for a specific explicit
route.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mod) display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary information for all explicit routes.
exp-rt1 2
The following example displays detailed information for the exp-rt1 explicit
route.
Syntax
show rsvp interface [<if-name> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays all RSVP interface summary information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp interface command to display all RSVP interface summary
information.
Use the <if-name> argument to display information for only a specific RSVP
interface.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information for all configured RSVP interfaces.
The following example displays information for the IPst.14 RSVP interface.
Track-mtu
Allocated BW (By/sec) : 0
0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
Syntax
show rsvp lsp [<lsp-name> | backup | bypass | detail | down |
egress | ingress | label | protected | protection | track [<lsp-
name> | detail] | transit | up]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information for all LSPs.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp lsp command to display all RSVP LSP information.
Use the <lsp-name> argument to display information for only the specified LSP, or
use any of the available keywords to display LSP information for only the
specified keyword.
When Next-Hop Fast Reroute (NFRR) is enabled while the system completes the
Make-Before-Break (MBB) procedures during a failover, <mbb> is displayed
beside the LSP name in the LSP field. If you execute this command with the
<lsp-name> keyword, the details of both the new and old LSPs are displayed.
Before and after MBB, only one LSP is displayed.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information for all RSVP LSPs.
— State—State of the LSP. The state can be Up, Down, Shut, or Stale.
— FRR—If an LSP has an FRR bypass LSP that can protect it, this field displays
the tunnel ID of the bypass LSP. Otherwise, this field is empty.
— 0—Origin for the type of LSP relative to the location of the local switch in the
path: I (or Ingress) for ingress, E (or Egress) for egress, or T (or Transit)
for transit.
The following example displays detailed information for all RSVP LSPs.
The following example displays information for RSVP LSPs that are currently
shut down.
The following example displays information for RSVP LSPs that are currently up.
The show rsvp lsp ingress command displays the following output:
— TID—Tunnel ID. It is unique for an originating node for a given LSP; the
range of values is 1 to 40000.
— State—The state of the LSP. The state can be Up, Down, Shut, or Stale.
— FRR—Fast reroute (FRR). If the LSP has an FRR bypass LSP that can protect
it, this field displays the tunnel ID of the bypass LSP that is protecting it.
Otherwise, this field is empty.
— 0—Origin, for the type of LSP with regards to where the local switch is in the
path: I (or Ingress) for ingress, E (or Egress) for egress, or T (or Transit)
for transit.
The following example displays label information for all RSVP LSPs.
The following example displays information for RSVP LSPs protected with a
backup LSP.
The following example displays protection information for all RSVP LSPs.
The following example shows the <mbb> tag that is appended to the LSP name in
the LSP field, while the system completes MBB procedures during a failover.
Before and after the MBB procedures, the LSP is displayed without the <mbb>
tag.
The following example displays detailed information about both the old and new
test LSPs while the system performs the MBB procedures. Before and after the
MBB procedure, only a single LSP is displayed.
Syntax
show rsvp neighbor [<ip-addr> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary RSVP information for all neighbors.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp neighbor command to display RSVP neighbor information.
If the RSVP neighbor’s transport IP address differs from its router ID, the IP
address specified in the neighbor <ip-addr> construct must be the RSVP
neighbor’s transport IP address.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only, or—depending on the command syntax—for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary RSVP neighbor information for all
RSVP interfaces.
20.1.1.1 Yes 30 60 Up
The summary includes the following information for all RSVP neighbors:
Nbr Restart Time :20 (sec) Nbr Recovery Time :40 (sec)
— Restart Time—Number of seconds that the local node has to send Hello
message after restarting.
— Nbr Restart Time—Number of seconds that Nbr has to send “Hello” after
restarting.
— Nbr Recovery Time—Number of seconds that Nbr has to refresh LSPs after
restarting. (Restart/Recovery Time is available only if RSVP Hello messages
are enabled.)
— Hello Status—Enabled/Disabled/Restarting.
Syntax
show rsvp track [<object-name> | detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays summary information about all RSVP tracking objects currently
configured on the router.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show rsvp track command to display information about a specific
RSVP tracking object or for all RSVP tracking objects currently configured on the
router.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays summary information about all tracking objects
currently configured on the router.
object1 1 0 DOWN
Track1 1 0 UP
Track-mtu 3 2 UP
Number of members: 1
Tracked by 0 observers
The following example displays detailed information about all tracking objects
currently configured on the router.
Number of members: 0
Tracked by 2 observers
RSVP LSP:AC1MTU2AZUL
RSVP LSP:AC1AG1VERDE
Tracked by 0 observers
Number of members: 0
Tracked by 0 observers
Number of members: 0
Tracked by 0 observers
Number of members: 0
Tracked by 0 observers
Number of members: 0
Tracked by 0 observers
Number of members: 0
Tracked by 0 observers
Number of members: 6
RSVP interface:IPst.2 is UP
RSVP interface:IPst.4 is UP
Tracked by 1 observers
RSVP LSP:AC1_MTU1_azul
Number of members: 1
Tracked by 0 observers
Syntax
show running-config [<pathfilter>]
Syntax Description
Default
All the running configuration is displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show running-config command to display the running configuration.
The running configuration is structured by the data node hierarchy of YANG
model. A part of the hierarchical configuration can be displayed by using the
<pathfilter> argument. The construct of <pathfilter> complies with the
hierarchy of YANG data node.
Access privileges to the specified configuration depends on which user groups the
administrators belong to.
By appending a space followed by the pipe (|) character at the end of show
running-config command, you can filter the output using a set of modifiers. For
instances, use details to display the default configuration values, use exclude
to filter out specific configurations. For more information, see Modifying Outputs
of Commands.
Use the alias or user alias command to create a shortcut for frequently used
show running-config command with a specific modifier pattern. For usage of
alias commands, see alias and user alias. You can configure more than one
show running-config <pathfilter> command in one alias for filtering
frequently specified running configurations.
Table 123 lists the possible construct of <pathfilter> specifying to the supported
features or functions.
Construct Description
contexts dot1q 802.1Q protocol configuration
contexts forward Forward policy configuration
contexts icr Inter-chassis redundancy
contexts ipv6 IPv6
contexts logging Logging configuration
contexts mirror-policy Mirror policy
contexts multi-chassis-link-group Multichassis Link Aggregation Group (MC-LAG)
contexts rmon Remote Monitoring
contexts router pcep Path Computation Element Protocol (PCEP)
contexts snmp Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
contexts service-instance Service instance
contexts tcp Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) parameter
contexts tracked-object Objects tracked by Event Tracking Infrastructure (ETI)
contexts tunnel Tunnels
contexts xc-group Cross connection group
contexts pseudowire instance <instance-name> Pseudowire instance details
contexts pseudowire peer-profile <peer-profile-name> Pseudowire peer profile details
fm Fault management
interfaces interface Interfaces configuration
interfaces interface lag-<interface-name> 802.1AX link group configuration
lm License management
nacm Access control
pm Performance management
qos Quality of Service (QoS)
swim Software inventory management
system authentication Administrator authentication
system ntp Network Time Protocol (NTP)
yang-server YANG server
Examples
The following example shows how to display a specified running configuration
for router ospf.
default-metric 24
area 0.0.0.1
!
!
router ospf 3
router-id 3.4.5.6
default-metric 25
area 0.0.0.2
!
!
!
The following example shows how to display the default values of the router
ospf configuration.
router ospf 2
spf-timers ospf-spfdelayspec 5
spf-timers ospf-spfholdtime 10
fast-convergence fast-convergence-enable true
fast-convergence ospf-fcmsdelay 100
fast-convergence ospf-fcextraspfs 3
distance intra-area 110
distance inter-area 110
distance external 110
auto-cost auto-cost-enable true
auto-cost reference-bandwidth 100
router-id 2.3.4.5
default-metric 24
maximum redistribute-quantum 2000
timers rib-eof-delay 40
lfa-scheduling inline-limit 10
lfa-scheduling pass-limit 40
area 0.0.0.1
!
!
router ospf 3
spf-timers ospf-spfdelayspec 5
spf-timers ospf-spfholdtime 10
fast-convergence fast-convergence-enable true
fast-convergence ospf-fcmsdelay 100
fast-convergence ospf-fcextraspfs 3
distance intra-area 110
distance inter-area 110
distance external 110
auto-cost auto-cost-enable true
auto-cost reference-bandwidth 100
router-id 3.4.5.6
default-metric 25
maximum redistribute-quantum 2000
timers rib-eof-delay 40
lfa-scheduling inline-limit 10
lfa-scheduling pass-limit 40
area 0.0.0.2
!
!
!
The following example shows how to display the detailed router ospf
configuration for the specified router-id.
The following example shows how to create the alias show-admin-config as the
shortcut for displaying an administrator made configuration, and display the
output of the alias.
[local]Ericsson#config
Ericsson(config)#alias show-admin-config expansion "show running-config →
alias ; show running-config asp ; show running-config bridge; show run →
ning-config card ; show running-config contexts ; show running-config i →
nterfaces ; show running-config qos ; show running-config swim ; show r →
unning-config system ; show running-config yang-server; show running-co →
nfig cm-notification-sender;"
Ericsson(config-alias-show-admin-config)#commit
Commit complete.
Ericsson(config-alias-show-admin-config)#end
[local]Ericsson#show-admin-config
[local]Ericsson#show running-config alias ; show running-config asp ; s →
how running-config bridge ; show running-config card ; show running-con →
fig contexts ; show running-config interfaces ; show running-config qos →
; show running-config swim ; show running-config system ; show running →
-config yang-server ; show running-config cm-notification-sender ;
alias show-admin-config
expansion "show running-config alias ; show running-config asp ; show →
running-config bridge; show running-config card ; show running-config c →
ontexts ; show running-config interfaces ; show running-config qos ; sh →
ow running-config swim ; show running-config system ; show running-conf →
ig yang-server; show running-config cm-notification-sender;"
% No entries found.
card 1
type vfrwd
!
contexts service multiple-contexts true
contexts context local
service scp server
service scp client
service ssh server
service ssh client
service telnet server
service telnet client
logging console true
!
contexts context test
!
Syntax
show security [administrators | global]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-security-admin
system-admin
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show security command to display information about administrator
accounts and the global security.
Note: This command displays results only when the EAL3 compliance security
profile is configured.
Examples
The following example displays the global security information.
Syntax
show service [filter]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show service command to display the status (enabled or disabled) of
all context, process, and protocol services.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example shows the status of system services.
[local]Ericsson#show service
Context Services:
auto-system-recovery disabled
card-auto-reload enabled
console-break disabled
crash-dump-dram enabled
domain-wildcard disabled
inter-context routing disabled
multiple-contexts disabled
upload-coredump disabled
Process Services:
ppp enabled
pppoe enabled
l2tp enabled
Protocol Services:
Syntax
show servmon card <slot>
Command Mode
All modes
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show servmon card command to display the disk monitoring status.
If the file system is full, vDisk monitoring stops automatically, although the show
servmon card command still shows the vDisk monitoring status as enabled.
When enough free disk space is available, vDisk monitoring becomes active
again.
Example 229
The following example displays the disk monitoring status of the card slot when disk monitoring is
disabled.
--------------------------------------------------------------
Slot number : 4/1
Card Type : vsfo
servmon-1
service configured : FALSE
FFN on reset : ENABLED CLI soft resets : 0
Disk health monitoring: DISABLED
SERVMON restarts : 0 CP process resets : 0
Maximum long resets : 0 Current long resets : 0
Maximum short resets : 0 Short reset interval : 600
Current short resets : 0
no soft resets recorded
Example 230
The following example displays the disk monitoring status of the card slot when disk monitoring is
enabled.
--------------------------------------------------------------
Slot number : 4/1
Card Type : vsfo
servmon-1
service configured : FALSE
FFN on reset : ENABLED CLI soft resets : 0
Disk health monitoring: ENABLED
SERVMON restarts : 0 CP process resets : 0
Maximum long resets : 0 Current long resets : 0
Maximum short resets : 0 Short reset interval : 600
Current short resets : 0
no soft resets recorded
Syntax
show snmp accesses
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays access privileges for all SNMP groups.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp accesses command to display SNMP group access
privileges. The information displayed is similar to that provided in the SNMPv3-
VACM-MIB vacmAccessTable. Each output entry is indexed by group name,
context prefix, security model, and security level.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Example
The following example displays SNMP group access privileges.
Syntax
show snmp alarm {active | cleared | model | stats}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp alarm command with the appropriate keyword to display
lists of active and cleared alarms, alarm model configuration, and SNMP alarm
statistics.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays cleared SNMP alarms.
=======================================================================
Object name : Value
=======================================================================
alarmClearIndex : 3
alarmClearDateAndTime : 2009-4-9, 12:28:19, -8:0
alarmClearEngineID : 80.0.9.30.83.0.0.30.88.1.45.8d [hex]
alarmClearEngineAddressType : ipv4(1)
alarmClearEngineAddress : 10.12.49.19
alarmClearContextName : local
alarmClearLogIndex : 0
alarmClearNotificationID : interfaces.3.3.4.5
alarmClearResourceId : 0.0
alarmClearModelPointer : 0.0
Examples
The following example displays active and cleared SNMP alarms, SNMP alarm
model and alarm statistics.
=======================================================================
Object name : Value
=======================================================================
alarmActiveIndex :5
alarmActiveDateAndTime :2014-2-12, 10:32:32, +0:0
alarmActiveEngineID :80.0.9.30.83.0.0.1e.df.e5.4f.c1. [hex]
alarmActiveEngineAddressType :ipv4(1)
alarmActiveEngineAddress :10.170.113.211.
alarmActiveContextName :local
alarmActiveVariables :5
alarmActiveNotificationID :linkDown
alarmActiveResourceId :ifIndex.5
alarmActiveLogPointer :0.0
alarmActiveModelPointer :alarmModelNotificationId.0.1.6
alarmActiveSpecificPointer :ituAlarmEventType.0.1.3
alarmActiveDescription :
[local]sp-sc1#show snmp alarm cleared
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
Object name : Value
=======================================================================
alarmModelIndex :1
alarmModelState :clear(1)
alarmModelNotificationId :linkUp
alarmModelVarbindIndex :3
alarmModelVarbindValue :1
alarmModelSpecificPointer :0.0
alarmModelVarbindSubtree :0.0
alarmModelResourcePrefix :0.0
alarmModelDescription :
------------------------------------------------------------------------
alarmModelIndex :1
alarmModelState :critical(6)
alarmModelNotificationId :linkDown
alarmModelVarbindIndex :3
alarmModelVarbindValue :2
alarmModelSpecificPointer :0.0
alarmModelVarbindSubtree :0.0
alarmModelResourcePrefix :0.0
alarmModelDescription :
[local]sp-sc1#show snmp alarm stats
=======================================================================
Object name : Value
=======================================================================
alarmActiveStatsActiveCurrent :2
alarmActiveStatsActives :6
alarmActiveStatsLastRaise :0 days 20h:57m:21.82s
alarmActiveStatsLastClear :0 days 20h:56m:2.30s
Syntax
show snmp communities
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays information about all configured SNMP communities.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp communities command to display SNMP communities.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show snmp communities
command.
Syntax
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp engine-ids command to display the engine id for the
SNMPv3 local or remote systems.
Examples
The following example displays an engine ID of
80:00:09:30:83:00:02:00:00:00:fc:00 for the SNMPv3 local system and an
engine ID of 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88:99 for the SNMPv3 remote system.
Note: To get the information of engine ID, the snmp server must ever be
configured or engine ID explicitly configured.
local 80:00:09:30:8b:60:00:50:56:89:04:49
remote-id 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88:99
Syntax
show snmp ha status
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on Standby VRP cards.
Use the show snmp ha status command to display High Availability (HA) status
of SNMP after RP is reloaded or switchover. Time stamp and status of HA events
are displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display SNMP HA status.
Syntax
show snmp message statistics
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on Standby VRP cards.
Use the show snmp message statistics command to display SNMP message
statistics. This command shows the count of message or Application Interface
(API) call on the following queue, Management Information Base (MIB), and API
basis:
— The trapQ queue. Table 124 lists detailed output field for TrapQ queue.
— The fault queue. Table 126 lists detailed output field for fault queue.
— The alarm MIB. Table 127 lists detailed output field for alarm MIB.
Examples
The following example shows how to display SNMP message statistics.
Syntax
show snmp ping [<ping-test-name>] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays test settings for all SNMP tests.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp ping command to display SNMP ping test settings.
When you run the command from a non-local context, only the settings for ping
tests defined within that context will display. If you run the commands from the
local context, you can view settings for all defined ping tests, and the output is
organized by context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays SNMP ping test settings.
Syntax
show snmp pingresult [<ping-test-name>] [history] [success | failed]
[detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays results for all SNMP ping tests.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp ping result command to display the results of scheduled
SNMP ping tests.
When you run the command from a non-local context, only the ping tests defined
within that context will display. If you run the commands from the local context,
you can view all defined ping tests, and the output is organized by context.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
When RTT (Round Trip Time) values are less than 1 milli second, the
output result is displayed as "0" for both show snmp ping result and
show snmp ping result history commands.
Examples
The following example displays a history of the results of several previous SNMP
ping tests.
Syntax
show snmp server
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp server command to display SNMP server information such
as the current state of the SNMP daemon and the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
port on which it is currently configured to listen.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show snmp server command.
0 - 99 | 0 0 0 0 →
100 - 199 | 0 0 0 0 →
200 - 299 | 0 0 0 0 →
300 - 399 | 0 0 0 0 →
400 - 499 | 0 0 0 0 →
500 - 599 | 0 0 0 0 →
600 - 699 | 0 0 0 0 →
700 - 799 | 0 0 0 0 →
800 - 899 | 0 0 0 0 →
900 - 999 | 0 0 0 0 →
1000 - 1099 | 0 0 0 0 →
1100 - 1199 | 0 0 0 0 →
1200 - 1299 | 0 0 0 0 →
1300 - 1399 | 0 0 0 0 →
1400 - 1499 | 0 0 0 0 →
1500 - 1599 | 0 0 0 0 →
1600 - 1699 | 0 0 0 0 →
1700 - 1799 | 0 0 0 0 →
1800 - 1899 | 0 0 0 0 →
1900 - 1999 | 0 0 0 0 →
2000 - | 0 0 0 0 →
Syntax
show snmp targets
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
Displays information about all configured SNMP targets.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp targets command to display SNMP targets (notification
receivers).
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show snmp targets command.
— Maximum message size value associated with the SNMP target: 2048
Syntax
show snmp traceroute {result <traceroute-test-name >details |
<traceroute-test-name > details}
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<traceroute-test-name>
Filters the output to display information for only the
specified traceroute test.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp traceroute command to display the results of the current
SNMP traceroute tests. Use the <traceroute-test-name> keyword to filter results
by test name.
Use the detail keyword to display additional hop related information, including
hop index, hop IP address, number of probe sent, number of probes received,
minimum RTT, maximum RTT, and average RTT. If SNMP traceroute tests are
configured by SNMP set requests and the value of the
traceRouteCtlCreateHopsEntries object is set to FALSE, traceroute hop related
information will not be displayed when the detail keyword is enabled.
Example 231
The following example displays details about the traceroute test test_1:
Totals: 1 test
The following example displays detailed traceroute test results for the traceroute
test test_1:
n 21 18:31:12
IP address = 3.3.3.3
Hop hop IP address sent recv min/m →
ax/avg (ms)
---- -------------------- ---- ---- ----- →
---------------
1 1.1.1.1 3 3 →
0/1/1
2 2.2.2.2 3 3 →
1/1/1
3 3.3.3.3 3 3 →
0/1/1
Totals: 1 tests
Syntax
show snmp views
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show snmp views command to display the configured Management
Information Base (MIB) views.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show snmp views command.
Syntax
show ssh-attributes [ciphers [default | pool] | key-exchange
[default | pool] | loglevel [default | pool] | macs [default |
pool] | telnet]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ssh-attributes command to display SSH server attributes.
Example 232
This example displays all SSH server attributes.
[local]Ericsson#show ssh-attributes
ssh attributes
--------------
start-drop 16
rate-drop 100
full-drop 16
current-number-of-connections 0
ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com
aes128-ctr
aes192-ctr
aes256-ctr
aes128-gcm@openssh.com
aes256-gcm@openssh.com
aes128-cbc
aes192-cbc
aes256-cbc
3des-cbc
macs umac-64-etm@openssh.com
umac-128-etm@openssh.com
hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com
hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com
hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com
umac-64@openssh.com
hmac-sha2-256
hmac-sha2-512
hmac-sha1
key-exchange curve25519-sha256
curve25519-sha256@libssh.org
ecdh-sha2-nistp256
ecdh-sha2-nistp384
ecdh-sha2-nistp521
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
diffie-hellman-group16-sha512
diffie-hellman-group18-sha512
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1
diffie-hellman-group14-sha256
diffie-hellman-group14-sha1
diffie-hellman-group1-sha1
loglevel INFO
Syntax
show static route [print-prefix] [all] [ipv6]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show static route command to display static route information.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Table 128 describes the show static route command output fields.
Table 128 Field Descriptions for the show static route Command
Field Description
Prefix IP address and prefix length.
Best — Yes—Indicates that the next hop or path is
considered the best path.
Field Description
the prefix has not been advertised into the
Routing Information Base (RIB).
NType Next-hop type. The types can be addr (IP
address), intf (interface), dvsr (dynamically
verified static routing), and Detail next-hop
information. The information displayed can
either be an IP address, an interface name, a
context name, or cntx (context).
Addr/Intf/Cntx null0 (a null interface to prevent routing loops).
NS Next-hop status. The status is either up or dn
(down). It reflects the status of either the next-
hop IP address reachability, the next-hop
interface status, or the next-hop context.
Dist Route distance to be advertised into the RIB.
BFD Bidirectional Forwarding Detection enabled on
the route. The status is either yes or no.
Tag Tag value of the prefix.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show static route command.
A double-barrel route is configured to the 8.1.1.1/30 destination, BFD is
configured on three routes, the next-hop for 40.1.0.0/16 is currently down.
Examples
The following example displays output from the show static route command
when the configuration includes an ETI tracked object. The ETI column displays
the state of the ETI tracked object.
Syntax
show swm
Scope
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show swm command to display information about Software Management
(SwM). For more information on using ECCLI, refer to Using the CLI.
The show swm command is also available through NETCONF. For more
information on using NETCONF, refer to NETCONF Interface for YANG.
Examples
The following example displays information about SwM.
[local]Ericsson#show swm
swm local-file-store-path /install
swm report-progress 5
action-name createUpgradePackage
additional-info [ "Create UpgradePackage" ]
progress-info "Creating the UpgradePackage MO"
progress-percentage 100
result success
result-info "Successfully created UpgradePackage 2"
state finished
time-action-started 2017-11-20T09:06:25-00:00
time-action-completed 2017-11-20T09:06:26-00:00
time-of-last-status-update 2017-11-20T09:06:26-00:00
swm upgrade-package 2
state prepare-in-progress
created 2017-11-20T09:06:26-00:00
uri scp://arts02@132.196.204.5//project/swbuild/xpoovad/swm/tmp/
creator-action-id 5
report-progress
action-name prepare
additional-info [ "Prepare UpgradePackage" ]
progress-info "Distributing the UpgradePackage"
progress-percentage 63
result not-available
result-info ""
state running
time-action-started 2017-11-20T09:08:00-00:00
time-action-completed 1900-01-01T00:00:00-00:00
time-of-last-status-update 2017-11-20T09:08:00-00:00
administrative-data
product-name IPOS_platform
product-number "CXP 906 0197"
product-revision 18.1.0.0.165
production-date 2017-11-18T21:06:14-00:00
description "IPOS for SSR"
type Release
activation-step
serial-number 1
name Activation(one-go)
description "Activation in one-go"
Syntax
show swm report-progress [ action-name | additional-info |
progress-info | progress-percentage | result | result-info |
state | time-action-completed | time-action-started | time-of-
last-status-update ]
Scope
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
additional-info
progress-info Optional. Displays progress and the result and the name
of the last executed action, as well as the upgrade-
package-id it was executed on, if a completed action
exists.
progress-percentage
Optional. Displays the progress of the ongoing or the last
executed action.
result-info Optional. Displays the result and the result and the name
of the last executed action, as well as the upgrade-
package-id it was executed on, if a completed action
exists.
time-action-completed
Optional. Displays the time and date the last executed
action was completed, if a completed action exists.
time-action-started
Optional. Displays the time and date the execution of the
ongoing or the last executed action was started.
time-of-last-status-update
Optional. Displays the time and date the state of the
ongoing or the last executed action was updated.
Default
The command always displays the creator-action-id, that is, the unique
identifier of the ongoing or the last executed action.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show swm report-progress to display the progress report and the
result, if one exists, the ongoing or the last executed action. Software
Managament (SwM) does not supports the execution of a multiple actions at the
same time. For more information on using the ECCLI, refer to Using the CLI.
Note: The show swm report-progress displays the progress only for the
following commands:
— create-upgrade-package
— remove-upgrade-package
— remove-software-version
Examples
The following example displays the progress report and the result, if exist, the
ongoing or the last executed action.
The following example displays the name of the ongoing or the last executed
action.
The following example displays messages logged during the execution of the
ongoing or the last executed action.
The following example displays the state and the name of the ongoing or the last
executed action, as well as the upgrade-package-id it was executed on.
The following example displays the progress percentage of the ongoing or the
last executed action.
The following example displays the result state of the last executed action.
The following example displays the result and the name of the ongoing or the
last executed action, as well as the upgrade-package-id it was executed on.
The following example displays the state of the ongoing or the last executed
action.
The following example displays the time and date the last executed action was
completed.
The following example displays the time and date the ongoing or the last
executed was started.
The following example displays the time and date the state of the ongoing or the
last executed action was updated.
The following example displays the output if no actions has been completed.
Syntax
show swm upgrade-package <upgrade-package-id> [ activation-step |
administrative-data | created | creator-action-id | report-
progress | state | uri | password ]
Scope
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
upgrade-package <upgrade-package-id>
Optional. The ID of an upgrade package.
administrative-data
Optional. Displays only the administrative data section.
creator-action-id
Optional. Displays the ID of the action that created an
upgrade package if used with the <upgrade-package-id>
parameter, or displays the ID of the actions that created
the upgrade packages registered in the system.
local-file-store-path
Optional. Displays only the local file storage path.
report-progress
Optional. Displays only the progress report section.
Default
Supply an <upgrade-package-id> to display all available information about an
upgrade-package. If no <upgrade-package-id>
Usage Guidelines
Use the show swm upgrade-package has been entered, the information
about each registered upgrade package is displayed.<upgrade-
package-id> command to display information about upgrade package <upgrade-
package-id>. For more information on using the Ericsson Core CLI, refer to Using
the CLI.
Examples
The following example displays information about upgrade package 41.
upgrade-package-id.
[local]Ericsson#The following example displays the activation step of an upgrade package with
show swm upgrade-package 41 activation-step
SERIAL
NUMBER NAME DESCRIPTION
--------------------------------------------------
1 Activation(one-go) Activation in one-go
The following example displays the activation step of an upgrade package with[local]Ericsson#show swm upgrade-pac →
kage 41 administrative-data
PRODUCT PRODUCT
PRODUCT NAME NUMBER REVISION PRODUCTION DATE DESCRIPTION TYPE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IPOS_platform CXP 906 0197 v17.3.0.0.417 1900-01-01T00:00:00-00:00 IPOS for SSR Release
The following example displays the unique identifier of the action executed that
created the upgrade package with upgrade-package-id.
The following example displays the output of the password keyword for upgrade
to upgrade package with upgrade-package-id.
The following displays only the progress report of an upgrade package with
upgrade-package-id.
The following example displays the state of an upgrade to upgrade package with
upgrade-package-id.
The following example displays the ID of the actions that created the upgrade
packages registered in the system.
The following example displays the state of the upgrade packages registered in
the system.
Syntax
show swim {active | sw-version | sw-item}
Scope
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
None
Example
Example
Example
Syntax
show system redundancy
Scope
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show system redundancy command to display hardware and software
release information of the controller cards.
Examples
The following example displays the state of the controller card.
---------------------------------
Timestamp Source Severity Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Syntax
show system status [{detail | merged | process <proc-name>} [card <slot>]]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
process <proc-name>
card <slot> Optional. Displays the system status of the specified card.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show system status command to display system status information. By
default, if all processes on the active controller card are in the ready state, the
command reports a system status of OK. If any process is not in the ready state,
the command reports a system status of degraded. Additional information is
displayed if a process on the active controller card is not in the ready state or if an
optional command argument is specified. Each event contains a timestamp,
process status, process name, and an optional text message describing the event.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Table 129 lists the keywords for the processes supported by this command.
Keyword Process
clipsd Clientless IP service selection
clsd Classifier Manager
cms_serverd CMS Server
csm Controller State Manager (CSM)
cspfd Constrained Shortest-Path First
dhcpd Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) relay/proxy
dhcpv6d DHCPv6
dhelperd DHCP helper daemon
dhelperv6d DHCPv6 helper daemon
dot1qd 802.1Q encapsulation
evtmd Event multicast
fabricd Fabric
fib-fabl FABL FIB
flowd Flow
fmcore Fault Management core daemon
fmrd Fabric Manager
gsmpd General Switch Management Protocol
(GSMP)
hrd HTTP redirect
hwmon Hardware Monitor
icmp-fabl FABL ICMP handler
iface-fabl FABL IFACE
igmpd Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP)
ipfixd IPFIX aggregation and protocol
isisd Intermediate System-to-Intermediate
System (IS-IS)
ism Interface and Circuit State Manager
(ISM)
l2tpd Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)
lacp-fabl FABL LACP
ldpd Label Distribution Protocol (LDP)
Keyword Process
lgd Link group (LG)
lm Label Manager (LM)
mcast-fabl FABL MCAST
mcastmgrd Multicast manager
mpls-fabl FABL MPLS
msdpd Multicast Source Discovery Protocol
(MSDP)
natd IP Network Address Translation (NAT)
ndd Neighbor Discovery (ND)
np4_ald Adaption layer
ospfd Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
ospf3d OSPF Version 3 (OSPF3)
pad Platform Admin Daemon (PAD)
pemd Port encapsulation module (PEM)
pimd Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM)
pppd Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)
pppoed PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)
qosd Quality of service (QoS)
qos-fabl FABL QoS
rcm Router Configuration Manager (RCM)
ribd Routing Information Base (RIB)
ripd Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
rpmd Routing Policy Manager (RPM)
rsvpd Resource Reservation Protocol Traffic
Engineering (RSVP-TE)
servmon Service monitor
sla Service Level Agreement (SLA)
snmp Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP)
ssc_fwd_st ats Forwarding statistics
statd Statistics
staticd Static routing
Keyword Process
stats-fabl FABL STATS
sysmond System monitor
tapd TAPD
tsmd Traffic Slice Manager (TSM)
tunneld Tunnel management
vrrpd Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP)
vrrp-fabl FABL VRRP
xcd Cross-connect
Example 233
The following example displays the status of a system in which all processes on
the active controller card are in the ready state.
The following example displays the status of a system in which all processes on
the active controller card are not in the ready state. In this example, the flowd
process is not in the ready state.
The following example displays system status details for the card in slot 1.
Syntax
show tacacsplus server [<ip-addr> | <hostname> [port<tcp-port>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-security-admin
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tacacsplus server command to display information for one or
all TACACS+ servers. Output includes the IP address, key, the port set by the
tacacsplus server command, and the values set by the tacacsplus max-
retries and tacacsplus timeout commands.
Use the <ip-addr> or <hostname> argument to specify a server for which detailed
information is displayed. Otherwise, the system displays summary information
for all servers.
Examples
The following example displays summary information for all TACACS+ servers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Counter Value
------- ----------
Current sessions 0
Transmitted packets 8
Received packets 8
Dropped packets 0
Connection errors 0
Connection timeouts 0
Transmission errors 0
Reception errors 0
Authentication timeouts 0
Authorization timeouts 0
Accounting timeouts 0
Syntax
show tcp [bgp [tcb] | brief [all] | ldp [tcb] | md5 | port-filter |
statistics]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
bgp
Default
Shows all active connections.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tcp command to display TCP Internet connections, statistics, and
keepalive settings.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about the context <ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays output when the statistics keyword is
specified.
The following example displays the default output (no keywords specified).
[local]Ericsson#show tcp
Active Internet connections
PCB Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address Sta →
te
99e1a28 0 0 10.12.49.56.23 155.53.44.159.38903 EST →
ABLISHED
99e1960 0 0 10.12.49.56.23 155.53.44.159.43022 EST →
ABLISHED
99e1898 0 0 127.0.2.5.64524 127.0.2.3.6667 EST →
ABLISHED
99e17d0 0 0 127.0.2.5.56326 *.* LIS →
TEN
99e1708 0 0 127.0.2.5.57435 127.0.2.3.6667 EST →
ABLISHED
99e1640 0 0 127.0.2.5.51241 127.0.2.3.6666 EST →
ABLISHED
99e1578 0 0 127.0.2.5.54221 127.0.2.3.6666 EST →
ABLISHED
Syntax
show tech-support [aaa | bfd | bgp | card <slot> | cls | cmb card <slot> |
cms <slot> | dot1q | dpal <slot> | export | fabric <slot> |flowd | gre | icr
| igmp | ipv6 | isis | ism | ldp | lg | lldp | mcastmgr | mld | multicast | ospf |
ospf3 | pim | protocols | qos | rdb | rib | snmp | tsm | yangserver]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin
ericsson-support
system-security-admin
system-read-only
Syntax Description
card <slot>
Displays detailed information about the line card, SSC,
the controller card, or alarm card specified by the <slot>
argument. The valid range of values can be one of the
following:
— Line card and SSC—1–20 for SSR 8020; 1–10 for
SSR 8010; or 1–4 for SSR 8004card
cms <slot> Collects CMS logs generated in the RAM and displays
chassis management system information of the line card,
SSC, the controller card, alarm card, or switch card
specified by the slot argument. The valid range of values
can be one of the following:
— Line card and SSC—1–20 for SSR 8020; 1–10 for
SSR 8010; or 1–4 for SSR 8004
fabric <slot> Displays fabric link statistics, fabric link errors and, card
connectivity per slot id of the line card, SSC, the controller
card, alarm card, or switch card specified by the slot
argument. The valid range of values can be one of the
following:
— Line card and SSC—1–20 for SSR 8020; 1–10 for
SSR 8010; or 1–4 for SSR 8004
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tech-support command without any keywords to collect general
system troubleshooting information for technical support. The command runs a
macro containing a series of commands. The output of this command must be
attached to all customer support requests.
The following areas are addressed by the basic show tech-support command:
— Logon administrators
— Licensing
— FM Alarms
— IP routes
SSR-12724 EVR, New type of subIf you suspect that your problem is related to a
card or one of the modules covered by the keywords, use the command with a
keyword (keywords must be used one at a time).
User group restricts administrator access to the sub commands of show tech-
support command macro. The macro does not execute the commands that the
administrator is not allowed to access.
To save the output as a file, use the show tech-support export command. The
output file is saved in local storage /md with the file name format <host
name>_show_tech_<date>.tar.gz. The Ericsson_<date>.xml file in this
package saves the information of running configuration in XML format. The
show_tech_<date>.log file saves the output of show tech-support command.
To save the output in memory, you can use one of the following methods:
After saving the file in /md, you can send the output to a remote location by
using the copy /md/<filename> ftp://<username>@<hostname>/<filename>
command.
— Use the logging facility in your terminal emulator software to record the
results.
— If you have an external USB storage device installed and mounted on the
active controller card, you can save the output to /media/flash/<filename>
to transfer the file to another location.
The show tech-support export command does not support partially typed
input. Type the full command or use Tab completion before executing.
Examples
The following command collects detailed data about the line card in slot 1.
The following command shows how to save general system information to a file.
Syntax
show terminal
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show terminal command to display terminal settings for the current
session.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context<ctx-name> construct before the show command to
view output for the specified context without entering that context. For
more information about using the context<ctx-name> construct, see
context.
Examples
The following example displays the terminal settings for the current session.
[local]Ericsson#show terminal
[2016-5-18T13:15:30Z]
terminal width = 98
terminal length = 50
Syntax
show tracked-object [<object-name>]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tracked-object command to display information about objects
monitored by the ETI, including the total number of state changes, the time of the
last state change, and the last state of the object. This command also displays
the number of subscribers tracking the object.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering it. For more
information about using the context <ctx-name> construct, see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about bfd-1.2.3.4 ETI object,
including the total number of state changes, the nature of the last state change,
the time/date of the last state change, and the number of subscribers tracking
the object.
The following example displays information about all configured tracked objects.
[local]Ericsson#show tracked-object
Tracked object statistics:
Syntax
show tsmrp debug-info EPG {clear | disable | enable | save}
Scope
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
clear Clears the tsm log messages from the tsm buffer.
save Saves the tsm log messages from the tsm buffer to
epg_tsm_debug_info.txt file in /md.
Default
By default, logging of tsm messages to the tsm buffer is enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tsmrp debug-info EPG clear command to clear the tsm log
messages from the tsm buffer.
Use the show tsmrp debug-info EPG disable command to disable the
logging of tsm messages to the tsm buffer.
Use the show tsmrp debug-info EPG enable command to enable the logging
of tsm messages to the tsm buffer.
Use the show tsmrp debug-info EPG save command to generate the
epg_tsm_debug_info.txt file in /md, with tsm log messages.
Example 234
The following example clears the tsm log messages from the tsm buffer.
Example 235
The following example sets the debug information for logging tsm messages to
disable.
Example 236
The following example sets the debug information for logging tsm messages to
enable.
Example 237
The following example saves the log information that is sent and received from
tsm to a file.
Syntax
show tsmrp debug-info SEG {clear | disable | enable | save}
Scope
system-read-only
ericsson-support
seg-native-admin
Syntax Description
clear Clears the tsm log messages from the tsm buffer.
save Saves the tsm log messages from the tsm buffer to
seg_tsm_debug_info.txt file in /md.
Default
By default, logging of tsm messages to the tsm buffer is enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tsmrp debug-info SEG clear command to clear the tsm log
messages from the tsm buffer.
Use the show tsmrp debug-info SEG disable command to disable the
logging of tsm messages to the tsm buffer.
Use the show tsmrp debug-info SEG enable command to enable the logging
of tsm messages to the tsm buffer.
Use the show tsmrp debug-info SEG save command to generate the
seg_tsm_debug_info.txt file in /md, with tsm log messages.
Example 238
The following example clears the tsm log messages from the tsm buffer.
Example 239
The following example sets the debug information for logging tsm messages to
disable.
Example 240
The following example sets the debug information for logging tsm messages to
enable.
Example 241
The following example saves the log information that is sent and received from
tsm to a file.
Syntax
show tsmrp papt [[entry] <papt-id> | all [<start-papt-index>]]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<start-papt-index>
Optional. Start PAPT index.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tsmrp papt command to display Traffic Slice Manager (TSM)
Packet Access Point (PAP) table information.
Example
The following example displays TSM PAP table information:
Syntax
show tsmrp svc-map [<service-map-id> | all [<service-map-start-index>] |
common | icr]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
<service-map-start-index>
Optional. Service map start index.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tsmrp svc-map command to display information about Traffic
Slice Manager (TSM) service map entries.
Example
The following example displays TSM service map entries:
Syntax
show tsmrp tsft-map [<tsft-table-id> | all]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tsmrp tsft-map command to display Traffic Slice Manager (TSM)
Traffic Slice Forwarding Table (TSFT) mapping information.
Example
The following example displays TSM TSFT mapping information:
Syntax
show tsmrp tsft-tbl {<tsft-table-id> | ike | ipsec} [all | <ts-id> | tsid]
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tsmrp tsft-tbl command to display Traffic Slice Manager (TSM)
Traffic Slice Forwarding Table (TSFT) information.
Example
The following example displays information about TSM TSFT 30:
Syntax
To show information about Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) tunnels, the
syntax is:
To show information about automatic IP Version 6 (IPv6) tunnels, the syntax is:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
Default
Displays all tunnels of the specified tunnel type.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tunnel command to display information about currently
configured tunnels. If you execute this command immediately after an RP
switchover or a tunnel process restart, the tunnel state may be displayed as
Down till the neighbor reachability is learnt, however; traffic over the tunnel is
not affected unless the tunnel's reachability is dependent on the BGP route.
Note: The following IPv6 keywords are not currently supported by this
command: ipv6-auto and ipv6-man
Table 130 lists the fields that can appear in the output of the show tunnel
command.
Field Description
Name Name of the tunnel.
Context Context in which the tunnel was created.
Field Description
Type IPv6-auto, IPv6-manual, IP-in-IP, or GRE
tunnel.
MTU Maximum transmission unit (MTU) of tunnel.
Local IP Local IP address of the tunnel.
Remote IP Remote IP address of the tunnel.
State The tunnel states can be:
— Shut—Tunnel is disabled by the shutdown
command in GRE peer configuration mode).
Use the uptime keyword to display the amount of time the tunnel circuit is in the
Up state.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
By appending a space followed by the pipe ( | ) character at the end of a
show command, you can filter the output using a set of modifier
keywords and arguments. For more information, see Modifying Outputs
of Commands in Using the CLI.
Examples
The following example displays detailed information for the toChicago GRE
tunnel in the local context.
Syntax
show tunnel client [<client-name> [context <ctx-name>]] [detail]
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
context <ctx-name>
Optional. Name of context.
Default
Displays all dynamic tunnel clients registered with the tunnel manager.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show tunnel client command to display information about dynamic
tunnel clients registered with the tunnel manager.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about all dynamic tunnel clients
registered with the tunnel manager in all contexts.
The following example displays information about the dynamic tunnel client
named mole in all contexts that it has registered with tunnel manager.
The following example displays information about the dynamic tunnel client
named mole, that is registered with the tunnel manager in the fa-ctx context.
The following example displays detailed information tunnel information about all
dynamic tunnel clients that are registered with the tunnel manager in all
contexts.
Syntax
To show the status of both VRRPv2 and VRRPv3 routers:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
Optional. Displays information for the specified interface.
Default
Displays all VRRP information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show vrrp routers command to display VRRP information. Use the
<if-name> and <vrrp-id> arguments to filter information for virtual routers on a
single interface or a single virtual router on a single interface.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays information about the VRRP routers in context
VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Five virtual router
instances are configured: one VRRPv2 backup router, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner
router and IPv4 backup router, one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner router and IPv6 backup
router.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv3 routers in context
VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Four virtual VRRPv3
router instances are configured: one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner router and IPv4 backup
router and one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner router and IPv6 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv2 routers in context
VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Only one virtual router
instance, a VRRPv2 backup router, is configured.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv3 routers that use
IPv6 addressing in context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command.
Two virtual VRRPv3 router instances are configured, one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner
router and IPv6 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv3 routers that use
IPv4 addressing in context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command.
Two virtual VRRPv3 router instances are configured, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner
router and IPv4 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRP routers that use
IPv4 addressing in context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command.
Three virtual VRRPv3 router instances are configured, one VRRPv2 backup
router, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner router, and one VRRPv3 IPv4 backup router.
The following example displays summary information about the VRRP routers in
context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Five virtual router
instances are configured: one VRRPv2 backup router, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner
router and IPv4 backup router, and one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner router and IPv6
backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRP routers in context
VRRP on the interface to-SE output from the show vrrp routers command.
Five virtual router instances are configured: one VRRPv2 backup router, one
VRRPv3 IPv4 owner router and IPv4 backup router, and one VRRPv3 IPv6
owner router and IPv6 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRP router in context
VRRP on the interface to-SE with the VRID 10 output from the show vrrp
routers command.
Note: To identify the VRIDs for virtual routers, use the show configuration
vrrp command.
The following example displays information about the VRRP router in context
VRRP on the interface to-SE with the VRID 10 output from the show vrrp
routers command.
Examples
The following example displays information about the VRRP routers in context
VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Five virtual router
instances are configured: one VRRPv2 backup router, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner
router and IPv4 backup router, one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner router and IPv6 backup
router.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv3 routers in context
VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Four virtual VRRPv3
router instances are configured: one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner router and IPv4 backup
router and one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner router and IPv6 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv2 routers in context
VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Only one virtual router
instance, a VRRPv2 backup router, is configured.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv3 routers that use
IPv6 addressing in context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command.
Two virtual VRRPv3 router instances are configured, one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner
router and IPv6 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRPv3 routers that use
IPv4 addressing in context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command.
Two virtual VRRPv3 router instances are configured, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner
router and IPv4 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRP routers that use
IPv4 addressing in context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command.
Three virtual VRRPv3 router instances are configured, one VRRPv2 backup
router, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner router, and one VRRPv3 IPv4 backup router.
The following example displays summary information about the VRRP routers in
context VRRP output from the show vrrp routers command. Five virtual router
instances are configured: one VRRPv2 backup router, one VRRPv3 IPv4 owner
router and IPv4 backup router, and one VRRPv3 IPv6 owner router and IPv6
backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRP routers in context
VRRP on the interface to-SE output from the show vrrp routers command.
Five virtual router instances are configured: one VRRPv2 backup router, one
VRRPv3 IPv4 owner router and IPv4 backup router, and one VRRPv3 IPv6
owner router and IPv6 backup router.
The following example displays information about the VRRP router in context
VRRP on the interface to-SE with the VRID 10 output from the show vrrp
routers command.
Note: To identify the VRIDs for virtual routers, use the show configuration
vrrp command.
The following example displays information about the VRRP router in context
VRRP on the interface to-SE with the VRID 10 output from the show vrrp
routers command.
Syntax
To show the statistics of both VRRPv2 and VRRPv3 routers:
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
interface <if-name>
Optional. Displays statistics for the specified interface.
vrid <vrrp-id> Optional. Displays statistics for the specified virtual router
ID. The range of values is 1–255.
Default
Displays all VRRP statistics information.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show vrrp statistics command to display VRRP statistics
information. Use the <if-name> and <vrrp-id> arguments to filter information for
virtual routers on a single interface or a single virtual router on a single interface.
Note: By default, most show commands display information for the current
context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all contexts. If
you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert the
context <ctx-name> construct before the show command to view
output for the specified context without entering that context. For more
information, see context.
Examples
The following example displays output for VRRP router instances configured
with VRRPv2.
Master Transitions: 1
Advertisement Recv: 0 Advertisement Sent: 0 →
The following example displays output for VRRP router instances configured
with VRRPv3.
Master Transitions: 1
Advertisement Recv: 318 Advertisement Sent: 36686 →
Master Transitions: 1
Advertisement Recv: 319 Advertisement Sent: 36686 →
Master Transitions: 1
Advertisement Recv: 318 Advertisement Sent: 36686 →
Master Transitions: 1
Advertisement Recv: 318 Advertisement Sent: 36686 →
The following example displays output for the show vrrp statistics global
command.
No Router Errors : 0
Syntax
show yang-server notice statistics
system-read-only
ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show yang-server notice statistics command to display YANG
server notice message statistics. YANG server generates notices to inform other
processes about its health, aliveness, and events. Notice message count and time
stamp of the last message are displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display YANG server notice message statistics.
Syntax
show yang-server status
Command Mode
operational
User Group
system-admin system-read-only ericsson-support
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default
None
Usage Guidelines
Use the show yang-server status command to display the status of YANG
server.
Note: By default, most show commands in any mode display information for
the current context only or, depending on the command syntax, for all
contexts. If you are an administrator for the local context, you can insert
the optional context <ctx-name> construct before the show command
to view output for the specified context without entering that context.
For more information about using the context <ctx-name> construct,
see Commands C.
Examples
The following example displays the status of YANG server.
PID : 5581
Memory : 90436K
Time : 00:00:07.62
%CPU : 33.33%
Up time : 00:00:25
State : Run
Last exit status : –
Init configuration : In progress